shalt make thee no grauen image ne ther anie similitude of things that are in heauen aboue nether that are in the earth beneth nor that are in the waters vnder the earth 5 Thou shalt not bowe downe to them nether serue them for I am the Lord thy God a ielouse God visiting the iniquitie of the fathers vpon the children vpon the third generacion and vpon the fourth of them that hate me 6 And shewing mercie vnto thousandes to them that loue me and kepe my commandements 7 * Thou shalt not take the Name of the Lord thy GOD in vaine for the Lord wil not holde him giltles that taketh his Name in vaine 8 Remembre the Sabbath daie to kepe it holy 9 * Six daies shalt thou labour and do all thy worke 10 But the seuenth daie is the Sabbath of the Lord thy God in it thou shalt not do anie worke thou nor thy sōne nor thy daughter thy man seruant nor thy maid nor thy beast nor thy stranger that is within thy gates 11 * For in six daies the Lord made the heauen and the earth the sea and all that in them is and rested the seuenth daie therefore the LORD blessed the Sabbath daie and hallowed it 12 ¶ * Honour thy father and thy mother that thy daies maie be prolonged vpon the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee 13 * Thou shal not kil 14 Thou shalt not commit adulterie 15 Thou shal not steale 16 Thou shalt not beare false witnes against thy neighbour 17 * Thou shalt not couet thy neighbours house nether shalt thou couet thy neighbours wife nor his man seruāt nor hismaid nor his oxe nor his asse nether any thyng that is thy neighbours 18 ¶ And all the people sawe the thunders and the lightenings and the sound of the trumpet and the mountaine smokyng and when the people sawe it they fled and stode a farre of 19 And said vnto Mosés * Talke thou with vs and we wil heare but let not God talke with vs lest we dye 20 Then Mosés said vnto the people Feare not for God is come to proue you and that his feare may be before you that ye sin ne not 21 So the people stode a far of but Mosés drewe nere vnto darcknes where God was 22 ¶ And the Lorde said vnto Mosés Thus thou shalt say vnto the children of Israél Ye haue sene that I haue talked with you from heauen 23 Ye shal not make therefore with me gods of siluer nor gods of golde you shall make you none 24 * An altar of earth thou shalt make vnto me and thereon shalt offre thy burnt offrings thy * peace offrings thy shepe and thine oxen in all places where I shal put the remē brance of my Name I will come vnto thee and blesse thee 25 * But if thou wilt make me an altar of stone thou shalt not buylde it of hewen stones for if thou lift vp thy tole vpon thē thou hast polluted them 26 Nether shalt thou go vp by steppes vnto mine altar that thy filthines be not discoue red thereon CHAP. XXI Temporal and ciuile ordināce appointed by God touching seruitude murthers and wronges the obseruatiō wherof doeth not iustifie a man but are giuen to bridel our cor rupt nature which els wolde breake out into all mischief and crueltie 1 NOw these are the lawes whiche thou shalt set before them 2 * If thou bye an Ebrewe seruant he shal serue six yeres and in the seuenth he shal go out fre for nothing 3 If he came him selfe alone he shall go out him selfe alone if he were maried then his wife shal go out with him 4 If his master hathe giuen him a wife she hathe borne him sonnes or daughters the wife and her children shal be her masters but he shal go out him self alone 5 But if the seruant say thus I loue my master my wife and my children I will not go out fre 6 Then his master shall bryng hym vnto the Iudges and set him to the dore or to the poste and his master shall bore his eare through with a nawle and he shal serue him for euer 7 ¶ Likewise if a man sel his daughter to be a seruant she shal not go out as the men seruants do 8 If she please not her master who hathe betrothed her to him selfe them shall he cause to bye her he shal haue no power to sel her to a strange people seing he despised her 9 But if he hath betrothed her vnto his sonne he shal deale with her according to the custome of the daughters 10 If he take him another wife he shal not diminish her fode herrayment and recompence of her virginitie 11 And if he do not these thre vnto her then shall she go out fre paying no money 12 ¶ * He that smiteth a man and he dye shall dye the death 13 And if a mā hath not laied waite but God hathe offred him into his hand * then I wil appointe thee a place whither he shall flee 14 But if a man come presumpteously vppon his neighbour to slaye hym with guile thou shalt take him from mine altar that he may dye 15 ¶ Also he that smitteth his father or his mother shal dye the death 16 ¶ And he that stealeth a man and selleth him if it be founde with hym shall dyethe death 17 ¶ * And he that curseth his father or his mother shal dye the death 18 ¶ When men also striue together and one smite another with a stone or with the fist and he dye not but lieth in bed 19 If he rise againe and walke without vpon his staffe then shall he that smote hym go quite saue onely he shall beare his charges for his restyng and shall pay for hys healing 20 ¶ And if a man smite his seruāt or his mayd with a rod and he die vnder his hand he shal be surely punished 21 But if he continue a day or two dayes he shal not be punished for he is his money 22 ¶ Also if men striue and hurt a woman with childe so that her childe departe from her and deathe followe not he shall be surely punished accordyng as the womans housband shal appoint him or he shal pay as the Iudge determine 23 But if death followe then thou shalt paye life for life 24 * Eye for eye tothe for tothe hand for hand fote for fote 25 Burning for burning wonde for wonde stripe for stripe 26 ¶ And if a man smite his seruant in the eye or his maid in the eye and hathe perished it he shal let him go fre for his eye 27 Also if he smite
of our sanctification 18 The tables written by the finger of God 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Beholde I haue called by name Bezaleél the sonne of Vri the sonne of 〈◊〉 of the tribe of Iudáh 3 Whome I haue filled with the Spirit of God in wisdome in vnderstanding and in know ledge and in all workemanship 4 To finde out curious workes to worke in golde and in siluer and in brasse 5 Also in the art to set stones and to carue in timber and to worke in all maner of worke manship 6 And beholde I haue ioyned with him Aholiab the sonne of Ahisamáh of the trible of Dan and in the heartes of all that are wise hearted haue I put wisdome to make al that I haue commanded thee 7 That is the Tabernacle of the Congregacion and the Arke of the Testimonie and the Merciseat that shal be thereupon with all in struments of the Tabernacle 8 Also the Table and the instruments thereof and the pure Candelsticke with all his instruments and the Altar of perfume 9 Likewise the Altar of burnt offring with all his instruments and the Lauer with his fote 10 Also the garmentes of the ministration and the holy garments for Aarón the Priest and the garmēts of his sonnes to minister in the Priests office 11 And the anointing oyle and swete perfume for the Sanctuarie according to all that I haue commanded thee shal they do 12 ¶ Afterward the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 13 Speake thou also vnto the childrē of Israél and say Notwithstanding kepe ye my Sab baths for it is a signe betwene me and you in your generations that ye may knowe that I the Lord do sanctifie you 14 * Ye shal therefore kepe the Sabbath for it is holy vnto you he that defileth it shall dye the death therfore whosoeuer worketh therein the same persone shal be euen cut of from among his people 15 Six dayes shal men worke but in the seuenth day is the Sabbath of the holy rest to the Lord whosoeuer doeth any worke in the Sabbath day shal dye the death 16 Wherefore the children of Israél shal kepe the Sabbath that they may obserue the rest through out their generations for an euerla sting couenant 17 It is a signe betwene me and the children of Israél for euer * for in six dayes the Lord made the heauen and the earth and in the seuenth 〈◊〉 he ceased and rested 18 Thus when the Lorde had made an end of communing with Mosés vpon mount Sinai * he gaue him two Tables of the Testimonie euen tables of stone written with the finger of God CHAP. XXXII 4 The Israelites impute their 〈◊〉 to the calf 14 God is appaised by Mosés prayer 19 Mosés breaketh the Tables 27 He slayeth the idolaters 32 Mosés zeale for the people 1 BVt when the people sawe that Mosés taried long or he came downe frō the moū taine the people gathered the selues together against Aarôn and said vnto him Vp make vs gods to go before vs for of this Mo sés the mā that broght vs out of the land of Egypt we know not what is become of hi. 2 And Aarōn said vnto them Plucke of the golden earinges whiche are in the eares of your wiues of your sinnes of your daugh ters and bring them vnto me 3 Then all the people pluckte from thē selues the golden earings which were in their eares and they broght them vnto Aarōn 4 * Who receiued them at their hands and facioned it with the grauing tole and made of it a molten calf then they said * These be thy gods ô Israél which broght thee out of the land of Egypt 5 When Aarôn sawe that he made an altar before it and Aarôn proclaimed saying To morowe shal be the holy day of the Lorde 6 So they rose vp the next day in the morning offred burnt offrigs broght peace offrings also * the people sate them downe to eat and drinke and rose vp to playe 7 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés * Go get the downe for thy people which thou hast broght out of the land of Egypt hath corrupted their waies 8 They are sone turned out of the way whiche I commanded thē for they haue made them a molten calf and haue worshipped it and haue offred thereto saying * These be thy gods ô Israél whiche haue broght thee out of the land of Egypt 9 Againe the Lord said vnto Mosés * I haue sene this people and beholde it is a stifnecked people 10 Now therfore let me alone that my wrath may waxe hote against them for I will consume them but I wil make of thee a mightie people 11 * But Mosés praied vnto the Lord his God said O Lorde why doeth thy wrath waxe hote against thy people whiche thou hast broght out of the land of Egypt with great power and with a mightie hand 12 * Wherefore shal the Egyptians speake say He hathe broght them out maliciously for to slay them in the mountaines to con sume them from the earth turne frome thy fearce wrath and change thy minde from this euil toward thy people 13 Remembre Abrahám Izhák and Israél thy seruants to whome thou swarest by thine owne selfe and saidest vnto them * I wil multiplie your sede as the starres of the heauen and all this land that I haue spoken of wil I giue vnto your sede and thei shal inherit it foreuer 14 Then the Lord changed his minde from the euil which he threatened to do vnto his people 15 So Mosés returned and went downe from the mountaine with the two Tables of the Testimonie in his hand the Tables were written on bothe their sides euē on the one side and on the other were thei written 16 And these Tables were the worke of God and this writing was the writting of God grauen in the Tables 17 And when Ioshúa heard the noise of the people as thei showted he said vnto Mosés There is a noise of warre in the hoste 18 Who answered It is not the noise of them that haue the victorie nor the noise of them that are ouercome but I do heare the noise of singing 19 Nowe assone as he came nere vnto the hoste he sawe the calf and the dancing so Mosēs wrath waxed hote and he cast the Tables out of his hands and brake them in pieces beneth the mountaine 20 * After he toke the calf which they had ma de and burned it in the fire and ground it vnto powder and strowed it vpon the water and made the childrē of Israél drinke of it 21 Also Mosés said vnto Aarón What did this people vnto thee that thou hast broght so great a sinne vpon them 22 Then Aarón answered Let not the wrath of my lord
when his blood was vtterly gone he toke out his owne bowels with bothe his hands and thre we them vpon the people calling vpō the Lord of life and spirit that he wolde restore them againe vnto him and thus he dyed CHAP. XV. 2 Nicanor goeth about to come vpon Iudas on the Sabbath day 5 The blasphemie of Nicanor 14 Maccabeus expounding vnto the Iewes the vision incourageth them 21 The prayer of Maccabeus 30 Maccabe us commandeth Nicanors head and hands to be cut of and his tongue to be giuen vnto the foules 39 The autor ex euseth him self 1 NOw when Nicanor knewe that Iudas his companie were in the countrey of Samaria he thoght with all assurance to come vpon them vpon the Sabbath day 2 Neuertheles the Iewes that were compelled to go with him said O kill not so cruelly and barbarously but honour and sanctifie the day that is appointed by him that seeth all things 3 But this moste wicked persone demāded Is there a Lord in heauen that commāded the Sabbath day to be kept 4 And when thei said There is a liuing Lord which ruleth in the heauen who commanded the seuenth day to be kept 5 Then he said And I am mightie vpon earth to commande them for to arme them selues and to performe the Kings busines Not withstanding he colde not accomplish his wicked enterprise 6 For Nicanor lifted vp with great pride purposed to set vp a memorial of the victorie ob teined of all them that were with Iudas 7 But Maccabeus had euer sure confidence and a perfite hope that the Lord wold helpe him 8 And exhorted his people not to be afraid at the coming of the heathen but alway to remember the helpe that had bene shewed vn to them from heauen and to trust now also that they shulde haue the victorie by the Almightie 9 Thus he incouraged them by the Law and Prophetes putting them in remembrance of the battels that they had wonne afore so made them more willing 10 And stirred vp their hearts and shewed thē also the disceitfulnes of the heathē and how they had broken their othes 11 Thus he armed euerie one of them not with the assurance of shields and speares but with wholsome wordes and exhortacions and shewed them a dreame worthie to be beleued and reioyced them greatly 12 And this was his vision He thoght that he sawe Onias which had bene the high Priest a vertuous a good man reuerent in behauiour and of so ber conuersation welspokē and one that had bene exercised in all pointes of godlines from a childe holding vp his hands towarde heauen and praying for the whole people of the Iewes 13 ¶ After this there appeared vnto him another man which was aged honorable and of a wonderful dignitie excellēcie aboue him 14 And Onias spake said This is a louer of the brethren who prayeth muche for the people and for the holie citie to wit Ieremias the Prophet of God 15 He thoght also that Ieremias helde out his right hand and gaue vnto Iudas a sworde of golde and as he gaue it he spake thus 16 Take this holie sworde a gifte from GOD where with thou shalt wounde the aduersaries 17 And so being comforted by the wordes of Iudas which were very swete and able to stir re them vp to valiantnes and to in courage the heartes of the yong mē they determined to pitch no campe but courageously to set vpon them and manfully to assaile them and to trye the matter hand to hand because the citie and the Sanctuarie and the Temple we rein danger 18 As for their wiues and children brethré and kinsfolkes they set lesse by their danger but their greatest principal feate was for the holie Temple 19 Againe they that were in the citie were ca reful for the armie that was abroad 20 Now whiles they all waited for the tryal of the matter and the enemies now met with them and the hoste was set in araye and the beastes were separated into conuenient places and the horsemen were placed in the wings 21 Maccabeus considering the coming of the multitude the diuers preparations of wea pons and the fiercenes of the beastès helde vp his hands towarde heauen calling vpon the Lord that doeth wonders and that loked vpon them knowing that the victorie cometh not by the weapons but that he giueth the victorie to them that are worthie as semeth good vn to him 22 Therefore in his prayer he said after this maner O Lord * thou that didest send thine Angel in the time of Ezecias King of Iudea who in the hoste of Sennacherib slewe an hundreth forescore and fiue thousand 23 Send now also thy good Angel before vs ô Lord of heauens for a feare and dreade vn to them 24 And let thē be discomfited by the strength of thine arme which come against thine holie people to blaspheme Thus with these wordes he made an end 25 Then Nican or and they that were with him drewe nere with trumpets and shoutings forioye 26 But Iudas and his companie praying and calling vpon God incountered with the ene mies 27 So that with their hands they fought but with their hearts they prayed vnto God and slewe no lesse then fiue and thirtie thousand men for thorowe the presence of God they were wonderously comforted 28 Now when they left of and were turning againe with ioye they vnderstode that Nicanor him self was slaine for all his armour 29 Then they made a great shoute and a crye praising the Almightie in their owne langage 30 Therefore Iudas which was euer the chief defender of his citizēs bothe in bodie and minde and which bare euer good affection towardes them of his nacion comman ded to smite of Nicanors head with his hand and shulder and to bring it to Ierusalem 31 And when he came there he called all then of his nacion and set the Priests by the altar and sent for them of the castel 32 And shewed thē wicked Nicanors head the hand of that blasphemour which he had holden vp against the holie Temple of the Al mightie with proude bragges 33 He caused the tongue also of wicked Nicanor to be cut in litle pieces and to be cast vnto the foules and that the rewardes of his madnes shulde be hanged vp before the Temple 34 So euerie man praised to warde the heauen the glorious Lord saying Blessed be he that hathe kept his place vnderfiled 35 He hanged also Nicanors head vpon the hic castel for an euident and plaine token vnto all of the helpe of God 36 And so they established all together by a cō mune decre that they wolde in no case suffer this day without keping it holie 37 And that the feast shulde be the thirtenth day of the twelfth moneth which is called Adar in the Syrians langage the day before Mardocheus day 38 Thus farre as concerning Nicanors matters and
the people and said His blood be on vs and on our children 26 Thus let he Barabbas loose vnto them and scourged Iesus and deliuered him to be crucified 27 ¶ * Thē the souldiours of the gouernour toke Iesus into the commune hall and gathered about him the whole bande 28 And thei stripped him and put vpon him a skarlet robe 29 And platted a crowne of thornes and put it vpon his head and a rede in his right hand and bowed their knees before him and moc ked him saying God saue thee King of the Iewes 30 And spitted vpon him and toke a rede and smote him on the head 31 Thus when they had mocked him they toke the robe from him and put his owne raimēt on him and led him away to crucifie him 32 * And as they came out they founde a man of Cyrene named Simon him they compelled to beare his crosse 33 * And when they came vnto the place called Golgotha that is to say the place of dead mens skulles 34 Thei gaue him vineger to drinke mingled with gall and when he had tasted thereof he wolde not drinke 35 ¶ And when they had crucified him they parted his garments and did cast lottes that it might be fulfilled whiche was spoken by the Prophet * They deuided my garments among them and vpon my vesture did cast lottes 36 And they sate and watched him there 37 ¶ Thei set vp also ouer his head his cause written THIS IS IESVS THE KING OF THE IEWES 38 ¶ And there were two thieues crucified with him one on the right hand and another on the left 39 And they that passed by reuiled him wagging their heads 40 And saying * Thou that destroyest the Tēple and buyldest it in thre dayes saue thy self if thou be the Sōne of God come downe from the crosse 41 Likewise also the hie Priests mocking him with the Scribes and Elders and Pharises said 42 He saued others but he can not saue him self if he be the King of Israel let him now come downe from the crosse and we wil be leue him 43 * He trusteth in God let him deliuer him now if he wil haue him for he said I am the Sonne of God 44 That same also the thieues whiche were crucified with him cast in his teeth 45 Now from the sixt houre was there darkenes ouer all the land vnto the ninth houre 46 And about the ninth houre Iesus cryed with a loude voyce saying * Eli Eli lamasabacthani that is My God my God why hast thou forsaken me 47 And some of them that stode there when thei heard it said This man calleth Elias 48 And straight way one of them ran and toke * a sponge and filled it with vineger and put it on a rede and gaue him to drinke 49 Other said Let be let vs se if Elias wil come and saue him 50 Thē Iesus cryed againe with a loude voyce and yelded vp the gost 51 And beholde * the vaile of the Temple was rent in twayne from the top to the bottome and the earth did quake the stones were clouen 52 And the graues did open them selues and many bodies of the Sainctes whiche slept arose 53 And came out of the graues after his resurrection and went into the holie Citie and appeared vnto many 54 When the Centurion and they that were with him watching Iesus sawe the earthquake and the things that were done they feared greatly saying Truely this was the Sonne of God 55 ¶ And many women were there beholding him a farre of which had folowed Iesus frō Galile ministring vnto him 56 Among whome was Marie Magdalene Marie the mother of Iames and Ioses the mother of Zebedeus sonnes 57 ¶ * And whē the euē was come there came a riche man of Arimathea named Ioseph who had also him self bene Iesus disciple 58 He went to Pilate and asked the bodie of Iesus Then Pilate commanded the bodie to be deliuered 59 So Ioseph toke the bodie and wrapped it in a cleane linnen cloth 60 And put it in his new tōbe which he had hewen out in a rocke rolled a great stone to the dore of the sepulchre departed 61 And there was Marie Magdalene and the other Marie sitting ouer against the sepulchre 62 ¶ Now the next day that folowed the Preparation of the Sabbath the hie Priests and Pharises assembled to Pilate 63 And said Sir we remember that that deceiuer said while he was yet aliue Within thre dayes I wil rise 64 Commande therefore that the sepulchre be made sure vntill the third daye lest his disciples come by nyght and steale hym away and say vnto the people He is risen frō the dead so shall the laste errour be worse then the first 65 Then Pilate sayd vnto them Ye haue a watche go and make it sure as ye knowe 66 And they wente and made the sepulchre sure with the watche and sealed the stone CHAP. XXVIII 6 The resurrection of Christ. 10 The brethren of Christ. 12 The hie Priests bribe the souldiers 17 Christ appeareth to hys disciples and sendeth them forthe to preache and to baptize 20 Promising to them continuall assistance 1 NOw * in the end of the Sabbath when the first day of the weke begā to dawn Marie Magdalene ād the other Marie came to se the sepulchre 2 And beholde there was a great earth quake for the Angel of the Lord descended from heauē and came and rolled backe the stone from the dore and sate vpon it 3 And his countenāce was like lightning and his raiment white as snowe 4 And for feare of him the kepers were astoniest and became as dead men 5 But the Angel answered and said to the women Feare ye not for I knowe that ye seke Iesus which was crucified 6 He is not here for he is risē as he said come se the place where the Lord was laid 7 And go quickely and tell hys disciples that he is risen frome the dead and beholde he goeth before ye into Galile there ye shall se him lo I haue tolde you 8 So they departed quickely from the sepulchre with feare and greate ioye and dyd runne to bring his disciples worde 9 And as they went to tell hys disciples beholde Iesus also met them saying God saue you And they came ād toke him by the fete and worshipped him 10 Then said Iesus vnto them Be not afraied Go and tell my brethren that they go into Galile and there shal they se me 11 ¶ Nowe when they were gone beholde some of the watche came into the citie and shewed vnto the hie Priests all the thynges that were done 12 And they gathered them together with the Elders and toke councel ād gaue large
and also by the fewenes of them whiche haue at al times worshipped him purely according to his worde that it standeth not in the multitude but in the poore and despised in the smale flocke and litle nomber that man in his wisdome might be confounded and the Name of God euer more praised CHAP. I. 1 God created the heauen and the earth 3. The light and the darkenes 8 The firmament 9 He separateth the water from the earth 16 He createth the sunne the moone and the starres 21 He createth the fish birdes beastes 26 He createth man and giueth him rule ouer all creatures 29 And prouideth nourriture for man and beast 1 IN the beginnyng * God created the heauen the earth 2 And the earth was without forme voyde darkenes was vpō the depe the Spirit of God moued vpon the waters 3 Then God said * Let there be light there was light 4 And God sawe the light that it was good and God separated the light from the darkenes 5 And God called the light Daye and the darkenes he called Night So the euening and the morning were the first day 6 ¶ Againe God said * Let there be a firmament in the middes of the waters and let it separate the waters from the waters 7 Then God made the firmament and parted the waters which were vnder the firmamēt from the waters which were * aboue the firmament and it was so 8 And God called the firmament Heauen So the euening and the morning were the seconde day 9 ¶ God said againe * Let the waters vnder the heauen be gathered into one place and letthe drye land appeare and it was so 10 And God called the drye land Earth and he called the gathering together of the waters Seas and God sawe that it was good 11 Then God said Let the earth budde forthe the budde of the herbe that sedeth sede the frutefultre which beareth frute according to his kinde which maie haue hie sede in itself vpon the earth and it was so 12 And the earth broght forthe the budde of the herbe that sedeth sede according to his kinde also the tre that yeldeth frute which hathe his sede in it selfe according to his kinde and God sawe that it was good 13 So the euening and the morning were the third daie 14 ¶ And God said * Let there be lightes in the firmament of the heauē to separate the daie from the night and let them be for signes and for seasons and for daies and yeres 15 And let them be for lightes in the firmamēt of the heauen to giue light vpon the earth and it was so 16 God thē made two great lightes the grea ter light to rule the daie and the lesse light to rul the night the made also the starres 17 And God set them in the firmament of the heauen to shine vpon the earth 18 And to * rule in the daie and in the night to separate the light from the darkenes and God sawe that it was good 19 So the euening and the morning were the fourth daie 20 Afterwarde God said Let the waters bring forthe in abundance euerie creping thing that hathe life and let the foule flie vpon the earth in the open firmament of the heauen 21 Then God created the great whales euerie thing liuing and mouing which the waters broght forthe in abundance according to their kinde euerie fethered foule accor ding to his kinde and God sawe that it was good 22 Then God blessed them saying Bring forthe frute and multiplie and filthe waters in the seas and letthe foule multiplie in the earth 23 So the euening and the morning were the fifte day 24 ¶ Moreouer God said Let the earth bring forthe the liuing thing according to his kinde cattel and that which crepeth ād the beast of the earth according to his kinde it was so 25 And God made the beast of the earth accor ding to his kinde and the cattel according to his kinde and euerie creping thing of the earth according to his kinde and God sawe that it was good 26 Furthermore God said * Let vs make man in our image according to our lickenes and let them rule ouer the fish of the sea ād ouer the foule of the heauen and ouer the beastes and ouer all the earth and ouer euerie thing that crepeth and moueth on the earth 27 * Thus God created the man in his image in the image of God created he him he created them * male and female 28 And God blessed them and God said to them * Bring forthe frute and multiplie and filthe earth and subdue it and rule ouer the fish of the sea and ouer the soule of the heauen and ouer euerie beast that moueth vpon the earth 29 And God said Beholde I haue giuen vnto you euerie herbe bearing sede which is vpon all the earth and euerie tre wherein is the frute of a tre bearing sede * that shal be to you for meat 30 Likewise to euerie beast of the earth and to euerie foule of the heauen and to euerie thing that moueth vpon the earth which ha the life in it selfe euerie grene herbe shal be for meat and it was so 31 * And God sawe all that he had made and lo it was very good So the euening and the morning were the sixt day CHAP. II. 2 God resteth the seuenth day and sanctifieth it 15 He setteth man in the garden 22 He createth the woman 29 Mariage is ordeined 1 THus the heauens and the earth were finished and all the hoste of them 2 For in the seuenth day God ended his worke which he had made and the seuenth daye he rested from all his worke which he had made 3 So Godblessed he seuenth day and sanctified it because that in it he had rested from all his worke which God had created and made 4 ¶ These are the generacions of the heauens and of the earth when thei were created in the day that the Lord God made the earth and the heauens 5 And euerie plant of the field before it was in the earth and euerie herbe of the field be fore it grewe for the Lord God had not cau sed it to raine vpon the earth nether was there a man to til the grounde 6 But a myst went vp from the earth watred all the earth 7 ¶ The Lord God also made the man of the dust of the grounde and breatched in his face breath of life and the man was a liuing soule 8 And the Lord God planted a garden Eastwarde in Eden and there he put the man whome he had made 9 For out of the grounde made the Lord God
rose vp and turned againe vnto the land of the Philistims 33 ¶ And Abrahám planted a groue in Beershé ba and called there on the Name of the Lord the euerlasting God 34 And Abrahám was a strâger in the Philistims land a long season CHAP. XXII 1. 2. The faith of 〈◊〉 is proued in offring his sonne Izhák 8. Izhák is a figure of Christ. 20 The generacion of Nahór Abrahams brother of whome commeth 〈◊〉 1 ANd after these things God did * proue Abrahám and said vnto him Abrahám Who answered Here am I. 2 And he said Take now thine onely sonne Izhák whome thou louest and get thee vnto the lande of Moriáh and offre him there for a burnt offring vpon one of the mountai nes which I wil she we thee 3 Then Abrahám rose vp early in the morning and sadled his asse and toke two of his seruants with him and Izhák his sonne and cloue wood for the burnt offring and rose vp and went to the place which God had tolde him 4 ¶ Then the third day Abrahám lift vp his eies and sawe 〈◊〉 place a farre of 5 And 〈◊〉 vnto his 〈◊〉 Abide you here with the asse for I and the childe wil go yon der and worship come againe vnto you 6 Then Abraham toke the wood of the burnt offring and laied it vpon Izhák his sonne he toke the fire in his hand and the knife and they went bothe together 7 Then spake Izhák vnto Abrahám his father and said My father And he answered Here am I my sonne And he said Beholde the fire and the wood but where is the lambe for the burnt offring 8 Then Abrahám answered My sonne God wil prouide him a lābe for a burnt offring so they went bothe together 9 When they came to the place which God had shewed him Abraham buylded an altar there and couched the wood and bound Izhák his sonne * and laied him on the altar vpon the wood 10 And Abrahám stretching forthe his hand toke the knife to kil his sonne 11 But the Angel of the Lord called vnto him from heauen saying Abrahám Abrahám And he answered Here am I. 12 Then he said Lay not thine hand vpon the childe nether do anie thing vnto him for now I knowe that thou fearest God seing for my sake thou hast not spared thine one ly sonne 13 And Abrahám lifting vp his eies loked and beholde there was a ram behinde him caught by the hornes in a bushe then Abraham went and toke the ram offred him vp for a burnt offring in the stede of his sonne 14 And Abrahám called the name of that place Iehouáh-iireh as it is said this day In the mount wil the Lord be sene 15 ¶ And the Angel of the Lord cryed vnto Abrahám from heauen the seconde time 16 And said By my selfe haue I sworne saith the Lord because thou hast done this thing and hast not spared thine onely sonne 17 Therefore wil I surely blesse thee and wil greatly multiplie thysede as the starres of the heauen and as the sande which is vpon the seashore and thy sede shal possesse the gate of his ennemies 18 * And in thy sede shal all the nacions of the earth be blessed because thou hast obeied my voyce 19 Then turned Abrahám againe vnto his seruants and they rose vp and went together to Beer-shéba and Abrahám dwelt at Beer-shéba 20 ¶ And after these things one tolde Abrahā saying Beholde Milcà h she hathe also borne children vnto thy brother Nahôr 21 To wit Vz his eldest sonne Buz his brother and Kemuél 〈◊〉 father of Arám 22 And Chésed and Hazon and Pildásh and Iidláph and Bethuél 23 And Bethuél begate Rebekáh these eight did Milcáh beare to Nahôr Abrahams brother 24 And his concubine called Reumáh she bare also Tébah and Gáhan and Tháhash Maacháh CHAP. XXIII 2 Abrahám lamenteth the death of Saráh 4 He bieth a field to bury her of the Hittites 13 The equitie of Abra hám 19 Saráh is buryed in Machpelah 1 WHen Saráh was an hundreth twenty and seuen yere olde so long liued she 2 Then Saráh dyed in Kiriath-arbá the same is Hebrón in the land of Canáan and Abraham came to mourne for Saráh and to wepe for her 3 ¶ Then Abrahám rose vp from the sight of his corps and talked with the Hitties saying 4 I am a stranger and a foriner among you giue me a possession of buryal with you that I may bury my dead out of my sight 5 Then the Hittites aunswered Abraham saying vnto him 6 Heare vs my Lord thou art a prince of God amonge vs in the chiefest of our sepulchres bury thy dead none of vs shall forbid thee his sepulchre but thou mayest bury thy dead therein 7 Then Abraham stode vp and bowed hym selfe before the people of the lande of the Hittites 8 And he communed with them saying If it be your mynde that I shall bury my dead out of my sight heare me and intreat for me to Ephron the sonne of Zohar 9 That he wolde giue me the caue of Machpelah which he hathe in the end of his field that he wolde giue it me for as muche money as it is worthe for a possession to bury in among you 10 For Ephron dwelt among the Hittites thē Ephron the Hittite aunswered Abraham in the audience of all the Hittites that went in at the gates of his citie saying 11 No my Lord heare me the field giue I thee and the caue that therein is I giue it thee euen in the presence of the sonnes of my people giue I it thee to bury thy dead 12 Then Abraham bowed hym selfe before the people of the land 13 And spake vnto Ephron in the audience of the people of the countrey saying Seyng thou wilt giue it I praye thee heare me I will giue the price of the field receyue it of me and I wil bury my dead there 14 Ephron then aunswered Abraham saying vnto him 15 My Lorde hearken vnto me the lande is worthe foure hundreth shekels of siluer what is that betwene me thee bury therfore thy dead 16 So Abraham heark ened vnto Ephron and Abraham weyed to Ephron the siluer which he had named in the audience of the Hittites euen foure hundreth siluer shekels of currant money among marchantes 17 ¶ So the field of Ephrō which was in Mach pelah and ouer agaynste Mamré euen the field ād the caue that was therein and all the trees that were in the field which were in all the borders round about was made sure 18 Vnto Abraham for a possession in the sight of the Hittites euen of all that went in at the gates of his citie 19 And after thys Abraham buryed Sarah hys wyfe in the caue of the field of Machpelah ouer agaynste Mamré the same
promising all blessing and felicitie to suche as obserue and obey them CHAP. I. 2 A brefe reharsal of things done before from Horéb vnte Kadesh-bernea 32 Mosés reproueth the people for their incredulite 44 The Israelites are ouer come by the Amorites because they fought against the commandemēt of the Lord. 1 THESE be the wordes which Mosés spake vnto all Israélon this side 〈◊〉 in the wildernes in the plaine ouer against that red Sea betwene Paran Tophel and Laban Hazeroth and Di-za hab 2 There are eleuen daies iourney from Ho reb vnto Kadésh-barnea by the way of mount Seir. 3 And it came to passe in the first day of the eleuenth moneth in the forteth yere that Mosés spake vnto the children of Israél according vnto al that the Lord hade giuē him in commandement vnto them 4 After that he had slaine * Sihôn the King of the Amorites which dwelt in Heshbon and Og King of Bashan which dwelt at Ashtaroth in 〈◊〉 5 On this side Iordén in the land of Moab began Mosés to declare this Law saying 6 The Lord our God spake vnto vs in Horéb saying Ye haue dwelt long ynough in this mount 7 Turne you and departe and go vnto the mounteine of the Amorities and vnto all places nere therunto in the plaine in the mounteine or in the valley bothe South ward and to the sea side to the land of the Canaanites and vnto Lebanon euen vnto the great riuer the riuer Perath 8 Beholde I haue set the land before you goin * possesse that land which the Lord sware vnto your fathers Abraham Izhak and Iaakob to giue vnto them to their sede after them 9 ¶ And I spake vnto you the same time saying I am not able to beare you my selfe alone 10 The lord your God hathe multiplied you and beholde ye are this day as the starres of heauen in nomber 11 The Lord God of your fathers make you a thousand times so manie mo as ye are blesse you as he hathe promised you 12 How can I alone beare your cumbrance and your charge and your strife 13 Bring you men of wisdome and of vnderstanding and knowen amōg your tribes and I wil make them rulers ouer you 14 Then ye answered me and said The thing is good that thou hast commanded vs to do 15 So I toke the chief of your tribes wise knowen men and made them rulers ouer you captaines ouer thousands and captai nes ouer hundreds and captaines ouer fif ty captaines ouer ten and officers amōg your tribes 16 And I charged your iudges that same time saying Heare the controuersies betwene your brethren and * iudge righteously be twene euerie man and his brother and the stranger that is with him 17 Ye shal haue no respect of persone in iudgement * but shall heare the small aswel as the great ye shal not feare the face of man for the iudgement is Gods and the cause that is to hard for you bring vn to me and I wil heare it 18 Also I commanded you the same time all the things which ye shulde do 19 ¶ Then we departed from Horeb and wēt through all that greate and terrible wildernes as ye haue sene by the way of the mounteine of the Amorites as the Lorde our God commanded vs and we came to Kadesh barnéa 20 And I said vnto you ye are come vnto the mounteine of the Amorites whiche the Lord our God doeth giue vnto vs. 21 Beholde the Lord thy God hath layed the land before thee go vp and possesse it as the Lord the God of thy fathers hathe said vnto thee feare not nether be discouraged 22 ¶ Then ye came vnto me euerie one and said We will send men before vs to search vs out the land to bring vs word againe what way we must go vp by and vnto what cities we shal come 23 So the saying pleased me well and I toke twelue men of you of euerie tribe one 24 * Who departed and went vp into the mounteine and came vnto the riuer Eshcôl and searched out the land 25 And toke of the frute of the land in their handes and broght it vnto vs and broght vs worde againe and said It is a good land whiche the Lord our God doeth giue vs. 26 Not withstanding ye wolde not go vp but were disobedient vnto the commandemēt of the Lord your God 27 And murmured in your tentes and said Because the Lord hated vs therefore hathe he broght vs out of the land of Egypte to deliuer vs into the hand of the Amorites to destroy vs. 28 Whether shal we go vp our brethrē haue discouraged our heartes saying The people is greater and taller then we the Cities are great and walled vp to heauē and moreouer we haue fene the sonnes of the * Anakims there 29 But I sayde vnto you Dread not nor be afraid ' of them 30 The Lord your God who goeth before you he shall fight for you according to all that he did vnto you in Egypt before your eyes 31 And in the wildernes where thou hast sene how the Lord thy GOD bare thee as a man doeth beare his sonne in all the waye whiche ye haue gone vntill ye came vnto this place 32 Yet for all this ye did not beleue the Lorde your God 33 * Who went in the waye before you to searche you out a place to pitche your tētes in in fire by nighte that ye mighte se what way to go and in a cloude by day 34 Then the Lorde heard the voyce of your wordes and was wroth and sware saying 35 * Surely there shal not one of these men of this froward generacion se that good lād which I sware to giue vnto your fathers 36 Saue Caléb the sonne of Iephunneh he shall se it * and to him will I giue the lande that he hathe troden vpō and to his children because he hathe constātly followed the Lord. 37 * Also the Lord was angry with me for your sakes saying * Thou also shalt not go in thither 38 But Ioshúa the sonne of Nun which standeth before thee he shal go in thither incourage him for he shall cause Israél to inherit it 39 Moreouer your children whiche ye said shulde be a praye and your sonnes whiche in that daye had no knowledge betwene good and euill they shall go in thither and vnto them will I giue it and they shall possesse it 40 But as for you turne backe take your iourney into the wildernes by i the waye of the red Sea 41 Then ye answered and said vnto me We haue sinned against the Lord we will go vp and fight according to all that the Lord our God hathe commanded vs and ye armed you euerie man to the
when the Lord said vnto me Gather me the people together I wil cause thē heare my words that they maye learne to feare me all the dayes that they shal liue vpon the earthe and that they may teache their children 11 Then came you nere and * stode vnder the mountaine and the mountaine burnt with fire vnto the middes of heauen and there was darcknes cloudes and mist. 12 And the Lord spake vnto you out of the middes of the fire and ye heard the voyce of the wordes but sawe no similitude saue a voyce 13 Then he declared vnto you his couenant which he commanded you to do euen the ten commandements and wrote them vpon two tables of stone 14 ¶ And the Lord commanded me that same time that I shulde teache you ordinances and Lawes which ye shulde obserue in the land whither ye go to possesse it 15 Take therfore good hede vnto your selues for ye sawe no image in the daye that the Lord spake vnto you in Horéb out of the middes of the fire 16 That ye corrupt not your selues make you a grauen image or representacion of anie figure whither it be the likenes of male or female 17 The likenes of anie beast that is on earth or the likenes of anie fethered foule that flieth in the aire 18 Or the likenes of any thing that crepeth on the earthe or the likenes of anie fishe that is in the waters beneth the earth 19 And lest thou lift vp thine eyes vnto heauen and when thou seest the sunne the moone and the starres with all the hoste of heauen shuldest be driuen to worshippe them and serue them whiche the Lord thy God hathe distributed to all people vnder the whole heauen 20 But the Lord hath taken you and broght you out of the yrō fornace out of Egypt to be vnto him a people and inheritance as appeareth this day 21 And the Lord was angry with me for your wordes and sware that I shuld not go ouer Iordén and that I shulde not go in vnto that good land whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee for an inheritance 22 For I muste dye in this land and shall not go ouer Iordén but ye shall go ouer and possesse that good land 23 Take hede vnto your selues lest ye forget the couenant of the Lord your God which he made with you lest ye make you any grauen image or likenes of anie thing as the Lord thy God hathe charged thee 24 For the Lord thy GOD is a consuming fire and a ielous God 25 ¶ When thou shalt beget chyldren and childrens children and shalt haue remayned long in the lande if ye corrupte your selues and make any grauē image or likenes of anie thynge and worke euill in the sight of the Lord thy GOD to prouoke him to angre 26 I call heauen and earth to record against you this day that ye shall shortely perishe from the land wherunto ye go ouer Iordē to possesse it ye shal not prolōg your daies therein but shal vtterly be destroyed 27 And the Lord shal scatter you among the people and ye shal be left fewe in nomber amonge the nacions whether the LORD shal bring you 28 And there ye shall serue Gods euen the worke of mans hand wood stone which nether se nor heare nor eat nor smel 29 But if frome thence thou shalt seke the Lord thy God thou shalt finde him if thou seke him with all thine hearte and with all thy soule 30 When thou arte in tribulacion and all these things are come vpon thee at the lēgth if thou returne to the Lord thy God and be obedient vnto his voyce 31 For the Lord thy God is a mercifull God he wil not forsake thee nether destroy thee nor forget the couenant of thy Fathers which he sware vnto them 32 For inquire now of the daies that are past which were before thee since the day that GOD created man vpon the earthe and aske frō the one end of heauen vnto the other if there came to passe suche a greate thinge as this or whether anie suche like thing hathe bene heard 33 Did euer people heare the voyce of God speakynge out of the middes of a fire as thou hast heard and liued 34 Or hath God assayed to go and take him a nacion from among nacions by tentacions by signes and by wonders and by warre and by a mighty hand by a stretched out arme and by great feare according vnto all that the Lord your God did vnto you in Egypt before your eyes 35 Vnto thee it was shewed that thou mightest knowe that the Lord he is God that there is none but he alone 36 Out of heauē he made thee heare his voice to instruct thee vpō earth he shewed thee his greate fire and thou heardest his voyce out of the middes of the fire 37 And because he loued thy fathers therfore he chose their sede after them and hathe broght thee out of Egypte in hys sight by his mighty power 38 To thrust out nacions greater and mightier then thou before thee to bring thee in and to giue thee their land for inheritance as appeareth this day 39 Vnderstand therefore this day and consider in thine heart that the Lord he is God in heauen aboue and vpon the earthe beneth there is none other 40 Thou shalt kepe therefore his ordinan ces and his commandements whiche I cōmande thee this day that it may go well with thee and with thy childrē after thee and that thou maiest prolonge thy dayes vpon the earth whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee foreuer 41 ¶ Thē Mosés separated thre cities on this side of 〈◊〉 towarde the sonne rising 42 That the slayer shulde flee thither which had killed his neighbour at vnwares and hated him not in time past mighte flee I say vnto one of those 〈◊〉 and liue 43 That is * Bézerin the wildernes in the plaine countrey of the Reubenites Ramôth in Gileád among the Gadites Golán in Bashán among them of Manasséh 44 ¶ So this is the lawe which Mosés set before the children of Israél 45 These are the witnesses and the ordināces and the Lawes which Mosés declared to the children of Israél after they came out of Egypt 46 On this side Iordén in the valey ouer againste Beth peôr in the lande of Sihón Kynge of the Amorites whiche dwelt at Heshbôn whome Mosés and the chyldren of Israél * smote after they were come out of Egypt 47 And they possessed his land and the land of * Og King of Bashán two Kings of the Amorites whiche were on this side Iordén toward the sonne rising 48 From Aroér which is by the banke of the theriuer Arnōn euen vnto mount Siōn which is Hermón 49 And all the plaine by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 euē vnto the
the Lord gaue me the two tables of stone the table I say of the coue nant 12 And the Lord said vnto me * Arise get the downe quickely from hence for thy people which thou hast broght out of Egypt haue corrupt their wayes thei are sone turned out of the way which I commanded them thei haue made them a molten image 13 Furthermore the Lord spake vnto me saying I haue 〈◊〉 this people behold it is a stifnecked people 14 Let me alone that I may destroye thē put out their name from vnder heauen I wil make of thee a mightie nacion and greater then thei be 15 So I returned and came downe from the Mount and the Moūt burnt with fire and the two Tables of the couenant were in my two hands 16 Then I loked and beholde ye had sinned against the Lord your God for ye had made you a molten calf and had turned quic kely out of the way which the Lord had commanded you 17 Therefore I toke the two Tables and cast them out of my two hands and brake thē before your eies 18 And I fel downe before the Lord fortie daies and fortie nights as before I nether ate bread nor dranke water because of all your sinnes which ye had committed in doing wickedly in the sight of the Lord in that ye prouoked him vnto wrath 19 For I was afraied of the wrath and indignacion where with the Lord was moued against you euen to destroye you yet the Lord heard me at that time also 20 Likewise the Lord was verie angry with Aaron euen to destroye him but at that time I praied also for Aarón 21 And I toke your sinne I meane the calfe which ye had made and burnt him with fire and stamped him and grounde him smale euen vnto verie dust and I cast the dust thereof into the riuer that descended out of the Mount 22 Also * in Taberah and in * Massáh * and in Kibrothhattaauáh ye prouoked the Lord to angre 23 Likewise when the Lord sent you from Kadesh-barnéa saying Govp and possesse the land which I haue giuen you then ye rebelled against the commandement of the Lord your God and beleued him not nor hearkened vnto his voyce 24 Ye haue bene rebellions vnto the Lord since the daie that I knewe you 25 Then I fel downe before the Lord fortie daies and fortie nights as I fel downe before because the Lord had said that he wolde destroye you 26 And I praied vnto the Lord said O Lord God destroye not thy people and thine in heritāce which thou hast redemed through thy greatnes whome thouhast broght out of Egypt by a mightie hand 27 Remēber thy seruāts Abrahám Izhák Iaakób loke not to the stuburnes of his people nor to their wickednes nor to their sinne 28 Lest the countrey whence thou broghtest thē say * Because the Lord was not able to bring them into the land which he pro mised them or because he hated thē he ca ried thē out to slaye thē in the wildernes 29 Yet thei are thy people and thine inheritance which thou broghtest out by thy mightie power by thy stretched out arme CHAP. X. 5 The seconde tables put in the Arke 8 The tribe of Leui is dedicate to the seruice of the Tabernacle 12 What the Lord requireth of his 16 The circumcision of the heart 17 God regardeth not the persone 21 The Lord is the praise of Israél 1 IN the same time the 〈◊〉 said vnto me * Hewe thee two Tables of stone lyke vnto the first and come vp vnto me into the Moūt make thee an Arke of wood 2 And I wil write vpon the Tables the wordes that were vpon the first Tables which thou brakest and thou shalt put thē in the Arke 3 And I made an Arke of shittim wood and he wed two Tables of stone like vnto the first and went vp into the Mountaine and the two Tables in mine hand 4 Then he wrote vpō the Tables according to the first writing the ten commandements which the Lord spake vnto you in the Mount out of the middes of the fire in the daye of the assēblie and the Lord gaue them vnto me 5 And I departed and came downe from the Mount and put the Tables in the Arke which I made there thei be as the Lord commanded me 6 ¶ And the childré of Israel toke their iour ney from Beereth of the children of Iaakā to Mosen where Aaron dyed and was buryed Eleazár his sonne became Prièst in his steade 7 ¶ From thence thei departed vnto Gudgodáh and from Gudgodáh to Iotbáth a land of running waters 8 ¶ The same time the 〈◊〉 separated the tribe of Leui to beare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord and to stand before the Lord to minister vnto him to bles se in his Name vnto this day 9 Wherefore Leui hathe no partenor inheritance with his brethren for the Lord is his inheritance as the Lord thy God hathe promised him 10 And I taried in the Mountas at the first time fortie daies and fortie nights and the Lord heard me at that time also and the Lord wolde not destroye thee 11 But the Lord said vnto me Arise go for the in the iourney before the people that thei may go in and possesse the land which I sware vnto their fathers to giue vnto them 12 ¶ And now Israél what doeth the Lord thy God require of thee but to feare the Lord thy God to walke in all his 〈◊〉 to louc him and to serue the lord thy God with all thine heart with all thy soule 13 That thou kepe the commandements of the Lord and his ordinances which I commande thee 〈◊〉 day for thy welth 14 Beholde heauen and the heauen of heauēs is the Lords thy God and the earth with all that therein is 15 Notwithstanding the Lord set his delite in thy fathers to loue them and dyd cho se their sede after them euen you aboue all people as appeareth this day 16 Circūcise therefore the foreskin of your heart and harden your neks no more 17 For the Lord your God is God of gods Lord of Lords a great God mightie terrible which accepteth no * persones nor taketh rewarde 18 Who doeth right vnto the fatherles and widowe and loueth the stranger giuing him folde and rayment 19 Loue ye therefore the strāger for ye were strangers in the Land of Egypt 20 * Thou shalt feare the Lord thy God thou shalt serue him and thou shalt cleaue vnto him and shalt sweare by his Name 21 He is thy praise and he is thy God that ha the done for thee these great and terrible things which thine eies haue sene 22 Thy fathers wēt downe into Egypt * with seuentie persones and
now the Lord thy God hathe made thee as the * starres of the heauen in multitude CHAP. XI 1 An exhortacion to loue God and kepe his 〈◊〉 to The praises of 〈◊〉 18 To meditate continually the worde of God 19 To 〈◊〉 it vnto the children 26 Blessing cursing 1 THerefore thou shalt loue the Lord thy God and shalt kepe that which he cōmandeth to be kept that is his ordinances and his Lawes his commandements alwaie 2 And consider this day for I speake not to your childrē which haue nether know en nor sene the chastisement of the Lord your God his greatnes his mightie hand and his stretched out arme 3 And his signes and his actes which he did in the middes of Egypt vnto Pharaoh the King of Egypt and vnto all his land 4 And what he did vnto the hoste of the Egy ptians vnto their horses and to their charetes when he caused the waters of the red Sea to ouerfloe them as they pursued after you and the Lord destroyed them vnto this day 5 And what he did vnto you in the wildernes vntil ye came vnto this place 6 And what he did vnto Dathán and Abirám the sonnes of Eliáb the sonne of Reubén when the earth opened her mouth and swallowed them with their householdes their tents and all their substance that thei had in the middes of all Israél 7 For your eies haue sene all the great actes of the Lord which he did 8 Therefore shal ye kepe all the commandements which I commande you this day that ye may be strong and go in and possesse the land whether ye go to possesse it 9 Also that ye may prolong your daies in the land which the Lord sware vnto your fathers to giue vnto them and to their sede euē a land that floweth with milke and honie 10 ¶ For the land whether thou goest to pos sesse it is not as the land of Egypt from whence ye came where thou sowedst thy sede and waterest it with thy fete as a garden of herbes 11 But the land whether ye go to possesse it is a land of mountaines and valleis and drinketh water of the raine of heauen 12 This land doeth the Lord thy God care for the eies of the Lord thy God are alwaies vpon it from the beginning of the yere euen vnto the end of the yere 13 ¶ If ye shal hearken therefore vnto my cō mandements which I commāde you this day that ye loue the Lord your God and serue him with all your heart and with all your soule 14 I also wil giue raine vnto your land in due time the first raine and the latter that thou maiest gather in thy wheat and thy wine and thine oyle 15 Also I wil send grasse in thy fields for thy cattel that thou maiest eat and haue ynough 16 But bewarre lest your heart deceaue you and lest ye turne aside serue other gods and worship them 17 And so the angre of the Lord be kindled against you he shutvp the heauen that there be no raine and that your land yel de nother frute and ye perish quickely from the goodlād which the Lord giueth you 18 ¶ Therefore shalye lay vp these my wordes in your heart in your soule * binde them for a signe vpon your hand that they maie be as a frontelet betwene your eyes 19 And ye shal * teache them your children speaking of thē when thou sittest in thine house and when thou walkest by the way and whē thou liest downe and when thou risest vp 20 And thou shalt write them vpon the postes of thine house and vpon thy gates 21 That your dayes maie be multiplied and the dayes of your childrē in the landwhich the Lord sware vnto your fathers to giue them aslong as the heauens are aboue the earth 22 ¶ For if ye kepe diligently all these commandements which I commande you to do that is to loue the Lord your God to walke in all his waies and to cleaue vnto him 23 Then wil the Lord cast out all these naciōs before you ye shal possesse great naciōs and mightier then you 24 * Al the places wheron the soles of your fete shal treade shal be yours your coast shal be from the wildernes and from Leba nôn and from the Riuer euen the riuer Perâth vnto the vttermost Sea 25 No man shal stand against your for the Lord your God shal cast the feare dread of you vpon all the land that ye shal tread vpon as he hathe said vnto you 26 ¶ Beholde I set before you this day a blessing and a curse 27 * The blessing if ye obey the commandements of the Lord your God which I commande you this day 28 And the curse if ye wil not obey the commandements of the Lord your God but turne out of the way which I cōmande you this day to go after other gods which ye haue not knowen 29 ¶ When the Lord thy God therefore hathe broght thee into the land whether thou goest to possesse it then thou shalt put the * blessing vpon mount Gerizim the curse vpon mount Ebál 30 Are they not beyonde Iordén on that par te where the sunne goeth downe in the land of the Canaanites which dwel in the plaine ouer agaīst Gilgál beside the groue of Moréh 31 For ye shal passe ouer Iordên to go in to possesse the land which the Lord your God giueth you and ye shal possesse it and dwel therein 32 Take hede therefore that ye * do all the commandements and the lawes which I set before you this day CHAP. XII 1 Te destroy the idolatrous places 5. 8. To serue God where be commandeth and as he commandeth and not as men fantasie 19 The Leuites must be nourished 31. Idolaters burnt their children to theie gods 32 To addenothing to Gods worde 1 THese are the ordinances the lawes which ye shal obserue do in the land which the Lord God of thy fathers giueth thee to possesse it as long as ye liue vpon the earth 2 * Ye shal vtterly 〈◊〉 allthe places whe rein the nacions 〈◊〉 ye shal possesse ser ued their gods vpon the hie mountains vpō the hilles and vndereuerie grene tre 3 * Also ye shal ouerthrowe their altars and breake downe their pillers burne their groues with fire and ye shal hewe downe the grauen images of their gods and abo lish their names out of that place 4 Ye shal not so do vnto the Lord your God 5 But ye shal seke the place which the Lord your god shal * chose out of all your tribes to put his Name there and there to dwel and thether thou shalt come 6 And ye shal bring thether your burnt offrings your sacrifices your tithes the offring of
vnto this lande how fearce is this great wrath 25 And they shal answer Because they haue for sakē the couenant of the Lord God of their fathers which he had made with them whē he broght them out of the land of Egypt 26 And went and serued others gods and wor shipped thē euen gods which they knewe not and which had giuen them nothing 27 Therefore the wrath of the Lorde waxed hote agaynst this land to bring vpon it euerie curse that is written in this boke 28 And the Lorde hathe rooted them out of their land in angre and in wrath and in great indignacion and hathe caste them into another land as appeareth this day 29 The secret thyngs belong to the Lorde our God but the things reueiled belong vn to vs and to our children for euer that we may do all the wordes of this Law CHAP. XXX 1 Mercie shewed when they repent 6 The Lord doeth circumcise the heart 〈◊〉 All excuse of ignorance is taken away 19 Life and death is set before them 20 The Lorde is their life which obey him 1 NOw when all these things shall come vppō thee ether the blessing or the curse which I haue set before thee ād thou shalt turne into thine heart among all the naciōs whether the Lord thy God hath driuē thee 2 And shalt returne vnto the Lorde thy God and obey hys voyce in all that I commande thee this day thou and thy children with all thine heart and with all thy soule 3 Then the Lorde thy God will cause thy ' captiues to returne and haue compassion vpon thee and will returne to gather thee out of all the people where the Lord thy God had scatered thee 4 Thogh thou werest caste vnto the vtmost parte of heauen from thence will the Lord thy God gatherthee ād from thence wil he take thee 5 And the Lord thy God wil bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and he wil shewe thee fauour and wil multiplie thee aboue thy fathers 6 And the Lord thy God wil circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy sede that thou maist loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maist liue 7 And the Lord thy God wil lay all these curses vpon thine enemies and on them that hate thee and that persecute thee 8 Returne thou therefore obey the voice of the Lord and do all his commandements which I commande thee this day 9 And the Lord thy God wil make thee plenteous in euerie worke of thine hand in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of the land for thy welth for the Lord wil turne againe and reioyce ouer thee to do thee good as he reioyced ouerthy fathers 10 Because thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God in keping his commandemēts and his ordinances which are written in the boke of this Lawe when thou shalt returne vnto the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule 11 ¶ For this cōmandement which I commande thee this day is nothid frō thee nether is it farre of 12 It is not in heauen that thou shuldest say * Who shal go vp for vs to heauen and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 13 Nether is it beyonde the sea that thou shul dest say Who shal go ouer the sea for vs and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 14 But the worde is verie nere vnto thee euen in thy mouth and in thine heart for to do it 15 Beholde I haue set before thee this day life and good death and euil 16 In that I commande thee this day to loue the Lord thy God to walke in his wayes ād to kepe his commandements and his ordinances and his lawes that thou maiest liue and be multiplied and that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in the land whether thou goest to possesse it 17 But if thine heart turne away so that thou wilt not obey but shalt be seduced and wor ship other gods and serue them 18 I pronounce vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish ye shal not prolong your dayes in the land whether thou passest ouer Iordén to possesse it 19 * I call heauen and earth to recorde this day against you that I haue set before you life and death blessing and cursing therfore chose life that bothe thou and thy sede may liue 20 By louing the Lord thy God by obeying his voyce and by cleauing vnto him for he is thy life and the length of thy dayes that thou maist dwel in the land which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób to giue him CHAP. XXXI 2. 7 Mosés preparing him selfe to dye appointeth 〈◊〉 to rule the people 9 He giueth the I 〈◊〉 to the Leuites that they shulde read it to the people 19 God giueth thē a song as a witnes betwene him and them 23 God 〈◊〉 Ioshúa 29 Mosés 〈◊〉 them that they wil rebel after his death 1 THen Mosés went and spake these wordes vnto all Israél 2 And said vnto them I am an hundreth and twentie yere olde this day I can no more go out and in also the Lord hathe said vnto me * Thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén 3 The Lord thy God he wil go ouer before thee he wil destroy these naciōs before thee and thou shalt possesse thē * Ioshúa he shal go before thee as the Lord hathe said 4 And the Lord shal do vnto them as he dyd to * Sihôn and to Og Kings of the Amorites and vnto their land whome he destroyed 5 And the Lord shal giue them before you that ye may do vnto them according vnto euerie * commandement which I haue cōmanded you 6 Plucke vp your hearts therefore and be strong dread not nor be afrayd of them for the Lord thy God him selfe doeth go with thee he wil not fayle thee nor forsake thee 7 ¶ And Mosés called 〈◊〉 and said vnto him in the sight of all Israél Be of a good courage and strong for thou shalt go with this people vnto the land which the Lord hathe sworne vnto their fathers to giue thē and thou shalt giue it them to inherit 8 And the Lord him selfe 〈◊〉 go before thee he wil be with thee he wil not fayle thee nether forsake thee feare not 〈◊〉 re nor be discomforted 9 ¶ And Mosés wrote this Lawe and deliuered it vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Leui which bare the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord and vnto all the Elders of Israél 10 And Mosés cōmanded them saying * Euerie seuenth yere* when the yere of fredome shal be in the feast of the 〈◊〉 11 When
all Israél shal come to appeare befo re the Lord thy God in the place which he shal chose thou shalt read this Lawe before all Israél that they may heare it 12 Gather the people together men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and feare the Lord your God and kepe and obserue all the wordes of this Lawe 13 And that their children which haue not knowē it may heare it learne to feare the Lord your God as long as ye liue in the land whether ye go ouer Iordén to possesse it 14 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thy dayes are come that thou must dye Call Ioshúa and stand ye in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion that I may giue him a charge so Mosés and Ioshúa went and stode in the Tabernacle of the Congregacion 15 And the Lord appeared in the Tabernacle in the piller of a cloude and the piller of the cloude stode ouer the dore of the Tabernacle 16 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Mosés Beholde thou shalt slepe with thy fathers and this people wil rise vp and go a whoring after the gods of a strange land whether they go to dwel therein and wil forsake me breake my couenāt which I haue made with them 17 Wherefore my wrath wil waxe hote against them at that day and I wil forsake them and wil hide my face from thē then they shal be consumed and many aduersities and tribula cions shal come vpon them so then they wil say Are not these troubles come vpon me because God is not with me 18 But I wil surely hide my face in that day because of all the euil which they shal commit in that they are turned vnto other gods 19 Now therefore write ye this song for you and teache it the children of Israél put it in their mouthes that this song may be my witnes against the children of Israél 20 For I wil bring them into the land which I sware vnto their fathers that floweth with milke and honie and they shal eat and fil them selues and waxe fat then shal they turne vnto other gods and serue them and contemne and breake my couenant 21 And then when manie aduersities and tribulacions shal come vpon them this song shal answer them to their face as a witnes for it shal not be forgotten out of the mouthes of their posteritie for I knowe their imaginacion which they go about enē now before I haue broght them into the land which I sware 22 ¶ Mosés therefore wrote this song the same day and taught it the children of Israél 23 And God gaue Ioshúa the sonne of Nun a charge and said * Be strong and of a good courage for thou shalt bring the children of Israél into the land which I sware vnto thē and I wil be with thee 24 ¶ And when Mosés had made an end of writing the wordes of this Lawe in a boke vntil he had finished them 25 Then Mosés cōmanded the Leuites which barethe Arke of the couenant of the Lord saying 26 Take the boke of this Law and putye it in the side of the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God that it may be there for a witnes against thee 27 For I knowethy rebellion thy stiffe necke beholde I being yet aliue with you this day ye are rebellious against the Lord how muche more then after my death 28 Gather vnto me all the Elders of your tribes and your officers that I may speake these wordes in their audience and call heauen and earth to recorde against them 29 For I am sure that after my death ye wil vtterly be corrupt and turne from the way which I haue commanded you therefore euil wil come vpon you at the length because ye wil commit euil in the sight of the Lord by prouoking him to angre through the worke of your handes 30 Thus Mosés spake in the audience of all the Congregacion of Israél the wordes of this song vntil he had ended them CHAP. XXXII 7 The song of Mosés conteining Gods benefites toward the people 15 And their in gratitude toward him 20 God menaceth them 21 And speaketh of the vocation of the Gentiles 46 Mosés commandeth to teache the Lawe to the children 48 God fore warneth Mosés of his death 1 HEarkenye heauens and I wil speake and let the earth heare the wordes of my mouth 2 My doctrine shal drop as the raine and my speache shal stil as doeth the dewe as the shoure vpon the herbes and as the great raine vpon the grasse 3 For I wil publishe the Name of the Lord giue ye glorie vnto our God 4 Perfect is the worke of the mighty God for all his wayes are iudgement God is true and without wickednes iust and righteous is he 5 They haue corrupted them selues toward him by their vice not being his children but a frowarde and crooked generacion 6 Do ye so rewarde the Lord ô foolish people and vnwise is not he thy father that hathe boght thee he hathe made thee and proportioned thee 7 ¶ Remember the dayes of olde consider the yeres of so manie generacions aske thy father and he wil shewe thee thine Elders they wil tel thee 8 When the most 〈◊〉 God deuided to the 〈◊〉 cions their inheritance when he separated the sonnes of Adám he appointed the borders of the people according to the nomber of the children of Israél 9 For the Lords porciō is his people Iaakób is the lot of his inheritance 10 He founde him in the land of the wildernes in a waste and roaring wildernes he led him about he taugh thim and kept him as the apple of his eye 11 As an egle stereth vp her nest flotereth ouer her birdes stretcheth out her wings taketh them and beareth them on her wings 12 So the Lord alone led him and there was no strange god with him 13 He caried him vp to the hie places of the earth that he might eat the frutes of the fields and he caused him to sucke hony out of the stone and oyle out of the hard rocke 14 Butter of kine and milke of shepe with fat of the lambs and rams fed Bashán and goates wyth the fat of the graynes of wheat and the red licour of the 〈◊〉 haste thou dronke 15 ¶ But he that shulde haue bene vpryght when he waxed fat spurned wyth hys hele thou att fat thou art grosse thou art laden with fatnes therfore he forsoke God that made him and regarded not the strong God of his saluacion 16 They prouoked hym with strange gods they prouoked hym to angre wyth abominacions 17 They offred vnto deuils not to God but to gods whom they knew not newe gods that came newly vp whome theyr fathers feared not 18 Thou
〈◊〉 the worke of his hands smite through the loines of them that rise agaynste him and of thē that hate him that they rise not againe 12 ¶ Of Beniamin he said The beloued of the Lord shal dwel in safety by him the Lord shal couer hym all the day long and dwel betwene his shulders 13 ¶ And of Ioséph he said Blessed of the Lord is his land for the swetenes of heauen for the dewe and for the depth lying beneth 14 And for the swete increase of the sunne ād for the swete increase of the moone 15 And for the swetenes of the top of the ancient mountaines and for the swetenes of the olde hilles 16 And for the swetenes of the earth and abū dance thereof and the good will of him that dwelt in the bushe shal come vpō the head of Ioséph and vpon the top of the head of him that was * separated from his brethrē 17 His beautie shal be like his first borne bullocke and his hornes as the hornes of an vnicorne with them he shal smite the people together euē the ends of the worlde these are also the ten thousands of Ephráim and these are the thousands of Manasséh 18 ¶ And of Zebulun he sayd Reioyce Zebulun in thy going out and thou Ishachar in thy tentes 19 They shall call the people vnto the mountaine there they shall offer the sacrifices of ryghteousnes for they shall sucke of the abundance of the sea and of the treasures hid in the sand 20 ¶ Also of Gad he said Blessed be he that enlargeth Gad he dwelleth as a lion that catcheth for his pray the arme with the head 21 And he locked to hym selfe at the begynnyng because there was a porcion of the Lawe giuer hid yet he shall come wyth the heads of the people to execute the iustice of the Lord and his iudgements with Israél 22 ¶ And of Dan he said Dan is aliōs whelpe he shal leape from Bashán 23 ¶ Also of Naphtali he sayd ô Naphtali satisfied with fauour and filled with the blessing of the Lorde possesse the West and the South 24 ¶ And of Ashér he said Ashér shal be blessed with childrē he shal be acceptable vnto his brethren and shal dip his fote in oyle 25 Thy shooes shal be yron and brasse and thy strength shall continue as long as thou liuest 26 ¶ There is none like God ô righteous peo ple which rideth vpō the heauēs for thine helpe and on the cloudes in his glorie 27 The eternal God is thy refuge and vnder his armes thou arte for euer he shall caste out the enemie before thee and will say destroye them 28 Then Israél the founteine of Iaakób shall dwell alone in safety in a land of wheat and wine also his heauens shall drop the dewe 29 Blessed art thou ô Israél who is lyke vnto thee ô people saued by the Lord the shylde of thine helpe and whiche is the sworde of thy glorie therefore thine enemies shal be in subiection to thee and thou shalte tread vpon their hie places CHAP. XXXIIII 1 Mosés seeth all the lande of Canáan 5 He dyeth 8 Israél wepeth 9 Ioshua succedeth in Mosés rowme 10 The prayse of Mosés 1 THen Mosés went from the plaine of Moáb vp into mount Nebō vnto the top of Pisgáh that is ouer agaynste Ierichó and the Lorde shewed hym * all the lande of Gileád vnto Dan. 2 And al Naphtali the land of Ephráim and Manasséh and all the land of Iudáh vnto the vtmost sea 3 And the South the plaine of the valley of Ierichó the citie of palme trees vnto Zoár 4 And the Lord said vnto him * This is the land which I sware vnto Abrahám to Izhák and to Iaak ob saying I will giue it vnto thy sede I haue caused thee to se it with thine eyes but thou shalt not go ouer thither 5 So Mosés the seruant of the Lorde dyed there in the land of Moáb according to the worde of the Lord. 6 And he buryed him in a valley in the land of Moáb ouer against Beth-peôr but no man knoweth of his sepulchre vnto this day 7 Mosés was now an hundreth twenty yere olde when he dyed his eye was not dimme nor his naturall force abated 8 And the children of Israél wept for Mosés in the plaine of Moáb thirty dayes so the dayes of weping and mournyng for Mosés were ended 9 And Ioshúa the sonne of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdome for Mosés had put his hands vpon him And the children of Israéll were obedient vnto him and did as the Lord had commanded Mosés 10 But there arose not a Prophet since in Israél like vnto Mosés whome the Lord knewe face to face 11 In all the miracles and wonders which the Lord sent him to do in the land of Egypt before Pharaóh and before al his seruants and before all his land 12 And in all that mighty hand and all that great feare which Mosés wroght in the sight of all Israél THE BOKE OF IOSVA THE ARGVMENT IN this boke the holy Gost setteth moste liuely before our eyes the accomplishement of Gods promes who as he promised by the mouthe of Mosés that a Prophet shulde be raised vp vnto the people like vnto him whome he willeth to obey Deut. 18. 15. so he sheweth him selfe here true in his promes as at al other times after the death of Mosés his faithful seruant he raiseth vp Ioshúa to be ruler and gouernour ouer his people that nether they shulde be discouraged for lacke of a captaine nor haue occasion to distrust Gods promises hereafter And because that Ioshúa might be confirmed in his vocation and the people also might haue none occasion to grudge as thogh he were not approued of God he is adorned with moste excellent giftes and 〈◊〉 of God bothe to gouerne the people with counsel and to defend 〈◊〉 with strength that he lacked nothing whiche ether belonged to a valiant captaine or a faithfull minister So he ouercometh all difficulties and bringeth them into the land of Canáan the whiche according to Gods ordinance he deuideth among the people and appointeth their borders he establisheth lawes and ordinances and putteth them in remembrance of Gods manifolde benefites assuring them of his grace and fauour if they obey God and contrariewise of his 〈◊〉 and vengeance if they 〈◊〉 him This historie doeth represent Iesus Christ the true Ioshúa who leadeth vs into eternal felicitie which is signified vnto vs by this land of canáan From the beginning of the Genesis to the end of this boke are conteined 2597 yeres For from Adám vnto the flood are 1656 from the flood vnto the departure of Abrahám 〈◊〉 of Caldea 363. and from thence to the death of Ioseph 290. So that the Genesis conteineth 2390. Exodus 140. the
and to destroy all the inhabitants of the land out of your sight therefore we were exceding sore afraid for our liues at the presēce of you and haue done this thing 25 And beholde now we are in thine hand do as it semeth good and right in thyne eyes to do vnto vs. 26 Euen so did he vnto them and deliuered them out of the hand of the children of Israél that they slewe them not 27 And Ioshúa appointed thē that same daie to be hewers of wood and drawers of water for the Congregacion and for the altar of the Lord vnto this day in the place which he shulde chuse CHAP. X. 1 Fiue Kings make warre against Gibeón whom Ioshúa discomfiteth 11 The Lord rained hailestones and slewe manie 12 The sunne standeth at Ioshuas prayer 26 The fiue Kings are hanged 29 Many mo cities and Kinges are destroyed 1 NOw when Adoni-zédek King of Ierusalém had heard how Ioshúa had takē Ai and had destroyed it * for as he had done to Ierichò and to the Kinge thereof so he had done to * Ai to the King therof and how the inhabitants of Gibeón had made peace with Israél and were amonge them 2 Then thei feared excedingly for Gibeón was a great citie as one of the roial cities for it was greater then Ai and all the men thereof were mightie 3 Wherefore Adoni-zédek King of Ierusalém sent vnto Hohám King of Hebrón and vnto Piram Kynge of Iarmúth and vnto Iapia Kynge of Lachish and vnto Debir King of Eglón saying 4 Come vp vnto me and helpe me that we maye smite Gibeón for they haue made peace with Ioshúa and with the childrē of Israél 5 Therefore the fiue Kings of the Amorites the King of Ierusalém the King of Hebrō the King of Iarmúth the King of Lachish and the King of Eglón gathered themselues together and went vp they with all their hostes and besieged Gibeón made warre against it 6 And the men of Gibeón sent vnto Ioshúa euen to the hoste to Gilgál saying Withdrawe not thine hand frome thy seruants come vp to vs quickly and saue vs helpe vs for all the Kings of the Amorites which dwelin the mountaines are gathered together against vs 7 So Ioshúa ascended from Gilgál he and all the people of warre with him and all the men of might 8 ¶ And the Lord said vnto Ioshúa Feare thē not for I haue giuen them into thine hād none of them shal stand against thee 9 Ioshúa therefore came vnto them sodenly for he went vp from Gilgál all the night 10 And the Lord discomfited them before Israél and slewe them with a great slaughter at Gibeōn and chased them along the way that goeth vp to Beth-horôn and smote them to Azekáh and to Makkedáh 11 And as thei fled from before Israél and were in the going downe to Beth-horôn the Lord cast down great stones from heauen vpon them vntil Azekáh thei dyed they were more that dyed with the haylestones then they whome the children of Israél slewe with the sworde 12 ¶ Then spake Ioshúa to the Lorde in the day when the Lord gaue the Amorites before the children of Israél and he sayde in the sight of Israél * Sunne staye thou in Gibeón and thou moone in the valley of Aialón 13 And the sunne abode and the moone stode stil vntil the people auenged them selues vpon their enemies Is not this written in the boke of Iashér so the sunne abode in the middes of the heauen and hasted not to go downe for a whole day 14 And there was no day like that before it nor after it that the Lord heard the voyce of a man for the Lord fought for Israél 15 ¶ After Ioshúa returned and all Israéll with him vnto the campe to Gilgál 16 But the fiue Kings fled and were hid in a caue at Makkedáh 17 And it was tolde Ioshúa saying The fiue Kings are founde hyd in a caue at Makkedáh 18 Then Ioshúa said Roule great stones vpō the mouthe of the caue and set men by it for to kepe them 19 But stande ye not still followe after your ennemies and smite all the hindemoste suffre them not to enter into their Cities for the Lord your God hathe giuen them into your hand 20 And when Ioshúa and the children of Israél had made an end of slaying them with an exceding great slaughter til they were consumed and the rest that remayned of them were entred into walled cities 21 Then all the people returned to the campe to Ioshua at Makkedáh in peace no man moued his tongue against the childrē of Israél 22 After Ioshúa said Open the mouth of the caue and bring out these fiue Kings vnto me forthe of the caue 23 And they did so and broght out those fiue Kings vnto him forthe of the caue euen the King of Ierusalém the Kinge of Hebrōn the King of Iarmúth the Kynge of Lachish and the King of Eglōn 24 And when they had broght out those Kynges vnto Ioshúa Ioshúa called for all the men of Israél and said vnto the chief of the men of warre which wēt with him Come nere set your fete vpō the neckes of these Kings and thei came nere and set their fete vpon their neckes 25 And Ioshûa said vnto them Feare not nor be faint hearted but be strong and of a good courage for thus wil the Lord do to all your enemies against whome ye fight 26 So then Ioshûa smote them and slewe them and hanged them on fiue trees and thei hanged still vpon the trees vntill the euening 27 And at the goynge downe of the sunne Ioshûa gaue cōmandement that thei shuld take * them downe of the trees and caste them into the caue wherein thei had bene hid and thei layed great stones vpon the caues mouth which remaine vntil this day 28 ¶ And that same day Ioshûa toke Makkedáh and smote it with the edge of the sworde and the King there of destroyed he with them and all the soules that were therein he let not remayne for he did to the Kynge of Makkedáh * as he had 〈◊〉 vnto the King of Ierichō 29 Then Ioshûa went from Makkedáh and al Israél with him vnto Libnáh and fought against Libnáh 30 And the Lord gaue it also and the Kyng thereof into the hand of Israél he smote it with the edge of the sworde and all the soules that were therein he let none remaine in it for he did vnto the King therof as he had done vnto the King of Iericho 31 ¶ And Ioshúa departed from Libnáh and all Israél with him vnto Lachish and besieged it and assalted it 32 And the Lord gaue Lachish into the hād of Israél which toke it the seconde day smote it with the edge of the sworde and all the soules that were therein according to all as he had
dwelt in Haro shéth of the Gētiles 3 Then the children of Israél cryed vnto the Lord for he had nine hundreth charets of yron twentie yeres he had vexed the children of Israél very sore 4 ¶ And at that time Deboráh a Prophetesse the wife of Lapidôth iudged Israél 5 And this Deboráh dwelt vnder a palme tre betwene Ramáh Beth-él in mount Ephráim and the children of Israél came vp to her foriudgement 6 Then she sent and called Baráh the sonne of Abinóam out of Kédesh of Naphtali ād said vnto him Hathe not the Lord God of Israél commanded saying Go drawe toward moūt Tabor and take with thee ten thousād men of the children of Naphtali and of children of Zebulún 7 And I wil drawe vnto thee to the * riuer Kishón Siserá the captaine of Iabins armie with his charets and his multitude and wil deliuer him into thine hand 8 And Barák said vnto her If thou wilt go with me I wil go but if thou wilt not go with me I wil not go 9 Then she answered I wil surely go with thee but this iourney that thou takest shal not be for thine honour for the Lord shal sel Siserá into the hand of a woman And Deboráh arose and went with Barák to Kédesh 10 ¶ And Barák called Zebulún and Naphtali to Kédesh and he went vp on his fete with ten thousand men and Deboráh went vp with him 11 Now Héber the Kenite which was of the children of * Hobáb the father in law of Mosés was departed from the Kenites and pitched his tent vntil the plaine of Zaanaim which is by Kédesh 12 Thē they she wed Siserá that Barák the sōne of Abinóam was gone vp to mount Tabór 13 And Siserá called for all is charets euen nine hundreth charets of yron and all the people that were with him frō Haroshéth of the Gentiles vnto the riuer Kishôn 14 Then Deboráh said vnto Barák Vp for this is the day that the Lord hathe deliuered Sisera into thine hand Is not the Lord gone out before thee so Barák went downe from mount Tabôr and ten thousand men after him 15 And the Lord destroyed Siserá and all his charets and all his hoste with the edge of the sworde before Barák so that Siserá ligh ted downe of his charet and fled away on his fete 16 But * Barák pursued after the charets and after the hoste vnto Haroshéth of the Gentiles al the host of Siseráfel vpon the edge of the sworde there was not a man left 17 Howbeit Siserá fled away on his fete to the tent of laél the wife of Hebér the Kenite for peace was betwene Iabin the King of Hazór and betwene the house of Hebér the Kenite 18 And Iaél went out to mete Sisera and said vnto him Turne in my Lord turne into me feare not And when he had turned in vnto her into her tent she couered him with a mantel 19 And he said vnto her Giue me I pray thee a litle water to drinke for I am thirsty And she opened * a bottle of milke and gaue him drink e and couered him 20 Againe he said vnto her Stande in the dore of the tent and when anie man doeth come and enquire of thee saying Is anie man here thou shalt say Nay 21 Then Iaél Hebers wife toke a nayle of the tent and toke an hammer in her hand and went so ftly vnto him and smote the naile into his temples and fastened it into the groun de for he was fast a slepe and wearie and so he dyed 22 And beholde as Barák pursued after Siserá Iaél came out to mete him and said vnto him Come and I wil she we thee the man whome thou sekest and when he came into her tent beholde Siserá lay dead and the naile in his temples 23 So God broght downe Iabin the King of Canáan that day before the childrē of Israél 24 And the hand of the children of Israél pro spered and preuailed against Iabin the King of Canáan vntil they had destroyed Iabin King of Canáan CHAP. V. 1 The song and thankesgiuing of Deborab and Barak after the victorie 1 THen sang Deboráh and Barák the sonne of Abinóam the same day saying 2 Praiseye the Lord for the auenging of Israél and for the people that offred them selues willingly 3 Heare ye Kings heark en ye princes I euē I wil sing vnto the Lord I wil sing praise vnto the Lord God of Israél 4 Lord * whē thou wentest out of Seir when thou departedst out of the field of * Edóm the earth trembled and the heauens rained the cloudes also dropped water 5 * The mountaines melted before the Lord * as did that Sinâi before the Lord God of Israél 6 In the dayes of * Shamgár the sonne of Anáth in the dayes of* Iaél the hye waye were vnoccupied and the trauelers walked through by wayes 7 The to wnes were not inhabited they decayed I say in Israél vntil I Deboráh came vp whiche rose vp a mother in Israél 8 They chosene we gods then was warre in the gates Was there a shilde or speare sene among fourtie thousand of Israél 9 Mine heart is set on the gouerners of Israél and on them that are willing among the people praise ye the Lord. 10 Speake ye that ride on white asses ye that dwel by Midin that walke by the waye 11 For the noyse of the archers appaised amōg the drawers of water there shal they rehearse the righteousnes of the Lorde his righteousnes of his to wnes in Israél thē did the people of the Lord go down to the gates 12 Vp Deboráh vp arise and sing a song arise Barák and lead thy captiuitie captiue thou sonne of Abinóam 13 For they that remaine haue dominiō ouer the mightie of the people the Lorde hathe giuen me dominion ouer the strong 14 Of Ephráim their roote arose against Amalék after thee Ben-iamin shal fight against thy people ô Amalek of Machir came rulers and of Zebulún they that hādle the penne of the writer 15 And the Princes of Issachár were with Deboráh Issachár also Barák he was set on his fete in the valley for the diuisions of Reubén were great thoghtes of heart 16 Why abodest thou amōg the shepe foldes to heare the bleatings of the flockes for the diuisions of Reubén were great thogh tes of heart 17 Gileádabode beyonde Iordén and why doeth Dan remaine in shippes Ashér sate on the seashore and taried in his decayed places 18 But the people of Zebulún and Naphtali haue ieoparde their liues vnto the deathe in the hye places of the field 19 The Kings came and fought thē fought the Kings of Canáan in Taanách by the waters of Megiddó they receiued no gaine of
Philistim 33 And Saúl said to Dauid Thou art not able to go against this Philistim to fight with him for thou art a boye and he is a man of warre from his youth 34 And Dauid answered vnto Saul Thy seruant kept his fathers shepe and the re ca me a lyon and likewise a beare and toke a shepe out of the flocke 35 And I went out after him and smote him and toke it out of his mouth and when he arose against me I caught him by the bear de and smote him and slewe him 36 So thy seruant slewe bothe the lyon and the beare therefore this vncircumcised Philistim shal be as one of them seing he hath railed on the hoste of the liuing God 37 ¶ Moreouer Dauid said The Lord that deliueredme out of the pawe of the lyon and out of the pawe of the beare he wil deliuer me out of the hand of this Philistim Then Saúl said vnto Dauid Go and the Lord be with thee 38 And Saúl put his rayment vpon Dauid and put an helmet of brasse vpon his head and put a bringandine vpon him 39 Then girded Dauid his sworde vpon his rayment and began to go for he neuer proued it Dauid said vnto Saúl I cannot go with these for I am not accustomed wherefore Dauid put them of him 40 Then toke he his staffe in his hand and chose him fiue smothe stones out of a brooke and put thē in his shepherdesbag or skrippe and his sling was in his hand and he drewe nere to the Philistim 41 ¶ And the Philistim came and drewe nere vnto Dauid and the man that bare the shield went before him 42 Now when the Philistim loked about and sawe Dauid he disdeined him for he was but yong ruddy and of a comely face 43 And the Philistim said vnto Dauid Am I a dog that thou commest to me with staues And the Philistim cursed Dauid by his gods 44 And the Philistim said to Dauid Come to me and I wil giue thy flesh vnto the foules of the heauen and to the beastes of the field 45 ¶ Then said Dauid to the Philistim Thou cōmest to me with a sworde with a spea re and with a shield but I come to thee in the Name of the Lord of hostes the God of the hoste of Israél whome thou hast railed vpon 46 This day shal the Lord close thee in mine hand and I shal smite thee take thine head frō thee and I wil giue the carkeises of the hoste of the Philistims this day vnto the foules of the heauen and to the beastes of the earth that all the worlde may knowe that Israél hathe a God 47 And that all this assemblie may knowe that the Lord saueth not with sworde nor with speare for the battel is the Lords he wil giue you into our hands 48 And when the Philistim arose to come and drawe nere vnto Dauid Dauid hasted ran to fight against the Philistim 49 And Dauid put his hand in his bag and to ke out a stone and slang it and smote the Philistim in his 〈◊〉 that the stone stic ked in his fore head and he fel groueling to the earth 50 So Dauid * ouer came the Philistim with a sling and with a stone and smote the Philistim and slewe him when Dauid had no sworde in his hand 51 Then Dauid ran and stode vpon the Philistim and toke his sworde and drewe it out of his sheath and slewe him and cut of his head there with So when the Philistims sawe that their champion was dead they fled 52 And the men of Israél and Iudáh arose and showted and followed after the Philistims vntil thei came to the valley and vnto the gates of Ekrón and the Philistims fel downe wounded by the way of Shaaráim euen to Gath and to Ekrön 53 And the children of Israél returned from pursuing the Philistims and spoile their tents 54 And Dauid toke the head of the Philistim and broght it to Ierusalém and put his ar mour in his tent 55 ¶ Whē Saûl sa we Dauid go forthe against the Philistim he said vnto Abnér the captaine of his hoste Abner whose sonneis this yong man and Abner answered As thy soule liueth ô King I can not tel 56 Then the King said Enquire thou whose sonne this yong man is 57 And when Dauid was returned from the slaughter of the Philistim thē Abner toke him and broght him before Saul with the head of the Philistim in his hand 58 And Saûl said to him Whose sōne artthou thou yong man And Dauid answered I am the sonne of thy seruant Ishái the Bethle hemite CHAP. XVIII 1 The amitie of Ionathán and Dauid 8 Saúl enuieth Dauid for the praise that the women gaue him 11. Saul wolde haue stayne Dauid 17 He promiseth him Meráb to wife but giueth him Michal 27 Dauid deliuereth to Saúl two hundreth foreskinnes of the Philistims 29 Saul feateth Dauid seing that the Lord 〈◊〉 with him 1 ANd when he had made an end of speaking vnto Saúl the soule of Ionathán was knit with the soule of Dauid and Ionathán loued him as his owne soule 2 And Saúl toke him that day and wolde not let him returne to his fathers house 3 Then Ionathán and Dauid made a couenāt for he loued him as his owne soule 4 And Ionathán put of the robe that was vpon him and gaue it Dauid and his garments euē to his sworde and to his bowe and to his girdle 5 And Dauid went out whether soeuer Saúl sent him and behaued him selfe wisely so that Saúl set him ouer the men of warre and he was accepted in the sight of all the people and also in the sight of Sauls seruants 6 ¶ When thei came againe and 〈◊〉 returned frō the slaughter of the Philistim the women came out of all cities of 〈◊〉 singing and dansing to mete King Saúl with timbrels with instruments of 〈◊〉 and with rebecks 7 And the women sang by cours in their playe said * Saúl hathe slayne his thou sand and Dauid his ten thousand 8 Therefore Saúl was exceding wrath and the saying displeased him and he said Thei haue ascribed vnto Dauid ten thousand and to me thei haue ascribed but thousand and what can he haue more saue the kingdome 9 Wherefore Saúl had an eye on Dauid frō that day forwarde 10 ¶ And on the morowe the euil spirit of God came vpon Saul and he prophecied in the middes of the house Dauid plaied with his hand like as at other times and there was a speare in Sauls hand 11 And Saúl to ke the speare and said I wil smite Dauid through to the wall But Dauid auoyed twise out of his presence 12 And Saúl was afraied of Dauid because the lord was with hī was departer frō Saúl 13 Therefore Saul put him from
chief ād his brethren an hūdreth twelue 11 ¶ And Dauid called Zadok and Abiathar the Priestes and of the Leuites Vriél Asaiah and Ioél Shemaiah and 〈◊〉 and Amminadab 12 And he said vnto them Ye are the chief fathers of the Leuites sanctifie your selues and your brethren and bring vp the Arke of the Lorde God of Israél vnto the place that I haue prepared for it 13 For * because ye were not there at the first the Lord our God made a breach among vs for we soght him not after due ordre 14 So the Priestes and the Leuites sanctified thē selues to bring vp the Arke of the Lorde God of Israél 15 ¶ And the sonnes of the Leuites bare the Arke of God vpon their shulders with the barres as Mosés had commanded * according to the worde of the Lord. 16 And Dauid spake to the chief of the Leuites that they shulde appointe certeine of their brethren to singe with instrumentes of musike with violes and harpes and cymbales that they might make a sounde and lift vp their voyce with ioye 17 So the Leuites appointed Heman the sonne of Ioél and of his brethren Asáph the sonne of Bereechiah and of the sonnes of Merari their brethren Ethan the sonne of Kushaiah 18 And with them their brethren in the seconde degre Zechariah Ben and Iaaziél and Shemiramoth and Iehiél and Vnni Eliab and Benaiah and Maasiah and Mattithiah and Elipheleh and Mikneah and Obed Edóm and Ieiél the porters 19 So Heman Asaph and Ethan were singers to make a sounde with cymbales of brasse 20 And Zechariah and Aziél and Shemiramoth and Iehiél and Vnni and Eliab and Maashiah and Benaiah with violes on Alamōth 22 And Mattithiah and Elipheléh and Mikneah and Obéd Edóm and Ieiél and Azaziah with harpes vppon Sheminith lenazzéah 21 But Chenaniah the chief of the Leuites had the charge bearing the burden in the charge for he was able to instruct 23 And Berechiah and Elkanah were porters for the Arke 24 And Shecaniah and Iehoshaphat and Nethane él and Amashai and Zachariah and Benaiah and Eliézer the Priestes did blowe with trumpets before the Arke of God and Obéd Edóm and Ieriah were porters for the Arke 25 * So Dauid and the Elders of Israél and the captaines of thousandes went to bryng vp the Arke of the couenant of the Lord from the house of Obéd Edōm with ioye 26 And because that God helped the Leuites that bare the Arke of the couenant of the Lorde they offred seuen bullockes and seuen rams 27 And Dauid had on him a linen garment as all the Leuites that bare the Arke and the singers and Chenaniah that had the chief charge of the singers and vpon Dauid was a linen Ephód 28 Thus all Israél broght vp the Arke of the Lords couenant with shouting and soūde of trumpets ād with cornets ād with cymbales making a sounde with violes ād with harpes 29 And when the Arke of the couenaunt of the Lorde came into the citie of Dauid Michál the daughter of Saul loked out at a win dowe and sawe Kyng Dauid dancynge and playing and * she despised him in her heart CHAP. XVI 1 The Arke being placed they offer sacrifices 4 Dauid ordeineth Asaph and his brethren to minister before the Lorde 8 He appointeth a notable Psalme to be sung in praise of the Lord. 1 SO * they broght in the Arke of God and set in the middes of the Tabernacle that dauid had pitched for it they offred burnt offrings and peace offrings before God 2 And when Dauid had made an end of offring the burnt offring ād the peace offrings he blessed the people in the Name of the Lord. 3 And he dealt to euerie one of Israél both mā and woman to euerie one a cake of bread and a piece of flesh and a bottel of wine 4 And he appointed certeine of the Leuites to minister before the Arke of the Lord and to rehearse and to thanke ād praise the Lord God of Israél 5 Asaph the chief and next to hym Zechariah Ieiél and Shemiramoth and Iehiél and Mattithiah and Eliab and Benaiah and Obéd Edóm euen Ieiél with instruments violes and harpes and Asaph to make a sounde with cymbales 6 And Benaiah and Iahaziél Priestes with trumpets continually before the Arke of the couenant of God 7 Then at that time Dauid did appoint at the biginnyng to giue thankes to the Lorde by the hand of Asaph and his brethren 8 * Praise the Lorde and call vpon his Name declare his workes among the people 9 Sing vnto hym sing prayse vnto hym and talke of all his wonderful workes 10 Reioyce in his holy Name let the hearts of them that seke the Lord reioyce 11 Seke the Lord and his strength seke his face continually 12 Remember his maruelous workes that he hathe done his wōders and the iudgemēts of his mouth 13 O sede of Israél his seruant ô the children of Iaak ôb his chosen 14 He is the Lord our God his iudgements are throughout all the earth 15 Remember his couenant for euer and the worde which he commanded to a thousand generacions 16 * Whiche he made with Abrahám and his othe to Izhák 17 And hathe confirmed it to Iaakōb for a Lawe and to Israél for an euerlasting couenant 18 Saying To thee wil I giue the land of Canáan the lot of your inheritance 19 When ye were fewe in nomber yea a very fewe and strangers therein 20 And walke about 〈◊〉 nacion to nacion and from one kingdome to another people 21 He suffred no man to do them wrong but rebuked Kings for their sakes saying 22 Touche not mine anointed and do my Prophetes no harme 23 * Sing vnto the Lord all the earth 〈◊〉 his saluacion from day to day 24 Declare his glorie among the nacions and his wonderful workes among all people 25 For the Lord is great and muche to be praised and he is to be feared aboue all gods 26 For all the gods of the people are idoles but the Lord made the heauens 27 Praise and glorie are before him power beautie are in his place 28 Giue vnto the Lord ye families of the people giue vnto the Lord glorie and power 29 Giue vnto the Lord the glorie of his Name bring an offring and come before him and worship the Lord in the glorious Sanctuarie 30 Tremble ye before him all the earth surely the worlde shal be stable and not moue 31 Let the heauens reioyce and let the earth be glad and let them say among the nacions The Lord reigneth 32 Let the sea roare and all that therein is let the field be ioyful and all that is in it 33 Let the trees of the wood thē reioyce at the presence of the Lord for he commeth to
for the accomplishement of all things which he colde desire This boke is also called of the latins the seconde of Ezrá because he was the writer thereof CHAP. I. 1 Nehemiáh be waileth the calamitie of Ierusalém 5 He confesseth the sinnes of the people and prayeth God for them 1 THe wordes of Nehemiáh the sonne of Ha chaliáh in the moneth Chisléu in the twentieth yere as I was in the palace of Shushán 2 Came Hanáni one of my brethren he and the mē of Iudáh and I asked them cōcerning the Iewes that were deliuered which were of the residue of the captiuitie and concerning Ierusalém 3 And they said vnto me The residue that are left of the captiuitie there in the prouince are in great affliction and in reproche and the wall of Ierusalém is broken downe and the gates thereof are burnt with fyre 4 And when I heard these wordes I sate downe and wept and mourned certeine dayes and I fasted and prayed before the God of heauen 5 And said * O Lord God of heauen the great and terrible God that kepeth couenant and mercie for them that loue him and obserue his commandements 6 I pray thee let thine eares be attent and thi ne eyes open to heare the prayer of thy seruant which I pray before thee dayly day ād night for the children of Israél thy seruants and 〈◊〉 the sinnes of the children of Israél which we haue sinned against thee bothe I and my fathers house haue sinned 7 We haue grieuously sinned against thee haue not kept the commandements nor the statutes nor the iudgements which thou cōmandedst thy seruant Mosés 8 I beseche thee remember the worde that thou commandedst thy seruant Mosés saying Ye wil transgresse and I * wil scatre you abroade among the people 9 But if ye turne vnto me and kepe my commandements and do them thogh your scate ring were to the vttermost parte of the heauen yet wil I gather you from thence and wil bring you vnto the place that I haue cho sen to place my Name there 10 Now these are thy seruants and thy people whome thou hast redemed by thy great power and by thy mighty hand 11 O Lord I beseche thee let thine eare now hearken to the prayer of thy seruant and to the prayer of thy seruants who desire to feare thy Name and I pray thee cause thy seruant to prosper this day and giue him fauour in the presence of this man for I was the Kings butler CHAP. II. 1 After Nehemiáh had obteined letters of Artaxerxes 11. He came to Ierusalém 17 And buylded the walles 1 NOw in the moneth Nisán in the twentieth yere of King Artahsháshte the wine stode before him and I toke vp the wine and gaue it vnto the King now I was not before time sad in his presence 2 And the King said vnto me Why is thy coun tenance sad seing thou art not sicke this is nothing but sorowe of heart Then was I so re afraied 3 And I said to the King God saue the King for euer why shulde not my countenance be sad when the citie and house of the sepul chres of my fathers lieth waste and the gates thereof are deuoured with fyre 4 And the King said vnto me For what thing do est thou require Then I praied to the God of heauen 5 And said vnto the King If it please the King and if thy seruant haue founde fauour in thy sight I desire that thou woldest send me to Iudáh vnto the citie of the sepulchres of my fathers that I may buylde it 6 And the King said vnto me the quene also sitting by him How long shal thy iourney be and when wilt thou come againe So it pleased the King and he sent me ād I set him a time 7 After I said vnto the King If it please the King let them giue me letters to the captaines beyonde the Riuer that they may conuaye me ouer til I come into Iudáh 8 And letters vnto Asáph the keper of the Kings ' parke that he may giue me timber to buylde the gates of the palace which apper teined to the house and for the walles of the citie and for the house that I shal entre into And the King gaue me according to the good hand of my God vpon me 9 ¶ Then came I to the captaines beyond the Riuer and gaue them the Kings letters And the King had sent captaines of the armie and horsmen with me 10 But Sanballát the Horonite and Tobiáh a seruant an Ammonite heard it and it grieued them sore that there was come a man which soght the wealth of the children of Israél 11 So I came to Ierusalém and was there thre dayes 12 And I rose in the night I a few men with me for I tolde no man what God had put in mine heart to do at Ierusalém and there was not a beast with me saue the beast whereon I rode 13 And I went out by night by the gate of the valley and came before the draggon well and to the dung porte and vewed the walles of Ierusalém how they were broken downe and the portes thereof deuoured with the fyre 14 Then I went forthe vnto the gate of the fountaine and to the Kings fish poole and there was no roume for the beast that was vnder me to passe 15 Then went I vp in the night by the broke and vewed the wall and turned backe and comming backe I entred by the gate of the valley and returned 16 And the rulers knewe not whether I was gone nor what I did nether did I as yettel it vnto the Iewes nor to the Priests nor to the noblemen nor to the rulers nor to the rest that laboured in the worke 17 Afterward I said vnto them Ye se the miserie that we are in how Ierusalém lieth waste and the gates thereof are burnt with fyre co me and let vs buylde the wall of Ierusalém that we be no more a reproche 18 Then I tolde them of the hand of my God which was good ouerme and also of the Kings wordes that he had spoken vnto me And they said Let vs rise and buylde So they strengthened their hand to good 19 But when Sanballát the Horonite and Tobiáh the seruāt an Ammonite and 〈◊〉 the Arabian heard it they 〈◊〉 vs and de spised vs and said What a thing is this that ye do Wil ye rebell against thee King 20 Then answered I them and said to thē The God of heauen he wil prosper vs and we his seruants wil rise vp and buylde but as for you ye haue no porciō nor right nor memorial in Ierusalém CHAP. III. The nomber of them that buylded the walles 1 THen arose Eliashib the hie Priest with his brethren the Priests and they buylt the snepegate thei repared it setvp the dores
childrē of Israél done so there was very great ioye 18 And he red in the boke of the Law of God euerie day from the first day vnto the last daye And thei kept the feast seuen dayes and on the eight day a solemne 〈◊〉 according vnto the maner CHAP. IX 1 The people 〈◊〉 and forsake their strange wiues 5 The Leuites exhorte them to praise God 6 Declarynge hys wonders 26 And their ingratitude 30 And Gods 〈◊〉 mercies toward them 1 IN the foure and twentieth daye of thys moneth the children of Israél were assembled with * fasting with sackecloth and earth vpon them 2 And they that were of the sede of Israél were separated from all the strangers they stode and confessed their sinnes and the iniquities of their fathers 3 And they stode vp in theyr place and red in the boke of the Law of the LORD their God foure times on the day and thei cōfessed and worshiped the Lord their GOD foure times 4 Then stode vp vpon the staires of the Leuites Ieshûa and Bani Kadmiél Shebaniah Bunni Sherebiah Bani and 〈◊〉 cryed with a lowde voyce vnto the Lord their God 5 And the Leuites said euen Ieshûa Kadmiél Bani Hashabniah Sherebiah Hodiiah Shebaniah and Pethahiah Stand vp and praise the Lord your God for euer euer let thē praise thy glorious name ô God which excelleth aboue all thankesgiuing and praise 6 Thou art Lord alone thou hast made heauen and the heauen of all heauens wyth all their hoste the earth and all things that are therein the seas all that are in thē and thou preseruest them all the hoste of the heauen worshipeth thee 7 Thou art ó Lord the God that hast chosé Abram and broghtest him out of * Vrin Caldea * and madest his Name Abraham 8 And foundest hys hearte faithfull before thee * and madest a couenant with him to giue vnto his sede the land of the Canaanites Hittites Amorites and Perizzites Iebusites and Girgashites and hast performed thy wordes because thou art iust 9 * Thou hast also cōsidered the affliction of our fathers in Egypte and heard their crye by the red Sea 10 And shewed tokens and wonders vppon Pharaoh and on all his seruants and on all the people of his lande for thou knewest that thei dealt proudely against thē therfore thou madest thee a Name as appeareth this day 11 * For thou did est breake vp the Sea before them and they went through the middes of the Sea on drye land and those that pursued thē hast thou cast into the bottoms as a stone in the mightie waters 12 And * leddest them in the daye with a piller of a cloude and in the night with a piller of fyre to giue them light in the waye that they went 13 * Thou camest downe also vpon mount Sinái and spakest vnto them from heauē and gauest them right iudgements and true lawes ordinances good cōmandements 14 And declared st vnto them thine holy Sabbath and commandedst them precepts ordinances and Lawes by the hād of Mosés thy seruant 15 * And gauest them bread from heauen for their hungre * broghtest forth water for them out of the rocke for their thirst and * promisedst thē that thei shulde goin and take possesion of the land for the which thou haddest lift vp thine hand for to giue them 16 But thei and our fathers behaued thē selues proudely and hardened their neckes so that they hearkened not vnto thy commandements 17 But refused to obey and wolde not remēber thy maruelous workes that thou hadst done for them but hardened their neckes and had in their heades to returne to their bondage by their rebellion but thou ô God of mercies gracious and full of compassion of long suffring and of great mercie yet forsokest them not 18 Moreouer when they made them a moltē calfe said This is thy God that broght thee vp out of the land of Egypt committed great blasphemies 19 Ye thou for thy greatemercies forsokest them not in the wildernes * the piller of the cloude departed not from them by day to lead them the way nether the piller of fyre by night to shewe them light and the way whereby they shulde go 20 Thus gauest also thy good Spirite to instruct them with heldest not thy MAN from their mouth and gauest them water for their thirst 21 Thou didest also fede them fourtye yeres in the wildernes they lacked nothing * their clothes waxed not old and their fete swelled not 22 And thou gauest them kingdomes people and scatteredst them into corners so they possessed * the lande of Sihōn and the lande of the Kyng of Heshbōn and the land of Og King of Bashān 23 And thou didest multiplie their children like the starres of the heauen and broghtest them into the land whereof thou hadst spoken vnto their fathers that thei shuld go and possesse it 24 So the children went in and possessed the land and thou subduedst before thē the inhabitants of the land euen the Canaanites gauest thē into their hāds with their Kings the people of the land that they might do with them what they wolde 25 And they toke their strong cities and the fat lande and possessed houses full of all goods cisternes digged out vineyardes and oliues and trees for fode in abundāce and they did eat and were filled and became fat and liued in pleasure through thy great goodnes 26 Yet they were disobedient and rebelled against thee and cast thy Law behind their backes and slewe thy Prophetes whiche protested among thē to turne them vnto thee and committed great blasphemies 27 Therefore thou deliueredst them into the hand of their enemies that vexed thē yetin the tyme of theyr affliction when they cryed vnto thee thou heardest them from the heauen and through thy greate mercies thou gauest them sauiours who saued them out of the hand of their aduersaries 28 But when they had rest they returned to do euill before thee therefore leftest thou them in the hand of their enemies so that they had the dominion ouer them yet whē they conuerted and cryed vnto thee thou heardest them from heauen deliueredst them according to thy great mercies many times 29 And protestedst amonge them that thou mightest bring thē againe vnto thy Lawe but they behaued themselues proudely hearkened not vnto thy commandemēts but sinned against thy iudgemēts * which a man shuld do and liue in them and pulled away the shuldre and were stifnecked and wolde not heare 30 Yet thou didest forbeare them many yeres and prote stedst amonge them by thy Spirit euē by the hand of thy Prophetes but they wolde not heare therfore gauest thou them into the hand of the people of the lands 31 Yet for thy great mercyes thou hast
aloude vnto the rocke of our saluacion 2 Let vs come before his face with prayse let vs sing loude vnto him with psalmes 3 For the Lord is a great God and a greate King 〈◊〉 all gods 4 In whose hand are the depe places of the earth and the heights of the mountaines are his 5 To whome the sea belongeth for he made it and hys handes formed the drye land 6 Come let vs worship and fall downe and 〈◊〉 before the Lord our maker 7 For he is our God and we are the people of his pasture and the shepe of his hand to daie if ye wil heare his voice 8 Harden not your heart as in 〈◊〉 and as in the daye of Massáh in the wildernes 9 Where your fathers tempted me proued me thogh thei had sene my worke 10 Fortie yeres haue I contended with this generacion and said Thei are a people that erre in heart for thei haue not knowē my wayes 11 Wherefore I sware in my wrath saying Surely they shal not enter into my rest PSAL. XCVI 1 An exhortation bothe to the Iewes and Gētiles to praise God for his mercie And this specially ought to be referred to the kingdome of Christ. 1 SIng vnto the Lord a newe song sing vnto the Lord all the earth 2 〈◊〉 vnto the Lord and praise his Name declare his saluacion from daie to daie 3 Declare his glorie among all nations his wonders among all people 4 For the Lord is great and muche to be praised he is to be feared aboue all gods 5 For all the gods of the people are idols but the Lord made the heauen 6 Strength and glorye are before hym power and beautie are in his Sanctuarie 7 Giue vnto the Lord ye families of the people giue vnto the Lord glorie and power 8 Giue vnto the Lord the glorie of his name bring an offring and entre into his courtes 9 Worship the Lord in the glorious Sāctuarie tremble before him all the earth 10 Saie among the nations The Lord reigneth surely the worlde shal be stable and not moue and he shal iudge the people in righteousnes 11 Let the heauens reioyce and let the earth be glad let the sea roare and all that therein is 12 Let the field be ioyful and all that is in it let all the trees of the wood then reioyce 13 Before the Lorde for he commeth for he commeth to iudge the earth he wil iudge the worlde with right cousnes the people in his trueth PSAL. XCVII 1 The Prophet exhorteth all to reioyce for the comming of the kingdome of Christ. 7 Dreadful to the rebels and idolaters 8 And ioyful to the iust whome he exhorteth to innocencie 12 To reioycing and thankesgiuing 1 THe Lord reigneth let the earth reioy ce let the multitude of theyles be glad 2 Cloudes and darkenes are round about him righteousnes and iudgemēt are the fundation of his throne 3 There shall go a fyer before him burne vp his enemies round about 4 His lightnings gaue light vnto the world the earth sawe it and was afraid 5 The mountaines melted like waxe at the presence of the Lord at the presence of the Lord of the whole earth 6 The heauens declare his righteousnes all the people se his glorie 7 Confounded be all thei that serue grauē images and that glorie in idoles worship him allye gods 8 Zión heard of it and was glad and the daughters of Iudáh reioyced because of thy iudgements ô Lord. 9 For thou Lord arte moste high aboue all the earth thou art muche exalted aboue all gods 10 Ye that loue the Lord hate euil he preserueth the soules of his Saints he will deliuer them from the hand of the wicked 11 Light is sowen for the righteous ioye for the vpright in heart 12 Reioyce ye righteous in the Lord giue thankes for his holie remembrance PSAL. XCVIII 1 An earnest exhortation to all creatures to praise the Lord for his power mercie and fidelitie in his promes by Christ 10 By whome he hathe communicated his saluaciō to all nations ¶ A Psalme 1 SIng vnto the Lord a new song for he hath done maruelous things * his right hand and his holie arme haue gottē him the victorie 2 The Lord declared his saluatiō his righteousnes hathe he reueiled in the sight of the nations 3 He hathe remembred his mercie and hys trueth towarde the house of Israél all the ends of the earth haue sene the saluation of our God 4 All the earth singye loude vnto the Lord crye out and reioyce and sing praises 5 Sing praise to the Lord vpon the harpe euen vpō the harpe with a singing voice 6 With shalmes and sounde of trumpets sing loude before the Lord the King 7 Let the sea roare all that the rein is the worlde and thei that dwell therein 8 Let the floods clap their hands let the mountaines reioyce together 9 Before the Lord for he is come to iudge the earth with righteousnes shal he iudge the worlde and the people with equitie PSAL. XCIX 1 He commandeth the power equitie and excellēcie of the kingdome of God by Christ ouer the Iewes and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And prouoketh them to magnifie the same and to serue the Lord 6 Following the 〈◊〉 of the ancient Fathers Mosés Aarón Samuél who calling vpon God were heard 〈◊〉 their praiers 1 THe Lord reigneth let the people trēble he sitteth betwene the * Cherubims let the earth be moued 2 The Lord is greate in Zión and he is high aboue all the people 3 Thei shal praise thy greate and fearefull Name for it is holie 4 And the Kings power that loueth iudgemēt for thou hast prepared equitie thou hast execute diudgement and iustice in Iaakōb 5 Exalt the Lord our God and fall downe before his fotestole for he is holie 6 Mosés and Aarón were among his Priests and Samuél among suche as call vpon his Name these called vpon the Lord and he heard them 7 He spake vnto them in the cloudie piller thei kept his testimonies and the Lawe that he gaue them 8 Thou heardest them ô Lord our God thou wast a fauourable God vnto them thogh thou didest take vengeance for theyr inuentions 9 Exalt the Lord our GOD and fall downe before his holie Mountaine for the Lord our God is holie PSAL. C. 1 He exhorteth all to serue the Lord. 3 who hathe chosen vs and preserued vs. 4 And to entre into his assemblies to praise his Name ¶ A Psalme of praise 1 SIng ye loude vnto the Lord all the earth 2 Serue the Lord with gladnes come before him with ioyfulnes 3 Knowe ye that euen the Lord is GOD he hathe made vs and not we our selues we are his
people and the shepe of hys pasture 4 Enter into his gates with praise into his courtes with reioycing praise hym blesse his Name 5 For the Lord is good his mercie is euerlasting and his trueth is from generacion to generacion PSAL. CI. 1 Dauid describeth what gouernement he will obserue in his house and kingdome 5 He wil punish and correct by rooting forthe the wicked 6 And cherishing the godlie persones ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Will sing mercie and iudgement vnto thee ô Lord wil I sing 2 I wil do wisely in the persite waie til thou comest to me I will walke in the vprightnes of mine hearte in the middes of myne house 3 I wil set no wicked thing before mine eies I hate the worke of them that fall awaie it shal not cleaue vnto me 4 A froward hearte shall depart from me I wil knowe none euil 5 Him that priuely sclan dereth his neighbour wil I destroie him that hath a proude loke and high heart I can not suffer 6 Mine eies shal be vnto the faithful of the land that they maie dwell with me he that walketh in a perfit waie he shal serue me 7 There shall no deceitfull persone dwell within mine house he that telleth lies shal not remaine in my sight 8 Betimes will I destroye all the wicked of the land that I maie cut of all the workers of iniquitie from the Citie of the Lord. PSAL. CII 1 It semeth that this praier was appointed to ' the faithfull to praie in the captiutie of 〈◊〉 16 A consolation for the building of the Church 18 whereof followeth the praise of God to be published vnto all posteritie 〈◊〉 The conuersion of the Gentiles 28 And the stabilitie of the Church ¶ A praier of the afflicted when he shal be in distres and powre forthe his meditation before the Lord. 1 O Lord heare my praier let my crye come vnto thee 2 Hide not thy face from me in the time of my trouble in cline thine eares vnto me when I call make haste to heare me 3 For my daies are consumed like smoke my bones are burnt like an herth 4 Mine heartis smitten and withereth like grasse because I forgate to eat my bread 5 For the voice of my groning my bones do cleaue to my skin 6 I am like a pelicane of the wildernes I am like an owle of the deserts 7 I watche and am as a sparowe alone vpon the house toppe 8 Mine enemies reuile me daiely and thei that rage against me haue sworne against me 9 Surely I haue eaten ashes as breade and mingled my drinke with weping 10 Because of thine indignation and thy wrath for thou hast heaued me vp and cast me downe 11 My daies are like a shado we that fadeth and I am withered like grasse 12 But thou ô Lord doest remaine for euer and thy remembrance from generacion to generacion 13 Thou wilt arise haue mercie vpō Zión for the time to haue mercie thereō for the appointed time is come 14 For thy seruāts delite in the stones the-reof and haue pitie on the dust thereof 15 Then the heathen shal feare the Name of the Lord and all the Kings of the earth thy glorie 16 When the Lord shal buylde vp Zión and shal appeare in his glorie 17 And shal turne vnto the praier of the desolate and not despise their praier 18 This shal be writen for the generacion to come and the people which shal be created shal praise the Lord. 19 For he hath loked downe from the height of his Sanctuarie out of the heauē did the Lord beholde the earth 20 That he might heare the mourning of the prisoner and deliuer the childrē of death 21 That they maye declare the Name of the LORD in Zión and hys prayse in Ierusalém 22 When the people shal be gathered together and the kyngdomes to serue the Lord. 23 He abated my strength in the waye shortened my daies 24 And I said O my God take me not away in the middes of my daies thy yeres endure from generacion to generacion 25 Thou hast a foretime laied the fundation of the earth and the heauēs are the worke of thine hands 26 Thei shall perishe but thou shalt endure euen thei all shal waxe olde as doeth a garment as vesture shalt thouchange them and thei shal be changed 27 But thou art the same and ' thy yeres shal not faile 28 The children of thy seruants shal continue and their sede shal stand fast in thy sight PSAL. CIII 1 He prouoketh all to praise the Lord which hathe pardoned his sinnes deliuered him from destruction and giuen him sufficient of all good things 10 Then head deth the ten dre mercies of God which he sheweth likea moste tendre Father towards his childrē 14 The frailtie of mans life 20 An exhortation to man and Angels to praise the Lord. 1 MY soule praise thou the Lord and all that is within me praise his holie Name 2 My soule praise thou the Lord and forget not all his benefites 3 Which forgiueth all thine iniquitie and healeth all thine in firmities 4 Which redemeth thy life from the graue and crowneth thee with mercie and compassions 5 Which satisfieth thy mouth with good things and thy youth is renued like the egles 6 The Lord executeth righteousnes and iud gement to all that are oppressed 7 He made his waies knowen vnto Mosés his workes vnto the children of Israél 8 The Lord is ful of compassion and mercie slowe to angre and of great kindenes 9 He wil not alwaie chide nether kepe his angre for euer 10 He hathe not dealt with vs after our sinnes nor rewarded vs according to our ini quities 11 For as high as the heauen is aboue the earth so great is his mercie toward them that feare him 12 As farre as the East is from the West so farre hathe he remoued our sinnes fromvs 13 As a father hathe compassion on his children so hathe the Lord compassion on thē that feare him 14 For he knoweth whereof we be made he remembreth that we are but dust 15 The daies of man are as grasse as a flower of the field so florisheth he 16 For the winde goeth ouer it and it is gone and the place thereof shal knowe it nomore 17 But the louing kindenes of the Lord endureth for euer vpon them that feare him and his righteousnes vpon childrēs children 18 Vnto them that kepe his couenant and thinke vpon his commandements to do them 19 The Lord hathe prepared his throne in heauen and his kingdome ruleth ouer all 20 Praise the Lord ye his Angels that excel in strength that do his commandement in obeying the voice of his worde 21 Praise the Lord all ye his
mouth kepe the dore of my lippes 4 Incline not mine heart to euil that I shulde cōmit wicked workes with men that worke iniquitie and letme not eat of their delicates 5 Let the righteous smite me for that is a benefite let him reproue me it shal be a precious oyle that shal not breake mine head for within a while I shal euen praie in their miseries 6 When theiriudges shal be cast downe in stonie places they shal heare my wordes for they are swete 7 Our bones lie scattered at the graues mouth as he that he weth wood or diggeth in the earth 8 But mine eyes loke vnto thee ô Lord God in thee is my trust leaue not my soule destitute 9 Kepe me from the snare which they haue laied for me and from the grēnes of the wor kers of iniquitie 10 Let the wicked fall into his nettes together whiles I escape PSAL. CXLII 1 The Prophet nether astonied with feare nor caried awaie with angre nor forced by desperation wolde kil Saúl but with a quiet 〈◊〉 directed his earnest praier to God who did preserue him ¶ A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction and a prayer when he was in the caue 1 I Cryed vnto the Lord with my voyce with my voyce I praied vnto the Lord. 2 I powred out my meditacion before him declared mine affliction in his presence 3 Thogh my spirit was in perplexitie in me yet thou knewest my path in the waie whe rein I walked haue thei priuely laied a snare for me 4 I loked vpon my right hand behelde but there was none that wolde knowe me all refuge failed me none cared for my soule 5 Then cryed I vnto thee ô Lord and said Thou art mine hope my porcion in the land of the liuing 6 Hearken vnto my crye for I am broght verie lowe deliuer me from my persecuters for thei are to strong for me 7 Bring my soule out of prison that I maie praise thy Name then shal the righteous come about me when thou art beneficialvn to me PSAL. CXLIII 1 An earnest praier for remission of sinnes acknowledging that the enemies did thus 〈◊〉 persecute him by Gods iust iudgement 8 He desireth to be restored to grace 10 To be gouerned by his holie Spirit that he maie spen de the remnant of his life in the true feare and seruice of God ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 HEare my praier ô Lord and hearken vnto my supplication answer me in thy trueth and in thy righteousnes 2 And entre not into iudgement with thy seruant for in thy sight shal none that liueth be iustified 3 For the enemie hathe persecuted my soule he hathe smiten my life downe to the earth he hathe laied me in the darkenes as thei that haue bene dead long ago 4 And my spirit was in perplexitie in me and mine heart within me was amased 5 Yet do I remember the time past I 〈◊〉 te in all thy workes yea I do meditate in the workes of thine hands 6 I stretche forthe mine hands vnto thee my soule desireth after thee as the thirstie land Sélah 7 Heare me spedely ô Lord for my spirit fealeth hide not thy face from me els I shal be like vnto them that go downe into the pit 8 Let me heare thy louing kingdenes in the morning for in thee is my trust she we me the waie that I shulde walke in for I lift vp my soule vnto thee 9 Deliuer me ô Lord from mine enemies for I hid me with thee 10 Teache me to do thy wil for thou art my God let thy good Spirit lead me vnto the land of righteousnes 11 Quicken me ô Lord for thy Names sake and for thy righteousnes bring my soule out of trouble 12 And for thy mercie slay mine enemies destroie all them that oppresse my soule for I am thy seruant PLAL CXLIIII 1 He praiseth the Lord with great affection and humilitie for his kingdome restored and for his victories obteined 5 Demanding helpe and the destruction of the wicked 9 Promising to acknowledge the same with songs of praises 15 And declareth wherein the felicitie of anie people consisteth ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 BLessed be the Lord my strength which teacheth mine hands to fight and my fingers to battel 2 He is my goodnes my fortres my tower my deliuerer my shield in him I trust which subdueth my people vnder me 3 Lord what is man that thou regardest him or the sonne of man that thou thinkest vpon him 4 Man is like to vanitie his daies are like a shadowe that vanisheth 5 Bowe thine heauens ô Lord come dow ne touche the moūtaines thei shal smoke 6 Cast forthe the lightening and scatter them shote out thine arrowes and consume them 7 Send thine hand from aboue deliuerme take me out of the great waters and from the hand of strangers 8 Whose mouth talketh vanitie their right hand is a right hand of falsehode 9 I wil sing a newe song vnto thee ô God and sing vnto thee vpon a viole and an in strument of ten strings 10 It is he that giueth deliuerāce vnto Kings and rescueth Dauid his seruant from the hurtful sworde 11 Rescue me and deliuerme from the hand of strangers whose mouth talketh vanitie and their right hand is a right hād of falsehode 12 That our sonnes maye be as the 〈◊〉 plantes growing vp in their youth and our daughters as the corner stones grauen after the similitude of a palace 13 That our corners may be ful and abunding with diuers sortes and that our shepe may bring forthe thousands ten thousand in our stretes 14 That our oxen may be strong to labour that their be none inuasion nor going out nor no crying in our stretes 15 Blessed are the people that be so yea blessed are the people whose God is the Lord. PSAL. CXLV This Psalme was composed when the kingdome of Dauid florished 1 VVherein he describeth the wonderful pro uidence of God aswel in gouerning man as in preseruing all the rest of his creatures 17 He praiseth God for his iustice and mercie 18 But specially for his louing kindenes toward those that call vpon him that feare him and loue him 21 For the which he promiseth to praise him for euer ¶ A Psalme of Dauid of praise 1 O My God and King I wil extoll thee and wil blesse thy Name for euer and euer 2 I wil blesse thee daily and praise thy Name for euer and euer 3 Great is the Lord and moste worthie to be praised and his greatnes is incompre hensible 4 Generation shal praise thy workes vnto generation and declare thy power 5 I wil meditate of the beautie of thy
smite him in his seuen streames ād cause men to walke therein with shoes 16 And there shal be a path to the remnant of his people whiche are left of Asshur like as it was vnto Israél in the day that he came vp out of the land of Egypt CHAP. XII A thankesgiuing of the faithful for the mercies of God 1 ANd thou shalt say in that day O Lord I wil prayse thee thogh thou wast angrie with me thy wrath is turned away and thou comfortest me 2 Beholde God is my saluacion I wil trust and wil not feare for the Lord God is * my strength and song he also is become my saluacion 3 Therfore with ioy shalye drawe waters out of the welles of saluacion 4 And ye shal say in that day Praise the Lord call vpon hys Name 〈◊〉 hys workes among the people make mention of them for his Name ix exalted 5 Sing vnto the Lord for he hathe done excellent things this is knowen in all the worlde 6 Crye out and shoute ô in habitant of Zion for greate is the holy one of Israél in the middes of thee CHAP. XIII The Medes and Persians shal destroye Babylon 1 THe burden of Babél whiche Isaiah the sonne of Amóz did se. 2 Lift vp a standard vpon the hie mountaine lifte vp the voyce vnto them wagge the hand that they may go into the gates of the nobles 3 I haue commanded them that I haue sancti fied and I haue called the myghtie to my wrath ād thē that reioyce in my glorie 4 The noyse of a multitude is in the mountaines like a great people a tumultuous voy ce of the kyngdomes of the nacions gathered together the Lorde of hostes nombreth the hoste of the battel 5 They come frome a farre countrey frome the end of the heauen euen the Lord with the weapons of hys wrath to destroye the whole land 6 Howle you for the daye of the Lord is at hande it shall come as a destroyer from the Almightie 7 Therefore shal all hands be weakened and all mans hearts shal melt 8 And they shal be afrayed anguish and sorow shal take them and they shal haue peine as a woman that trauaileth euerie one shal be amased at his neighbour and their faces shal be like flames of fyre 9 Beholde the daye of the Lorde cometh cruel with wrath and fierce angre to lay the land waste and he shall destroy the sinners out of it 10 For the starres of heauen and the planets thereof shal not giue their lyght the sunne shal be darkened in his going for the and the moone shal not cause her light to shine 11 And I will visite the wickednes vpon the worlde and their iniquitie vpon the wicked and I wil cause the arrogācie of the proude to cease and 〈◊〉 caste downe the pryde of tyrants 12 I will make a man more precious then fine golde euen a man aboue the wedge of gold of Ophir 13 Therfore I wil shake the heauen and the earth shall remoue out of her place in the wrath of the Lorde of hostes and in the day of his fierce angre 14 And it shal be as a chased doe and as a shepe that no man taketh vp euerie man shal turne to his owne people and flee eche one to his owne land 15 Euerie one that is founde shal be striken through and who soeuer ioyneth hym selfe shal fall by the sworde 16 * Their children also shal be broken in pie ces before their eyes their houses shal be spoiled and their wiues rauished 17 Beholde I will stirre vp the Medes against them whiche shall not regarde siluer nor be desirous of golde 18 With bowes also shal they destroye the chil dren and shal haue no compassion vpon the frute of the wombe and their eyes shal not spare the children 19 And Babél the glorie of kingdome the beau tie and pride of the Chaldeās shal be as the destructiō of God * in Sodome Gomorah 20 It shall not be inhabited for euer nether shal it be dwelled in from generacion to generacion nether shall the Arabian pitche his tentsthere nether shal the shepherdes make their foldes there 21 But Ziim shallodge there and their houses shal be ful of Ohim Ostriches shall dwell there and the Satyrs shall dance there 22 And 〈◊〉 shall crye in their palaces and dra gons in their pleasant palaces and the time there of is readie to come and the dayes ther of shal not be prolonged CHAP. XIIII 1 The returne of the people from captiuitie 4 The derision of the King of Babylon 11 The death of the Kyng 29 The destruction of the Philistims 1 FOr the Lord wil haue compassion of Iaa kob and wil yet chuse Israél and cause them to rest in their owne land and the stran ger shal ioyne him self vnto them and they shal cleaue to the house of 〈◊〉 2 And the people shall receiue thē and bryng them to their owne place and the house of Israél shall possesse them in the lande of the Lord for seruants and handmaids and they shal take thē prisoners whose captiues they were and haue rule ouer their oppressors 3 ¶ And in that day when the Lord shall giue thee rest from thy sorowe and 〈◊〉 thy feare and from the sore bondage wherein thou didest serue 4 Then shalt thou take vp thys prouerbe against the King of Babél and say How hath the oppressor ceased and the golde thirstie Babél rested 5 The Lord hathe broken the rod of the wicked and the sceptre of the rulers 6 Which smote the people in angrie with a cō tinual plague ād ruled the natiōs in wrath if anie were persecuted he did not let 7 The whole worlde is at rest and is quiet they sing forioye 8 Also the fyrre trees reioyced of thee and the cedres of Lebanō saying since thou art laide downe no he wer came vp against vs. 9 Hell beneth is moued for thee to mete thee at thy commyng raysing vp the dead for thee euen all the princes of the earth and hathe raysed frome their thrones all the Kings of the nacions 10 All they shall crye and say vnto thee Art thou become weake also as we art thou become like vnto vs 11 Thy pompe is broght downe to the graue and the sounde of thy violes the worme is spread vnder thee and the wormes couer thee 12 How art thou fallen from heauen ô Lucifer sonne of the morning cut downe to the grounde which didest cast lottes vpon the nations 13 Yet thou saidest in thine heart I wil ascend into heauen and exalt my throne aboue beside the starres of God I wil sit also vpon the mount of the Congregation in the sides of the North. 14 I wil ascend aboue the height of the cloudes and
LXVI 1 God dwelleth not in temples made with hāds 3 He despiseth sacrifices done without mercie and faith 5 God comforteth them that are troubled for his sake 19 The vocation of the Gentiles 23 The perpetual Sabbath 24 The punishment of the wicked is euerlasting 1 THus saith the Lord * The heauen is my throne and the earth is my footestole where is that house that ye wil buyld vnto me where is that place of my rest 2 For all these things hathe mine hād made and all these things haue bene saith the Lord and to him wil I loke euen to hym that is poore and of a contrite spirit and trembleth at my wordes 3 He that killeth a bullocke is as if he slew a mā he that sacrificeth a shepe as if he cutte of a dogges necke he that offreth an oblation as if he offred swines blood he that remembreth incense as if he blessed an idole yea they haue chosen their owne waies and their soule deliteth in their abominacions 4 Therefore wil I chuse out their delusiōs and I wil bring their feare vpon thē because I called and none wolde answer I spake and they wolde not heare but thei did euill in my sight and chose the things whiche I wolde not 5 He are the word of the Lord all ye that trē ble at his worde Your brethrē that hated you cast you out for my names sake said Let the Lord be glorified but he shal appea re to your ioye and thei shal be ashamed 6 A voyce soundeth from the citie euen a voyce from the Temple the voyce of the Lord that recompēceth his enemies fully 7 Before she trauailed she broght forthe and before her peine came she was deliuered of a man childe 8 Who hathe heard such a thing who hathe sene suche things shal the earth be broght forthe in one day or shal a natiō be borne at once for assone as Zion tráuailed she broght for the her children 9 Shal I cause to trauaile and not bring forthe shal I cause to bring forthe shal be baren saith thy God 10 Reioyce ye with Ierusalém and be glad with her all ye that loue her reioyce for ioye with her all ye that mourne for her 11 That ye may sucke and be satisfied with the breasts of her consolatiō that ye may milke out and be delited with the brightnes of her glorie 12 For thus saith the Lord Beholde I will extend peace ouer her like a flood the glorie of the Gentiles like a flowing streame then shall ye sucke ye shall be borne vpō her sides be ioyful vpō her knees 13 As one whome his mother comforteth so wil I comforte you and ye shal be comforted in Ierusalém 14 And when ye se this your hearte shall reioyce and your bones shall florishe like a herbe and the hande of the Lord shall be knowen among his seruants and his indignacion against his enemies 15 For beholde the Lord wil come with fyre and his charets like a whirle winde that he may recompence his angre with wrath his indignacion with the flame of fyre 16 For the Lord will iudge with fyre with his sworde all fleshe and the slaine of the Lord shal be manie 17 They that sanctifie them selues and purifie them selues in the gardens behinde one tre in the middes eating swines fleshe suche abominacion euen the mouse shal be consumed together saith the Lord. 18 For I wil visit their workes and their ima ginations for it shall come that I will gather all nations and tongues they shal come and se my glorie 19 And I wil set a signe among them will send those that escape of them vnto the nacions of Tarshish Pul and Lud to them that drawe the bowe to Tubál and Iauán yles a farre of that haue not heard my fame nether haue sene my glorie and thei shal declare my glorie amōg the Gentiles 20 And they shal bring all your brethrē for an offring vnto the Lord out of all natiōs vpon horses and in charets and in horse litters and vpon mules and swift beastes to Ierusalém mine holie Mountaine saith the Lord as the children of Israél offer in a cleane vessel in the House of the Lord. 21 And I will take of them for Priests and for Leuites saith the Lord. 22 For as the newe heauens and the newe earth which I wil make shal remaine before me saith the Lord so shal your sede and your name continue 23 And from moneth to moneth and frome Sabbath to Sabbath shall all flesh come to worship before me saith the Lord. 24 And they shall go forthe and loke vppon the carkeises of the men that haue trāsgressed againste me for their worme shall not dye nether shal their fyre be quēched and they shal be an abhorring vnto all flesh IEREMIAH THE ARGVMENT THe Prophet Ieremiáh borne in the citie of Anathóth in the countrey of Beniamin was the sonne of Hilkiáh whome some thinke to be he that founde out the boke of the Lawe and gaue it to Iosiáh This Prophet had excellent giftes of God and moste euident reuelations of prophecie so that by the commandement of the Lord 〈◊〉 began very yong to prophecie that is in the thirtenth yere of Iosiáh and continued eightene yere vnder the said King and thre moneth vnder Iehoaház and vnder 〈◊〉 eleuen yeres and thre moneths vnder Iehoiachin and vnder Zedekiáh eleuen yeres vnto the time that they were caryed away into Babylon So that this time amounteth to aboue fourty yere besides the time that he prophecied after the captiuitie In this boke he declareth with teares and lamentation the destruction of Ierusalém and the captiuitie of the people for their idolatrie couetousnes subtilitie excesse rebellion and contempt of Gods worde and for the consolacion of the Church reueileth the iuste time of their deliuerance And here chiefly are to be considered thre things First the rebellion of the wicked which wake more stubberne and obstinate when the Prophetes do admonish thē moste plainely of their destruction Next how the Prophetes and ministers of God ought not to be discouraged in their vocation thogh they be 〈◊〉 and rigorously hādeled of the wicked for Gods cause And thirdely thogh God 〈◊〉 his iuste iudgement against the wicked 〈◊〉 wil 〈◊〉 euer shewe him self a preseruer of his Church and when all meanes seme to mans iudgement to be abolished then wil he declare him self victorious in preseruing his CHAP. I. 1 In what time Ieremiah prophecied 6 He acknowledgeth his imperfection and is strengthened of the Lord 11 The Lord sheweth him the destruction of Ierusalém 17 He commandeth him to preache his worde without feare 1 THe wordes of Iere miáh 〈◊〉 of Hilkiáh one of the Priests
〈◊〉 it 31 And thei haue buylt the hie place of To pheth which is in the vallei of Ben-Hinnom to burne their sonnes their daughters in the fyre which I commanded them not nether came it in mine heart 32 Therefore beholde the daies come saith the Lord that it shal no more be called Tō pheth nor the vallei of Ben-Hinnóm but the valley of slaughter for thei shal burye in Topheth til there be no place 33 And the carkeises of this people shal be meat for the foules of the heauen and for the beastes of the earth and none shal fray them awaie 34 * Then I wil cause to cease from the cities of Iudà h and from the stretes of Ierusalém the voyce of mirth and the voice of gladnes the voyce of the bridegrome and the voyce of the bride for the land shal be desolate CHAP. VIII 1 The destruction of the Iewes 4 The Lord moueth the people to amendement 10 He reprehendeth the lying doctrine the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 Priests 1 AT that time saith the Lord thei shal bring out the bones of the Kings of Iudáh and the bones of their princes and the bones of the Priestes and the bones 〈◊〉 the Prophetes and the bones of the in habitans of Ierusalém out of their graues 2 And thei shal spread them before the sunne and the moone and all the hoste of hea uen whome they haue loued and whome thei haue serued and whome thei haue fol lowed and whome thei haue soght who me thei haue worshiped thei shal not be gathered nor be buryed but shal be as dung vpon the earth 3 And death shal be desired rather then life of all the residue that remaineth of this wicked familie which remaine in all the places where I haue scatred them saith the Lord of hostes 4 Thou shalt saie vnto thē also Thus saith the Lord Shal thei fall not arise shal he turne awaie and not turne againe 5 Wherefore is this people of Ierusalém tur ned backe by a perpetual rebellion thei gaue thē selues to de ceit and wolde not returne 6 I hearkened and heard but none speake aright no man repented him of his wicked nes saying What haue I done euerie one turned to their race as the horse rusheth into the battel 7 Euen the storcke in the aire knoweth her appointed times the turtle and the cra ne and the swallowe obserue the time of their coming but my people knoweth not the iudgement of the Lord. 8 How do ye saie We are wise and the La we of the Lord is with vs Lo certeinly in vai ne made he it the pen of the scribes is in vaine 9 The wise men are ashamed thei are afraid and taken lo thei haue reiected the worde of the Lord and what wisdome is in them 10 Therefore wil I giue their wiues vnto others their fields to thē that shal possesse thē 〈◊〉 for euerie one frō the least euen vnto the greatest is giuen to couetousnes and from the Prophet euē vnto the Priest euerie one dealeth falsely 11 For thei haue heale the hurt of the daugh ter of my people with swete wordes saying Peace peace whē there is no peace 12 Where thei ashamed whē they had cōmit led abomination nay thei were not ashamed nether colde they haue anie shame therefore shal they fall among the slaine when I shal visit them they shal be cast downe saith the Lord. 13 I wil surely consume them saith the Lord there shal be no grapes on the vinenor figs in the figtre and the leaf shal fade 〈◊〉 the things that I haue giuen them shal departe from them 14 Why do westay assēble your selues let vs 〈◊〉 īto the strōg cities letvs be quiet there for the 〈◊〉 our God hathe put vsto silēce giuē vs water with gall to drinke because we haue sinned against the Lord. 15 * We loked for peace but no 〈◊〉 came for a time of health beholde troubles 16 The neying of his horses was heard from Dan the whole land trēbled at the noise of the neying of his strōge horses forthei are come and haue deuoured the land with all that is in it the citie those that dwell therein 17 For beholde I wil send serpents and coc katrices among you which wil not be char med they shal sting you saith the Lord. 18 I wolde haue comforted my self against sorowe but mine heart is heauie in me 19 Beholde the voyce of the crye of the dau ghter of my people for feare of them of a farre countrey Is not the Lord in Zión is not her King in her Why haue they prouo ked me to angre with their grauen images and with the vanities of a strange god 20 The haruest is past the somer is ended and we are not holpen 21 I am sore vexed for the hurt of the daugh ter of my people I am heauy and astonishment hathe taken me 22 Is there not balme at Gilead is there no Phisiciō there Why then is not the health of the daughter of my people recouered CHAP. IX 1 The complaint of the Prophet for the malice of the peo ple 24 In the knowledge of God ought we onely to reioyce 26 The vncircumcision of the heart 1 OH that mine head were ful of water and mine eyes a fountaine of teares that I might wepe day and night for the slaine of the daughter of my people 2 Oh that I had in the wildernes a cottage of way faring men that I might leaue my people and go from them for thei be all adulterers and an assemblie of rebels 3 And they bend their tongues like their bowes for lies butthey haue no courage for the trueth vpon the earth for thei pro cede from euil to worse and they haue not knowen me saith the Lord. 4 Let euerie one take hede of his neighbour and trust you not in anie brother for euerie brother wil vse deceit and euerie friēd wil deale deceitfully 5 And euerie one wil deceiue his friend and wil not speake the trueth for they haue 〈◊〉 heir tongues to speake lies and take great paines to do wickedly 6 Thine habitation is in the middes of deceiuers because of their deceit they refu se to knowe saith the Lord 7 Therefore thus saith the Lord of hostes Beholde I wil melt them and trye them for what shuld I els do for the daughter of my people 8 Their tongue * is as an arrowe shot out and speaketh deceit one speaketh peacably to his neighbour with his mouth but in his heart he layeth waite for him 9 Shal I not visit them for these thing saith the Lord or shal not my soule be aduenged on suche a nation as this 10 Vpon the mountaines wil I take vp a weping and a lamentacion
water in a straight waye wherein they shall not stumble for I am a Father to Israél and Ephráim is my firste borne 10 ¶ Heare the worde of the Lord ô ye Gentiles and declare in the yles a farre of and say He that scattered Israél wil gather him and wil kepe him as a shepherd doeth his flocke 11 For the Lord hathe redemed Iaakób and ransomed him from the hand of him that was stronger then he 12 Therefore they shall come and reioyce in the light of Zion and shall runne to the bountifulnes of the Lord euen for the wheat and for the wine and for the oyle for the increase of shepe and bullockes their soule shal be as a watered gardē and thei shal haue no more sorow 13 Then shal the virgine reioyce in the dāce and the yong men and the olde men together for I will turne their mourning into ioye and wil comforte them and giue thē ioye for their sorowes 14 And I wil replenish the soule of the Priests with fatnes and my people shal be satisfied with my goodnes saith the Lord. 15 Thus saith the Lord A voice was heard on hie a mourning and bitter weping Rahél weping for her children refused to be comforted for her children because they were not 16 Thus saith the Lord Refraine thy voyce from weping and thine eyes from teares for thy worke shal be rewarded saith the Lord and they shall come againe from the land of the enemie 17 And there is hope in thine end saith the Lord that thy children shal come agayne to their owne borders 18 I haue heard Ephráim lamenting thus Thou hast corrected me and I was chastised as an vn tamed calfe conuert thou me and I shal be conuerted for thou art the Lord my God 19 Surely after that I conuerted I repented and after that I was instructed I smote vpō my thigh I was ashamed yea euen confounded because I did beare the reproche of my youth 20 Is Ephráim my dere sonne or pleasant childe yet since I spake vnto him I stil remembred him therefore my bowelles are troubled for him I will surely haue compassion vpon him saith the Lord. 21 Set thee vp signes make thee heapes set thine heart towarde the path waie that thou hast walked turne againe ô virgine of Israél turne againe to these thy cities 22 How long wilt thou go astraie ô thou rebellious daughter for the Lord hath created a new thing in the earth A WOMAN shal compasse a man 23 Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Yet shall thei saie this thing in the land of Iudáh and in the cities thereof when I shal bring againe their captiuitie The Lord blesse thee ô habitation of iustice and holie mountaine 24 And Iudáh shall dwell in it and all the Cities thereof together the housband men and thei that go for the with the flocke 25 For I haue satiat the weary soule and I haue replenished euerie soroful soule 26 Therefore I awaked and behelde and my slepe was swete vnto me 27 Beholde the daies come saith the Lord that I wil so we the house of Israél and the house of Iudáh with the sede of man and with the sede of beast 28 And like as I haue watched vpon them to plucke vp and to roote out and to throwe downe to destroye and to plague thē so will I watche ouer them to buylde and to plant them saith the Lord. 29 In those dayes shal they say no more The fathers haue eaten a sowre grape and the childrens teeth are set on edge 30 But euerie one shall dye for his owne iniquitie euerie man that eateth the sowre grape his teeth shal be set on edge 31 ¶ Beholde the daies come saith the Lord that I wil make a ne we couenant with the house of Israél and with the house of Iudáh 32 Not according to the couenāt that I made with their fathers when I toke thē by the hand to bring thē out of the land of Egypt the whiche my couenant they brake althogh I was an housband vnto thē saith the Lord. 33 But this shal be the couenant that I will make with the house of Israél After those daies saith the Lord I will put my Lawe in their in warde partes and write it in theyr hearts will be their God and thei shal be my people 34 And thei shal teache nomore euerie man his neighbour and euerie man his brother saying Knowe the Lord for they shall all knowe me from the least of them vnto the greatest of them saith the Lord for'I will forgiue their iniquitie and will remember their sinnes no more 35 Thus saith the Lord whiche giueth the sunne for a light to the day and the cour ses of the moone and of the starres for a light to the night which breaketh the sea whē the waues there of roare his Name is the Lord of hostes 36 If these ordinances departe out of my sight saith the Lord then shall the sede of Israél cease from being a nation before me for euer 37 Thus saith the Lord If the heauens can be measured or the fundacions of the earth be searched out beneth then will I cast of all the sede of Israél for all that they haue done saith the Lord. 38 Beholde the dayes come saith the Lord that the citie shal be buylt to the LORD from the tower of Hananeél vnto the gate of the corner 39 And the line of the measure shall go forth in his presence vpon the hil Garéb shall compasse about to Goáth 40 And the whole valley of the dead bodies and of the asshes and all the fields vnto the broke of Kidrón and vnto the corner of the horsegate towarde the East shal be holie vnto the Lord nether shall it be plucked vp nor destroyed anye more for euer CHAP. XXXII Icremiáh is cast into prison because he prophecied that the citie shulde be taken of the King of Babylon 7 He sheweth that the people shuld come againe to their owne possession 38 The people of God are his seruants and he is their Lord. 1 THe worde that came vnto Ieremiáh frō the Lord in the tenth yere of Zedekiáh King of Iudáh which was the eightenth yere of Nebuchad nezzár 2 For then the King of Babels hoste besieged Ierusalém and Ieremiáh the Prophet was shut vp in the court of the prisō which was in the King of Iudahs house 3 For Zedekiáh King of Iudáh had shut him vp saying Wherefore doest thou prophecie say Thus saith the Lord * Beholde I will giue this Citie into the hands of the King of Babél and he shal take it 4 And Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh shal not escape out of the hand of the Caldeans but shall surely be deliuered into the handes of the King of Babél shall
all my soule 42 For thus saith the LORD Like as I haue broght all this great plague vpō this peo ple so wil I bring vpon them all the good that I haue promised them 43 And the fields shal be possessed in this lād whereof ye say It is desolate without man or beast and shal be giuen into the hand of the Caldeans 44 Men shal bye fields for siluer and make writings and seale them and take witnesses in the land of Beniamin round about Ierusalém and in the cities of Iudah and in the cities of the mountaines and in the cities of the plaine and in the cities of the South for I wil cause their captiuitie to re turne saith the Lord. CHAP. XXXIII The Prophet is monished of the Lord to 〈◊〉 for the deliuerance of the people which the Lord Promised 8 God for giueth sinnes for his owne glorie 15 Of the birth of Christ. 20 The kingdome of Christ in the Church shal neuer be ended 1 MOreouer the worde of the Lord came vnto Ieremiah the seconde time while was yet shut vp in the court of the prison saying 2 Thus saith the Lord the maker thereof the Lord that formed it and established is the Lord is his Name 3 Call vnto me and I wil answer thee and she we thee great mightie things which thou knowest not 4 For thus saith the Lord God of Israél con cerning the houses of the Kings of Iudáh which are destroyed by the mountes and by the sworde 5 Thei come to fight with the Caldeans but it is to fil thē selues with the dead bodies of men whome I haue slaine in mine angre and in my wrath for I haue hid my face from this citie because of all their wickednes 6 ¶ Beholde I wil giue it helth and amendement for I wil cure them and wil reueile vnto them the abundance of peace and trueth 7 And I wil cause the captiuitie of Iudah the captiuitie of Israél to returne and wil buylde them as at the first 8 And I wil 〈◊〉 them from all their iniquitie whereby they haue sinned against me yea I wil pardone all their iniquities whereby thei haue sinned against me and whereby thei haue rebelled against me 9 And it shal be to me a name a ioy a praise and an honour before all the nacions of the earth which shal heare all the good that I do vnto them and their shal feare and tremble for all the goodnes for all the welth that I shewe vnto this citie 10 Thus saith the Lord Againe there shal be heard in this place which ye say shal be desolate without man and without beast euen in the cities of Iudáh and in the stre tes of Ierusalém that are desolate without man and without in habitant and without beast 11 The voyce of ioye and the voyce of gladnes the voice of the bridegrome and the voyce of the bride the voyce of them that shal say Praise the Lord of hostes because the Lord is good for his mercie endureth for euer and of them that offre the sacri fice of praise in the House of the Lord for I wil cause to returne the captiuitie of the land as at the first saith the Lord. 12 Thus saith the LORD of hostes Againe in this place which is desolate with out man and with out beast and in all the cities the reof there shal be dwelling for shepherdes to rest their flockes 13 In the cities of the mountaines in the cities in the plaine and in the cities of the South and in the land of Beniamin and about Ierusalém and in the cities of Iudáh shal the shepe passe againe vnder the hand of him that telleth them saith the Lord. 14 Beholde the dayes come saith the LORD that I wil performe that good thing which I haue promised vnto the house of Israél and to the house of Iudáh 15 In those daies and at that time wil I cause the branche of righteousnes to growe vp vnto Dauid and he shal execute iudgemēt and righteousnes in the land 16 In those dayes shal Iudah be saued and Ierusalém shal dwell safely and he that shal call her is the Lord our righteousnes 17 For thus saith the Lord Dauid shal neuer want a man to sit vpon the throne of the house of Israél 18 Nether shal the Priests and Leuites want a man before me to offer a burnt offrings to offer meat offrings and to do sacrifice continually 19 ¶ And the worde of the Lord came vnto Ie remiáh saying 20 Thus saith the Lord If you can break emy couenant of the day and my couenant of the night that there shulde not be day and night in their season 21 Then may my couenant be broken with Dauid my seruant that he shulde not haue a sonne to reigne vpō his throne and with the Leuites and Priests my ministers 22 As the armie of heauē can not be nombred nether the sand of the sea measured so wil I multiplie the sede of Dauid my seruant and the Leuites that minister vnto me 23 ¶ Moreouer the worde of the Lord came to Ieremiáh saying 24 Considerest thou not what this people haue spokē saying The two families which the Lord hathe chosen he hathe euen cast them of thus they haue despised my people that they shulde be nomore a nacion before them 25 Thus saith the Lord If my couenant be not with day and night and if I haue not appointed the ordre of heauen and earth 26 Then wil I cast away the sede of Iaakób and Dauid my seruant and not take of his sede to be rulers ouer the sede of Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób for I wil cause their captiuitie to returne and haue compassion on them CHAP. XXXIIII 2 He threateneth that the citie and the King Zedekiáh shal be giuen into the hands of the King of Babylon 〈◊〉 He rebucketh their cruelitie towarde their seruants 1 THe worde which came vnto Ieremiáh from the Lord when Nebuchad-nezzár King of Babél and all his hoste and all the Kingdomes of the earth that were vnder the power of his hand and all people foght against Ierusalém and against all the cities thereof saying 2 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Go and speake to Zedekiáh King of Iudáh and tel him Thus saith the Lord Behold * I wil giue this citie in to the hand of the King of Babél and he shal burne it with fyre 3 And thou shalt not escape out of his hand but shalt surely be taken and deliuered into his hād and thine eies shal beholde the face of the King of Babél and he shal speake with thee mouthe to mouthe and thou shalt go to Babél 4 Yet heare the worde of the Lord ô Zedekiáh King of Iudáh thus saith the Lord of thee Thou shalt not dye by the sworde 5 But thou shalt dye in peace and
Egypt as a shepherd putteth on his garmēt and shal departe from thence in peace 13 He shal brake also the images of Beth-shé mesh that is in the land of Egypt and the houses of the gods of the Egyptians shal he burne with fyre CHAP. XLIIII He reproueth the people for their idolatrie 15 They that set light by the threatening of the Lorde are 〈◊〉 26 The destruction of Egypte and of the Iewes 〈◊〉 is prophecied THe worde that came to Ieremiah concer ning all the Iewes whiche dwell in the land of Egypt and remained at Mig-dól and at Tahpanhes and at Noph and in the coūtrey of Pathros saying 2 Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Ye haue sene all the euil that I haue broght vpon Ierusalém and vpon all the cities of Iudah and beholde this day they are 〈◊〉 and no man dwelleth therem 3 Because of their wickednes which they haue committed to prouoke me to angre in that they went to burne incense and to serue other gods whome they knewe not nether they nor you nor your fathers 4 Howbeit I sent vnto you all my seruants the Prophetes rising early and sending them saying Oh do not this 〈◊〉 able thyng that I hate 5 But they wolde not heare nor in cline theyr eare to turne from their wickednes and to burne no more incense vnto other gods 6 Wherefore my wrath and mine angre was powred forthe and was kyndled in the cities of iudah and in the stretes of Ierusalém and they are desolate and wasted as appea reth this daye 7 Therefore now thus sayth the Lorde of hostes the God of Israél Wherefore commit ye this great euil against your soules to cut of from you man and woman childe and suckeling out of Iudáh and leaue you none to remaine 8 In that ye prouoke me vnto wrath with the workes of your hands burning incense vnto other gods in the land of Egypt whether ye be gone to dwell that ye might bring destruction vnto your selues and that ye might be a cursse and a reproche among al nations of the earth 9 Haue ye forgotten the wyckednes of your fathers and the wickednes of the Kyngs of Iudah and the wickednes of their wiues and your owne wickednes and the wickednes of your wiues whiche they haue committed in the land of Iudah and in the stretes of Ierusalém 10 They are not humbled vnto this daye nether haue they feared nor walked in my Law not in my statutes that I set before you and before your fathers 11 Therfore thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I will set my face against you * to euil and to destroye all 〈◊〉 12 And I will take the remnant of Iudah that haue set their faces to go into the land of Egypt there to dwel and they shal all be con sumed and fall in the land of Egypte they shal euen be consumed by the 〈◊〉 ād by the famine they shall dye from the least vnto the most by the sworde and by the famine and they shal be a detestation and an astonishment and a cursse and a reproche 13 For I will visit them that dwell in the lande of Egypt as I haue visited Ierusalém by the sword by the famine and by the pestilence 14 So that none of the remnant of Iudah whiche are gone into the land of Egypt to dwell there shall escape or remaine that they shulde returne into the land of Iudah to the whiche they haue a desire to returne to dwell there for none shall returne but suche as shal escape 15 Then all the men whiche knewe that their 〈◊〉 had burnt incense vnto others Gods and all the women that stode by a great mul titude euen all the people that dwelt in the land of Egypt in Pathros aunswered Ieremiah saying 16 The worde that thou hast spoken vnto vs in the Name of the Lord we wil not heare it of thee 17 But we will do what soeuer thing goeth out of our owne mouth as to burne incense vn to the Quene of heauen and to powre out drynke 〈◊〉 vnto her as we haue done both we and our fathers our Kings ād our princes in the citie of Iudáh and in the stretes of Ieru salém for then had we plētie of vitailes and were wel and felt none euil 18 But since we left of to burne incense to the Quene of heauen and to powre out drinke 〈◊〉 vnto her we haue had scarcenes of all things and haue bene 〈◊〉 by the sworde and by the famine 19 And when we burnt incense to the Quene of heauen and powred out drinke offringes vnto her did we make her cakes to make her glad and powre out drinke offrings vnto her with out our housbandes 20 Then said leremiáh vnto all the people to the men and to the women ād to all the peo ple which had giuē him that answer saying 21 Did not the Lord remēber the incense that ye 〈◊〉 in the cities of Iudáh in the stretes of Ierusalém both you ād your fathers your Kings ād your princes and the people of the land and hathe he not cōsidered it 22 So that the LORDE colde no longer forbeare because of the wickednes of your inuencions and because of the abominations whiche ye haue committed there fore is your land desolate ād an astonishment and a cursse and without in habitant as appeareth this daie 23 Because ye haue burnt incense and because ye haue sinned against the Lorde and haue not obeyed the voice of the Lorde nor walked in his Lawe nor in his statutes nor in his testimonies therefore this plague is come vpon you as appeareth this day 24 Moreouer Ieremiáh said vnto all the people and to all the women Heare the worde of the Lord all Iudáh that are in the land of Egypt 25 ¶ Thus speaketh the Lorde of hostes the God of Israél saying Ye and your wiues haue bothe spoken with your mouthes and fulfilled with your hand saying We will performe our vowes that we haue vowed to burne incense to the Quene of heauen and to powre out drinke offrings to her ye will performe your vowes and do the things that ye haue vowed 26 Therefore heare the worde of the Lord all Iudáh that dwell in the land of Egypte Beholde I haue sworne by my great Name saith the Lord that my Name shal no more be called vpon by the mouth of any man of Iudáh in all the land of Egypt saying The Lord God liueth 27 Beholde I will watche ouer them for euill and not for good and all men of Iudáh that are in the land of Egypt shal be consumed by the sworde and by the famine vntil they be vtterly destroyed 28 Yet a smale nōbre that escape the sworde shall returne out of the land of Egypt into the land of Iudáh and all the
man and his yoke of oxen and by thee wil I breake the dukes and princes 24 And I wilrendre vnto Babél and to all the inhabitants of the Caldeans all their euil that thei haue done in Zión euen in your sight saith the Lord. 25 Beholde I come vnto thee ô destroying mountaine saith the Lord which destroyest all the earth and I wil stretch out mine hand vpō thee and roll the down from thee rockes and wil make thee a burnt mountaine 26 They shal not take of thee a stone for a cor ner nor a stone for fundaciōs but thou shalt be destroyed for euer saith the Lord. 27 Set vp a standart in the land blowe the trūpets among the nacions prepare the naciōs against her call vp the kingdomes of Ararát Minni A 〈◊〉 against her appoint the prince against her cause horses to come vp as the rough caterpillers 28 Prepare againste her the nacions with the Kings of the Medes the dukes thereof and the princes thereof all the land of his dominion 29 And the land shal tremble and sorowe for the deuise of the Lord shal be performed against Babél to make the land of Babél waste without an inhabitant 30 The strong men of Babél haue ceased to fight they haue remained in their holdes their strength hathe failed and they were like women they haue burnther dwelling places and her barres are broken 31 A post shal runne to mete the post a messé ger to mete the messēger to shew the Kīg of Babél that his citie is takē on a side thereof 32 And that the passages are stopped there des burnt with fyre the mē of warre troubled 33 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél The daughter of Babél is like a thresshing floore the time of her thresshing is come yet a litle while and the time of her haruest shal come 34 Nebuchad-nezzár the King of Babél hath deuoured me destroyed me he hath mad me an amptie vessel he swalowed me vp like adragon and filled his belie with my delicates and hathe cast me out 35 The spoile of me and that which was left of me is broght vnto Babél shal the inhabitāt of Zión say and my blood vnto the inhabitants of Caldea shal Ierusalém say 36 Therefore thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil mainteine thy cause and take vengean ce for thee and I wil drye vp the sea drye vp her springs 27 And Babél shal be as heapes a dwelling pla ce for dragons an astonishment and an hissing without an inhabitant 38 They shal ro are together like lions and yell as the lions whelpes 39 In their heat I wil make them feastes and I wil make them drunken that they may reioyce and slepe a perpetual slepe and not wake saith the Lord. 40 I wil bring them downe like lambes to the slaughter and like rams and goates 41 How is She shách taken how is the glorie of the whole earth takē how is Babél be come an astonishment among the naciōs 42 The sea is come vp vpon Babél she is couered with the multitude of the waues thereof 43 Her cities are desolate the land is drye a wildernes a land wherein no man dwelleth nether doeth the sonne of man passe thereby 44 I wil also visite Bel in Babél I will bring out of his mouthe that whiche he hathe swallowed vp and the nacions shall runne no more vnto him and the wall of Babél shal fall 45 My people go out of the middes of her and deliuer ye euerie man his soule frome the fierce wrath of the Lord 46 Lest your heart euen faint and ye feare the rumour that shal be heard in the land the rumour shal come this yere and after that in the other yere shal come a rumour and crueltie in the land and ruler against ruler 47 Therefore beholde the dayes come that I wil visite the images of Babél and the whole land shal be confoūded and all her slaine shal fall in the middes of her 48 Then the heauen and the earth and all that is therein shal reioyce for Babél for the destroyers shal come vnto her from the North saith the Lord. 49 As Babél caused the slaine of Israél to fall so by Babél the slaine of all the earth did fall 50 Ye that haue escaped the sworde go awaye stande not still remembre the Lord a farre of let Ierusalém come into your minde 51 We are confounded because we haue heard reproche shame hathe couered our faces for strangers are come into the sanctuaries of the Lords House 52 Wherefore beholde the daies come saith the Lord that I wil visite her grauen images and through all her land the wounded shal grone 53 Thogh Babél shulde mounte vp to heauē and thogh she shulde defend her strength on hie yet from me shal her destroiers come saith the Lord. 54 A sounde of a crye cometh from Babél and great destruction from the land of the Caldeans 55 Because the Lord hathe laid Babél waste destroied from her the great voyce her waues shal roare like great waters and a sounde was made by their noice 56 Because the destroier is come vppon her euen vnto Babél and her strong men are taken their bowes are broken for the Lord God that recompenceth shall surely recompence 57 And I wil made drunke her princes and her wise men her dukes and her nobles her strong men and thei shal slepe perpetual slepe and not wake saith the King whose Name is the Lord of hostes 58 Thus saith the Lord of hostes The thicke wall of Babél shal be broken and her hye gates shal be burnt with fyre and the peo ple shal labour in vaine and the folke in the fyre for thei shal be weary 59 The worde which Ieremiáh the 〈◊〉 commanded Sheraiáh the sonne of Neriiáh the sonne of Maasciáh when he went with Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh into Babél in the fourth yere of his reigne and this She raiáh was a peaceable prince 60 So Ieremiáh wrotē a boke all the euil that shulde come vpon Babél euen all these things that are writen against Babél 61 And Ieremiáh said to Sheraiáh Whē thou comest vnto Babél and shalt se and shalt read all these wordes 62 Then shalt thou say O Lord thou hast spo ken against this place to destroie it that none shulde remaine in it nether man nor beast but that it shuld be desolate for euer 63 And when thou hastmade an end of reading this boke thou shalt binde a stone to it and cast it in the middes of Euphrates 64 And shalt say Thus shal Babél be drowned and shal not rise from the euil that I wil bring vpon her and thei shal be wearie Thus farre are the wordes of Ieremiáh CHAP. LII 4 Ierusalem is taken 10 Zedekiahs sonnes are killed before
are her enemies 3 Iudáh is caryed away captiue because of affliction and because of great seruitude she dwelleth among the heathen and findeth no rest all her persecuters toke her in the streites 4 The wayes of Ziōn lament because no mā cometh to the solemne feasts all her 〈◊〉 are desolate her Priests sigh her virgines are discomfited and she is in heauines 5 Her aduersaries are the chief and her enemies prosper for the Lord hathe afflicted her for the multitude of her trāsgressions and her children are gone into captiuitie before the enemie 6 And from the daughter of Ziō all her beau tie is departed her princes are become like harts that finde no pasture and thei are gone without strēgth before the pursuer 7 Ierusalém remembred the daies of her affliction and of her rebellion and all her pleasant things that she 〈◊〉 in times past when her people fell into the hand of the enemie and none did helpe her the aduersaries sawe her did mocke at her Sabbaths 8 Ierusalē hathe grieuously sinned therfore she is in derisiō all that honoured her despise her because thei haue sene her filthines yea she sigheth turneth backward 9 Her filthines is in her skirtes she remēbred not her last ende therefore she came downe wonderfully she had no cōforter ô Lord beholde mine afflictiō for the enemie is proude 10 The enemie hathe stretched out his hand vpon all her pleasant things for she hathe sene the heathen entre into her Sáctuarie whome thou didest commande that thei shulde not entre into thy Church 11 All her people sigh and seke their bread they haue gyuen their pleasant things for meat to refresh the soule se ô Lord consider for I am become vile 12 Haue ye no regarde all ye that passe by this way beholde and se if there be anye soro we like vnto my sorowe whiche is do he vnto me wherewith the Lord hathe afflicted me in the day of his fierce wrath 13 From aboue hathe he sent fyre into my bones which preuaile against thē he hath spred a net for my fete and turned me backe he hathe made me desolate daily in heauines 14 The yoke of my transgressions is bound vpon his hand thei are wrapped and come vp vpō my necke he hath made my strēgth to fall the Lord hathe deliuered me into their hands nether am I able to rise vp 15 The Lord hathe troden vnder fote all my valiant men in the middes of me he hathe called an assemblie agaynst me to destroye my yong men the Lord hathe troden the wine presse vpon the virgine the daughter of Iudáh 16 * For these things I wepe mine eye cuē mine eye casteth out water because the cō forter that shulde refresh my soule is farre from me my children are desolate because the enemie preuailed 17 Zión stretcheth out her hands and there is none to comfort her the Lord hath appointed the enemies of Iaakob roūd about him Ierusalém is as a menstruous woman in the middes of them 18 The Lord is righteous for I haue rebelled against his commandement heare I pray you all people and beholde my sorow my virgines and my yong men are gone into captiuitie 19 I called for my louers but thei deceiued me my Priests and mine Elders perished in the citie while they soght their meate to refresh their soules 20 Beholde ô Lord how I am troubled my bowels swell mine heart is turned within me for I am full of heauines the sworde spoyleth abroad as death doeth at home 21 Thei haue heard that I mourne but there is none to comfort me all mine ennemies haue heard of my trouble and are glad that thou hast done it thou wilt bring the day that thou hast pronounced and they shal be like vnto me 22 Let all their wickednes come before thee do vnto them as thou hast done vnto me for all my transgressions for my sighs are many and mine heart is heauie CHAP. II. 1 HOw hathe the Lord darkened the daughter of Ziōn in his wrath hath cast downe from heauen vnto the earthe the beautie of Israél and remembred not his fote stole in the day of his wrath 2 The Lord hathe destroyed all the habitacions of Iaakób and not spared he hath throwen downe in hys wrath the strong holdes of the daughter of Indáh he hathe cast them downe to the grounde he hathe polluted the kingdome and the princes thereof 3 He hathe cut of in his fierce wrath all the horne of Israél he hathe drawen backe his right hand from before the enemie there was kindled in Iaakob like a flame of fyre which deuoured round about 4 He hathe bent his bowe like an enemie his right hand was stretched vp as an aduer sarie and slewe all that was pleasant to the eye in the tabernacle of the daughter of Ziôn he powred out his wrath like fyre 5 The Lord was as an ennemie he hathe deuoured Israél and consumed all his palaces he hathe destroyed his strong holdes and hathe increased in the daughter of Iudáh lamentacion and mourning 6 For he hathe destroyed his tabernacle as a garden he hath destroyed his congregacion the Lord hathe caused the feasts and Sabbaths to be forgotten in Ziôn hath despised in the indignaciō of his wrath the King and the Priest 7 The Lord hathe forsaken his altar he hath abhorred his Sanctuarie he hathe giuē into the hand of the ennemie the walles of her palaces they haue made a noyse in the house of the Lord as in the day of solēnitie 8 The Lord hath determined to destroy the wall of the daughter of Zion he stretched out a line he hathe not withdrawen his hād from destroying therefore he made the rāpart and the wall to lamēt they were destroyed together 9 Her gates are sonke to the ground he hath destroied and broken her barres her King and her princes are among the Gentiles the Lawe is no more nether can her Prophetes receiue any vision from the Lord 10 The Elders of the daughter of Ziō sit vpō the grounde and kepe silence they haue cast vp dust vpon their heades they haue girded them selues with sackecloth the virgines of Ierusalém hang downe theyr heades to the ground 11 Mine eyes do faile with teares my bowels swell my lieuer is powred vpon the earth for the destruction of the daughter of my people because the children and sucklings 〈◊〉 in the stretes of the 〈◊〉 12 Thei haue said to their mothers Where is bread and drinke when thei swouned as the wounded in the stretes of the citie when thei gaue vp the gost in their mothers bosome 13 What thing shal I take to witnes for thee what thing shal I compare to thee ô daugh ter Ierusalém what shal I liken to thee that
in adulterie and therefore sheweth them that God wolde take away their kingdome and giue them to the Assyrians to be led away captiues Thus Hosea faithfully executed his office for the space of seuētie yeres thogh they remained stil in their vices wickednes derided the Prophetes contemned Gods iudgements And because they shulde nether be discoura ged with threatnings onely nor yet flatter them selues by the swetenes of Gods promises he setteth before them the two principal partes of the Law which are the promes of saluation and the doctrine of life for the first parte he directeth the faithful to Messiah by whome onely they shulde haue true deliuerance and for the seconde he vseth threatnings and mena ces to bring them from their wicked maners and vices this is the chief scope of all the Prophetes ether by Gods promises to allure them to be godlie els by threatnings of his iudgements to feare them frō vice albeit that the whole Law cōteine these two pointes yet the Prophetes moreouer note peculiarly bothe the time of Gods iudgements and the maner CHAP. I. 1 The time wherein Hosea prophecied 2 The idolatrie of the people 10 The calling of the Gentiles 11 Christ is the head of all people 1 THe worde of the Lord that came vnto Hoséa the sōne of Beeri in the dayes of Vzziáh Iotham Aház and Hezekiáh Kings ' of Iudáh and in the dayes of Ieroboám the sonne of Ioásh King of Israél 2 At the beginning the Lord spake by Hoséa and the Lord said vnto Hoséa Go take vnto thee a wife of fornications and children of fornicatiōs for the land hathe committed great whoredome departing frō the Lord. 3 So he went and toke Gómer the daughter of Dibláim which conceiued and bare him a sonne 4 And the Lord said vnto him Call his name Izreél for yet a litle I wil visite the blood of Izreél vpon the house of Iehú wil cause to cease the kingdome of the house of Israél 5 And at that day wil I also breake the bow of Israél in the valley of Izreél 6 She 〈◊〉 yet againe and bare a daugh ter and God said vnto him Call her name Lo-ruhámah for I wil no more haue pitie vpon the house of Israél but I wil vtterly take them away 7 Yet I wil haue mercie vpon the house of Iudáh and wil saue them by the Lord their God and wil not saue them by bowe nor by sworde nor by battel by horses nor by horse men 8 Now when she had wained Lo-ruhámah she conceiued and bare a sonne 9 Then said God Call his name Lo-ammi for ye are not my people therefore wil I not be yours 10 Yet the nomber of the children of Israél shal be as the sand of the sea which can not be measured nor tolde and in the place whe re it was said vnto them Ye are not my people it shal be said vnto them Ye are the son nes of the liuing God 11 Then shal the children of Iudáh and the chil drē of Israél be gathered together and appoint them selues one head and they shal come vp out of the land for great is the day of Izreél CHAP. II. 1 The people is called to repentance 〈◊〉 He sheweth their idolatrie and threateneth them except they repent 1 SAy vnto your brethren Ammi to your sisters Ruhámah 2 Plead with your mother plead with her for she is not my wife nether am I her housband but let her take away her fornications out of her sight her adulteries from betwene her breastes 3 Lest I strippe her naked set her as in the day that she was brone and make her as a wildernes and leaue her like a drye land and slaye her for thirst 4 And I wil haue no pitie vpon her children for they be the children of fornications 5 For their mother hathe played the harlot she that conceiued them hathe done shamefully for she said I wil go after my louers that giue me my bread and my water my woll and my flaxe mine oile and my drinke 6 Therefore beholde I wil stoppe thy way with thornes make an hedge that she shal not finde her paths 7 Thogh she followe after her louers yet shal she not come at them thogh she seke them yet shal she not finde thē then shal she say I wil go and returne to my first housband for at that time was I better then now 8 Now she did not know that I gaue her corne and wine and oile and multiplied her siluer and golde which they bestowed vpō Bāal 9 Therefore wil I returne and take away my corne in the time thereof and my wine in the ceason thereof and wil recouer my woll and my flaxe lent to couer her shame 10 And now wil I discouer her lewdnes in the sight of her louers and no man shal deliuer her out of mine hand 11 I wil also cause all her myrth to cease her feast dayes her newe moones and her Sabbaths and all her solemne feasts 12 And I wil destroy hervines and her figtrees where of she hathe said These are my rewar des that my louers haue giuen me and I wil make them as a forest and the wilde beasts shal eat them 13 And I wil visit vpon her the dayes of Baalim wherein she burnt incense to them and she decked her self with he earings her iewels and she followed her louers and forgate me saith the Lord. 14 Therefore beholde I wil allure her and bring her into the wildernes speake friēd ly vnto her 15 And I wil giue her her vineyardes from then ce and the valley of Achōr for the dore of hope and she shal sing there as in the dayes of her youth as in the day when she came vp out of the land of Egypt 16 And at that day saith the Lord thou shalt call me Ishi and shalt call me nomore 〈◊〉 17 For I wiltake away the names of Baalim out of her mouth and they shal be no more remembred by their names 18 And in that day wil I make a couenant for them with the wilde beasts and with the foule of the heauen and with that that crepeth vpon the earth and I wil breake the bowe and the sworde and the battel out of the earth and wilmake them to slepe safely 19 And I wil marie thee vnto me for euer yea I wil marie thee vnto me in righteousnes and in iudgement and in mercie and in compassion 20 I wil euen marie thee vnto me in faithfulnes and thou shalt know the Lord. 21 And in that day I wil heare saith the Lord I wil euen heare the heauens and they shal heare the earth 22 And the earth shal heare the corne and the wine and the oyle
prayse the Name of the Lord your God that hathe delt marueilously with you and my people shal neuer be a shamed 27 Ye shal also knowe that I am in the middes of Israél and that I am the Lord your God and none other and my people shal neuer be ashamed 28 And afterwarde will I power out my Spirit vpon all flesh and your sonnes and your daughters shall prophecie your olde men shal dreame dreames and your yong men shal se visions 29 And also vpon the seruaunts and vpon the maydes in those dayes will I powre my Spirit 30 And I will shewe wonders in the heauens and in the earth blood and fyre and pillers of smoke 31 The sunne shal be turned into darkenes ād the moone into blood before the great and terrible daie of the Lord come 32 But whosoeuer shall call on the Name of the Lord shal be saued for in mount Zión and in Ierusalém shal be deliuerance as the Lord hathe said and in the remnant whom the Lord shal call CHAP. III. Of the iudgement of GOD against the enemies of hys people 1 FOr beholde in those dayes and in that time when I shal bring againe the captiuitie of Iudáh and Ierusalém 2 I will also gather all nations and will bryng them downe into the valley of Iehoshaphát and will plead with them there for my people and for mine heritage Israél whome they haue scattered among the nations and parted my land 3 And they haue cast lottes for my people and haue giuen the childe for the harlot and solde the girle for wyne that they myght drinke 4 Yea and what haue you to do with me Tyrus and Ziōn and all the coastes of Palestina wil ye render me a recompense and if ye re compēse me swiftely and spedely wil 〈◊〉 ren der your recompense vpon your head 5 For ye haue taken my siluer and my golde and haue caried into your temples my goodlie and pleasant things 6 The children also of Iudáh and the children of Ierusalém haue you solde vnto the Grecians that ye myght send them farre from their border 7 Beholde I will raise them out of the place where ye haue solde them and will render your rewarde vpon your owne head 8 And I wil sell your sonnes and your daughters into the hand of the children of Iudah and they shall sell them to the Sabeans to a people farre of for the Lorde hym self hath spoken it 9 Publish this among the Gentiles prepare warre wake vp the mightie men let all the men of warre drawe nere and come vp 10 Breake your plowe shares into swordes and your sieths into speares letthe weake saie I am strong 11 Assemble yourselues and come all ye heathen and gather yourselues together round about there shall the Lord caste downe thy mightie men 12 Let the heathen be weakened and come vp to the valley of Iehoshaphat for there will I sitto iudge all the heathen rounde about 13 Put in your sieths for the winepresse is ripe come get you downe for the winepresse is full yea the winepresses runne ouer for their wickednes is great 14 Omultitude ô multitude come into the valley of threshing for the daye of the Lord is nere in the valley of threshing 15 The sunne and moone shal be darkned and the starres shal withdrawe theirlight 16 The Lorde also shall roare out of Ziōn and vtter his voice from Ierusalém and the heauens and the earth shalke but the Lord wil be the hope of his people and the strength of the children of Israél 17 So shall ye knowe that I am the Lord your God dwellyng in Zion mine holie Mountaine then shall Ierusalém be holy and there shall no strangers go thoro we heranie more 18 And in that day shal the mountaines drop downe newe wine and the hilles shall flowe with milke and all the riuers of Iudáh shall runne with waters ād a fountaine shal come forthe of the House of the Lord and shall watter the valley of Shittim 19 Egypt shal be waste and Edóm shal be a desolate wildernes for the iniuries of the children of Iudáh because they haue shed in nocent blood in their land 20 But Iudáh shall dwell for euer and Ierusalém from generacion to generacion 21 For I will clense their blood that I haue not clensed and the LORDE will dwellin Zión AMOS THE ARGVMENT AMong many other Prophetes that God raised vp to admonishe the Israelites of his plagues for their wickednes and idolatrie he stirred vp Amos who was an 〈◊〉 or shepherd of a poore towne and gaue hym bothe knowledge and constancie to reproue all estates and degrees and to denounce Gods horrible iudgements against them exceptthey did in time repent shewing them that if God spare not the other nacions about them who had liued as it were in ignorance of God in respect of them but for their sinnes will punish them that they colde loke for nothing but an horrible destruction except they turned to the Lord by vnfained repentance And finally he comforteth the godlie with hope of the comming of the 〈◊〉 by whome they shulde haue perfite deliuerance and saluacion CHAP. I. 1 The time of the prophecie of Amos. 3 The worde of the Lord against Damascus 6 The Philistims Tyrus Idumea and Ammon 1 THE wordes of Amos who was amonge the herdmē at Tecoa whi che he sawe vpō Israél in the dayes of Vzziáh King of Iudáh and in the dayes of Ieroboā the sonne of Ioáh King of Israél two yere befo re the earth quake 2 And he said The Lord shalroare from Ziōn and vtter his voyce from Ierusalém and the dwelling places of the shepherds shal perish and the top of Carmél shal wither 3 Thus saith the Lord For thre transgressiós of Damascus and for foure I wil not turne to it because they haue thre shed Gileád with treshing instruments of yron 4 Therefore will I send a fyre into the house of Hazaél and it shall deuoure the palaces of Ben-hadád 5 I wil breake also the barres of Damascus ād cut of the inhabitant of Bikeath-áuen and him that holdeth the scepter out of Beth-éden and the people of Arám shal go into ca 〈◊〉 vnto Kir saith the Lord. 6 Thus saith the Lord For thre transgressions of Azzáh and for foure I wil not turne to it because they caried awaye prisoners the whole captinitie to shut them vp in Edom. 7 Therefore wil I send a fyre vpon the walles of Azzáh and it shall deuoure the places thereof 8 And I wil cut of the inhabitāt from Ashdod and him that holdeth the scepter from Ashkelon and turne mine hand to Ekron and the remnant of the Philistims shall perishe saith the Lord God 9 ¶ Thus saith the Lorde For the transgressions of Tyrus and for foure I wil not turne to
in the land in the citie vnto all that dwell therein 9 Ho he that coueteth an euil couetousnes to his house that he may set his nest on hie to escape from the power of euil 10 Thou hast consulted shame to thine owne house by destroying manie people and hast sinned against thine owne soule 11 For the stone shall crye out of the wall the beame out of the timber shal answer it 12 Wo vnto him that buyldeth a towne with blood and erecteth a citie by iniquitie 13 Beholde is it not of the Lord of hostes that the people shal labour in the very fire the people shall euen wearye them selues for very vanitie 14 For the earth shal be filled with the know ledge of the glorie of the Lord as the waters couer the sea 15 Wo vnto him that giueth hys neyghbour drinke thou ioynest thine heate makest him drunken also that thou maist se their priuities 16 Thou arte filled with shame for glorye drinke thou also and be made naked the cuppe of the Lords right hād shal be turned vnto thee and shameful spuing shal be for thy glorie 17 For the crueltie of Lebanón shall couer thee so shal the spoile of the beastes which made them afraide because of mēs blood and for the wrong done in the land in the citie and vnto all that dwell therein 18 What profiteth the image for the maker there of hathe made it an image and a teacher of lies thogh he that made it truste therein when he maketh dumme idoles 19 Wo vnto him that saith to the wood Awake to the dūme stone Rise vp it shal teach thee be holde it is laide ouer with golde and siluer and there is no breath in it 20 But the Lord is in his holie Tēple let all the earth kepe silence before him CHAP. III. 2 A praier for the faithful 1 A Praier of Habakkúk the Prophet for the ignorances 2 O Lord I haue heard thy voyce and was afraide ô LORD reuiue thy worke in the middes of the people in the middes of the yeres make it knowen in wrath remember mercie 3 God commeth from Temán and the holie one from mounte Parán Seláh His glorie couereth the heauens and the earthe is ful of his praise 4 And his brightnes was as the light he had hornes coming out of his hands and there was the hiding of his power 5 Before him went the pestilence and burning coles went for the before his fete 6 He stode and measured the earthe he be helde and dissolued the nacions and the euerlasting moūtaines were brokē the ancient hilles did bowe his wayes are euerlasting 7 For his iniquitie I sawe the tentes of Cu sháh and the curtaines of the land of Midiān did tremble 8 Was the Lord angrie against the riuers was thine angrie against the floods or was thy wrath against the ssa thou didest ride vpon thine horses thy charettes broght saluacion 9 Thy bowe was manifestely reueiled and the othes of the tribe were asure worde Séláh thou didest cleaue the earth with riuers 10 The mountaines sawe thee they trēbled the streame of the water passed by the de pe made a noise and lift vp his hand on hie 11 The sunne and moonestood stil in their habitacion at the light of thine arrowes thei wét and at the bright shining of thy speares 12 Thou trodest downe the land in angre didest thresh the heathen in displeasure 13 Thou wentest for the for the saluacion of thy people euen for saluation with thine Anointed thou hast wounded the head of the house of the wicked and discoueredst the fundations vnto the necke Séláh 14 Thou didest stricke thorowe with his one owne staues the heades of his villages they came out as a whirlewinde to scatter me their reioycing was as to deuoure the poore secretly 15 Thou didest walke in the sea with thine hor ses vpon the heape of great waters 16 When I heard my belie trembled my lippes shoke at the voyce rottennes entred into my bones and I trembled in my selfe that I might rest ī the day of trouble for when he cometh vp vnto the people he shal destroy them 17 For the figtre shal not florish nether shal frute be in the vines the labour of the oli ue shal faile and the fieldes shal yelde no meat the shepe shal be cut of fró the folde and there shal be no bullocke in the stalles 18 But I wil reioyce in the Lord I wil ioy in the God of my saluation 19 The Lord God is my strength he wil make my fete like hindes fete and he wil ma ke me to walke vpon mine hie places To the chief singer on Neginothái ZEPHANIAH THE ARGVMENT SEing the great rebellion of the people and that there was now no hope of amendement he denounceth the great iudgement of God which was at hand shewing that their countrei shulde be vtterly destroied and they caried away 〈◊〉 by the Babylonians Yet for the comfort of the faithful he prophecied of Gods vengeance against their enemies as the Philistims Moabites Assyrians and others to assure them that God a continnal care ouer them And as the wicked shulde be punished for their sinnes and transgressions so he exhorteth the godlie to pacience and to trust to finde mercie by reason of the fre promes of God made vnto Abraham and therefore quietly to abyde til God shewe them the effect of that grace whereby in the end they shulde be gathered vnto him and counted as his people and children CHAP. I. 4 Threatnings against Iudà h and Ierusalém because of their idolatrie 1 THe worde of the Lord. which came vnto Zephaniáh the sonne of Cushi the sonne of Gedaliáh the sonne of Amariáh the sonne of Hizkiah in the daies of * Iosiáh the sonne of * Ammón King of Iudáh 2 I wil surely destroy all things from of the Iand saith the Lord. 3 I wil destroy man and beast I wil destroy the foules of the heauen and the fish of the sea and ruines shal be to the wicked I wil cut of man from of the land saith the Lord. 4 I wil also stretche out mine hand vpō Iudah and vpon all the inhabitants of Ierusalém and I wil cut of the remnant of Báal from this place and the names of the Che marins with the Priestes 5 And thē that worship the hoste of heauen vpon the house toppes thē that worship and sweare by the Lord and by Malchám 6 And them that are turned backe from the Lord and those that haue not soght the Lord not inquired for him 7 Be stil at the presence of the Lord God for the day of the Lord is at hand for the Lord hathe prepared a sacrifice and hathe sanctified his ghestes 8 And it shal be
the wine or oyle or any meat shal it be holy And the Priests answered and said No. 14 Then said Haggai If a polluted persone touche any of these shal it be vncleane And the Priests answered and said It shal be vncleane 15 Thē answered Haggái and said So is this people and so is this nacion before me saith the Lord and so are all the workes of their hands and that which they offre here is vncleame 16 And now I pray you consider in your mindes from this day and afore euen afore a stone was laid vpon a stone in the Temple of the Lord 17 Before these things were when one came to an heape of twentie measures the re were but ten when one came to the wine presse for to drawe out fiftie vessels out of the presse there were but twentie 18 I smote you with blasting and with mildewe and with haile in all the labours of your hāds yet you turned not to me saith the Lord. 19 Consider I pray you in your mindes frō this day a fore from the foure twentieth day of the ninth moneth euen srom the day that the fundacion of the Lords Temple was laid cōsider it in your mindes 20 Is the seed yet in the barne as yet the vines and the figtre and the pome granate and the oliue tre hathe not broght forthe from this day wil I blesse you 21 And againe the worde of the Lord came vnto Haggái in the foure twētieth day of the moneth saying 22 Speak to Zerubbabél the prince of Iudáh say I wil shake the heauens the earth 23 And I wil ouerthrowe the throne of kingdo mes I wil destroy the strēgth of the kingdomes of the heathen I wil ouerthrowe the charets and those that ride in them and the horse the riders shal come downe euerie one by the sworde of his brother 24 In that day saith the Lord of hostes wil I take thee ô Zerubbabél my seruant the sonne of Shealtiél saith the Lord and wil make thee as a signet for I haue chosen thee saith the Lord of hostes ZECHARIAH THE ARGVMENT TWo moneths after that Heggái had begonne to prophecie Zechariáh was also sent of the Lord to helpe him in the labour and to confirme the same doctrine First therefore he putteh them in remembrance for what cause God had so so re punished their fathers and yet comforteth them if they wil repent vnfainedly and not abuse this great benefite of God in their deliuerance which was a figure of that true deliuerance that all the faithful shulde haue frō death and sinne by Christ. But because they stil remained in their wickednes and coldenes to set forthe Gods glorie and were not yet made better by their long banishement he rebucketh them moste sharpely yet for the comfort of the repentant 〈◊〉 euer 〈◊〉 the promes of grace that they 〈◊〉 by this meanes be prepared to receiue Christ in whome all shulde be sanctified to the Lord. CHAP. I. 2 He 〈◊〉 the people to returne to the Lord and to eschewe the wickednes of their fathers 36 He signifieth the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 and the temple 1 IN the eight moneth of the seconde yere of Darius came the worde of the Lord vnto Zechariáh the sonne of Be rechiáh the sóne of Iddo the Prophet saying 2 The Lord hathe bene sore displeased with your fathers 3 Therefore say thou vnto them Thus saith the lord of hostes Turne ye vnto me saith the Lord of hostes and I wil turne vnto you saith the Lord of hostes 4 Be ye not as your fathers vnto whome the former Prophets haue cryed saying Thus saith the Lord of hostes Turne you now from your euil wayes from your wicked workes but they wold not heare nor hear ken vnto me saith the Lord. 5 Your father where are they and do the Prophetes liue for euer 6 But did not my wordes and my statutes which I commanded by my seruants the Prophetes take holde of your father they returned said As the Lord of hostes hathe determined to 〈◊〉 to vs accor ding to our owne wayes and according to our workes so hathe he delt with vs. 7 Vpon the foure and twentieth day of the eleuenth moneth which is the moneth 〈◊〉 in the seconde yere of Darius came the worde of the Lord vnto Zechariáh the sonne of Berechiáh the sonne of Iddo the Prophet saying 8 I sawe by night and beholde a māriding vpon a red horse and he stode among the mirre trees that were in a bottome and be hinde him were thee red horses speckeled and white 9 Vhen said I O my Lord what are these And the Angel that talked with me said vnto me I wil shewe thee what these be 10 And the man that stode among the mirre trees answered and said These are they whome the Lord hathe sēt to go through the worlde 11 And they answered the Angel of the Lord that stode among the mirre trees and said We haue gone thorowe the worlde and beholde all the worlde sitteth stil and is at rest 12 Then the Angel of the Lord answered said O Lord of hostes how long wilt thou be vnmerciful to Ierusalém and to the cities of Iudáh with whome thou hast bene displeased now these thre score ten yeres 13 And the Lord answered the Angel that tal ked with me with good wordes and comfortable wordes 14 So the Angel that communed with me said vnto me Crye thou and speake Thus saith the Lord of hostes I am ie lousie ouer Ieru salém and Zion with a great zeale 15 And am greatly angrie against the careles heathen for I was angrie but a litle and they helped forwarde the affliction 16 Therefore thus saith the Lord I wil returne vnto Ierusalém with tender mercie mi ne house shal be buyld in it saith the Lord of hostes and a line shal be stretched vpō Ierusalém 17 Crye yet and speake Thus saith the Lord of hostes My cities shal yet be broken with plentie the Lord shal yet cōfort Zion and shal yet chuse Ierusalém 18 Then lift I vp mine eyes and sawe and beholde foure hornes 19 And I said vnto the Angel that talked with me What be these And he answered me These are the hornes which haue scattered Iudáh Israél and Ierusalém 20 And the Lord shewed me foure carpēters 21 Then said I What come these to do And he answered and said These are the hornes which haue scattered Iudah so that a man durst not 〈◊〉 vp his head but these are come to fraye them and to cast out the hor nes of the Gentiles which lift vp their hor ne ouer the land of Iudáh to scattre it CHAP. II. The restoring of Ierusalém and Iudáh 1 I Lift vp mine eyes againe 〈◊〉 loked and beholde a man with a measuring line in his
he answered me and said Stand vp vppon thy fete and heare a mightie sounding voyce 14 There shal come as an earth quake but the place where thou stādest shal not be moued 15 And therefore when he speaketh be not afrayed for of the end shal be the worde and of the fundacion of the earth shal it be vnder stand 16 Therefore while one speaketh of them it trembleth and is moued for it knoweth that it must be changed at the end 17 And when I had heard it I stode vp vpō my fete and hearkened and beholde there was a voyce that spake and the sounde of it was like the sounde of many waters 18 And it said Beholde the dayes come that I wil come and in quire of them that dwel vpō the earth 19 And when I beginne to inquire of theē who by their vnrighteousnes haue hurt others and when the affliction of Sion shal be fulfilled 20 And the worlde that shal vanish away shal be sealed then wil I shewe these signes the bokes shal be opened before the heauen they shal se all it together 21 And the children of a yere olde shal speake with their voices the women with child shal bring forthe vntimelie childrē of thre or fou re moneths olde and they shal liue that are raised vp 22 Then suddenly shal the sowen places appea re as the vnsowne and the sul store houses shal suddenly be founde emptie 23 And the trumpet shal sounde and all they that heare it shal be suddenly afrayed 24 At that time shal friends fight with friends as with enemies and the earth shal feare with them the springs of the welles shal stand stil and in thre houres they shal not renne 25 Whosoeuer remaineth from all these things that I haue tolde thee shal be saued and se my saluacion the end of your worlde 26 And the men that are receiued shalse it thei that haue not tasted death from their birth and the heart of the inhabitants shal be chāged and turned to another meaning 27 For euil shal be put out and disceate shal be quenched 28 But faith shal flourish corruption shal be ouercome and the trueth which hathe bene so long without frute shal come forthe 29 ¶ And when he talked with me beholde I loked alitle vpō him before whome I stode 30 And these wordes said he vnto me I am come to she we thee the time of the night to come 31 If thou wilt pray againe and fast seuen daies more I wil tel thee more things and greater then these which I haue heard in the day 32 For thy voyce is heard before the Highest surely the mightie hathe sene thy righteous dealing he hathe sene also thy chastitie whi che thou hast kept since thy youth 33 Therefore hathe he sent me to shewe thee all these things and to say vnto thee Be of good comfort and feare not 34 And haste not in the vaine consideration of the first times nor make haste to the latter times 35 And after this I wepte againe and fasted seuen dayes in like maner that I might fulfil the thre wekes which he had appointed me 36 And in the eight night was mine heart vexed within me againe and I began to speake before the moste High 37 For my spirit was greatly set on fyer my soule was in distresse 38 And I said ô Lord thou speakest expresly in the first creation euen the first day and cōman dedst * that the heauen and the earth shulde be made and the worke followed thy worde 39 And thē was there the spirit and the darknes was on euerie side with silence there was no mans voyce as yet created of thee 40 Then commandedst thou a bright light to come forthe out of thy treasures that it might giue light to thy worke 41 Vpō the second day thou createdst the hea uenlie ayre and commandedst it that going betwene it shulde make a diuision betwene the waters that the one parte might remaine aboue and the other beneth 42 Vpon the third day thou cōmandedst that the waters shulde be gathered together in the seuenth parte of the earth six partes didest thou drye and kept them to the intent that of these there shuld be that shulde serue thee being sowen of God and tilled 43 Assone as thy worde went forthe the wor ke was in continently made 44 For immediatly great and innumerable fau te did spring vp and manie diuerse pleasures for the taste and floures of vnchangeable co lour and odours of a moste wondersul smel and these things were created the third day 45 * Vpon the fourth daythou createdst the light of the sunne and of the moone and the order of the startes 46 And gauest them a charge to do * seruice euen vnto man that was for to be made 47 And vpon the fift day thou saidest vnto the seuenth parte * where the waters were gathe red that it shulde bring forthe beasts as foules and fishes and it was so 48 For the domme waters and without life broght forthe liuing things at the commandemēt of God that the nations might praise thy wonderous workes 49 Thē didest thou prepare two liuing things the one thou calledst Behemoth the other thou calledst Leuiathan 50 And didest separate the one from the other for the seuenth parte where the water was gathered colde not holde them 51 Vnto Behemoth thou gauest one parte whi che was dryed vp the third day that he shuld dwell in the same parte wherein are a thousand hilles 52 But vnto Leuiathan thou gauest the seuenth parte that is wett and hast prepared him to deuoure what thou wilt and when thou wilt 53 Vpon the sixt day thou gauest commandemēt vnto the earth that before thee it shulde bring forthe beasts catel and creping things 54 And besides this Adam whome thou madest lord ouer all the workes which thou hast created of him come we all and the people also whome thou hast chosen 55 All this haue I spoken before thee ô Lord because thou hast created the world for our sakes 56 As for the other people which also come of Adam thou hast declared them that they are nothing before thee but be like vnto spitle and hast compared their riches vnto a drop that falleth from a vessel 57 And now ô Lord beholde these heathen which haue bene reputed as nothing haue begonne to be lords ouer vs and to deuoure vs. 58 And we thy people whome thou hast called the first borne the onely begotten and thy feruent louer are giuen into their hands 59 If the worlde then be created for our sakes why haue we not the inheritance thereof in possession or how long shal we suffer these things CHAP. VII 5 Without tribulation none can come to felicitie 1 God ad uertiseth all in time 28 The coming and death of Christ 32 The resurrection and last iudgemēt 43 After the whiche all corruption shal cease 48 All fell in
she abode in the campe thre dayes and went out in the night into the valley of Bethulia and washed her self in a fountaine euen in the water by the campe 8 And whē she came out she prayed vnto the Lord God of Israél that he wolde direct her way to the exaltation of the childrē of her people 9 So she returned and remained pure in the tent vntil she ate her meat at euening 10 ¶ And in the fourtie day Olofernes made a feast to his owne seruants onely and called none of thē to the banket that had the 〈◊〉 in hand 11 Then said he to Bagoas the eunuche who had charge ouer all that he had Go and per suade this Hebrewe woman which is with thee that she come vnto vs and eat and drinke with vs. 12 For it were a shame for vs if we shulde let suche a woman alone and not talke with her and if we do not allure her she wil moc ke vs. 13 Then went Bagoas from the presence of 〈◊〉 and came to her and said Let not this faire maide make difficultie to go into my Lord to be honored in his presence and to drinke wine with vs ioyfully and to be in treated as one of the daughters of the 〈◊〉 of Assur which remaine 〈◊〉 the house of Nabuchodonosor 14 Thē said Iudeth vnto him Who am I now that I shulde gayne say my Lord Surelye what soeuer pleaseth him I will do spedely and it shal be my ioye vnto the daye of my death 15 So she arose and trimmed her with garments with all the ornaments of womē her maide went 〈◊〉 for her skinnes on the groūd ouer against Olofernes whiche she had receiued of Bagoas for her daily vse that she might sitand eat vpon thē 16 Now when Iudeth came and sate downe Olofernes heart was rauished with her his Spirit was moued and he desired greatly her companie for he had waited for the time to deceiue her from the day that he had sene her 17 Then said Olofernes vnto her Drinke now and be mery with vs. 18 So Iudeth said I drinke now my Lord because my state is exalted this day more thē euer it was since I was borne 19 Then she toke and ate and dranke before him the things that her maide had prepared 20 And Olofernes reioyced because of her and dranke much more wine then he had drunken at anie time in one daye since he was borne CHAP. XIII 1 Iudeth praieth for strength 8 She 〈◊〉 of Olofernes necke 10 She returneth to Bethulia and reioyceth her people 1 NOw whē the euening was come his ser uāts made haste to departe Bagoas shut hys tent without and dimissed those that were presēt from the presence of his Lord thei wēt to their beddes * for they were all wearie because the feast had bene long 2 And Iudeth was left a lone in the tent and Olofernes was stretched 〈◊〉 vpō his bed for he was filled with wine 3 ¶ Now Iudeth had commanded her maide to stand without her chamber and to wait for her comming forth as she did daily for she said she wolde go forth to her prayers and she spake to Bagoas according to the same purpose 4 So all went forth of her presence none was left in the chamber nether litle nor great thē Iudeth standing by his bed said in her heart O Lord God of all power beholde at this present the workes of myne hands for the exaltation of Ierusalém 5 For now is the time to helpe thine in heritance and to execute mine enterprises to the destruction of the enemies whiche are risen against vs. 6 Thē she came to the post of the bed which was at Olofernes head toke downe hys fauchin from thence 7 And approched to the bed toke holde of the heere of his head and said Strengthen me ô Lord God of Israél this day 8 And she smote twise vpon his necke with all hermight and she toke awaye his head from him 9 And roled his bodie downe from the bed and pulled downe the canopie frome the pillers and anone after she went forth and gaue Olofernes head to her maid 10 And she put it in her scrippe of meate so they twaine went together accordyng to their custome vnto prayer and pressing through the tentes went about by that valley and went vp the mountaine of Bethulia and came to the gates thereof 11 ¶ Thē said Iudeth afarre of to the watche men at the gates Opē now the gate God euen our God is with vs to shewe his power yet in Ierusalém and his force against hys enemies as he hathe euen done this day 12 Now when the men of her citie heard her voyce theimade haste to go downe to the gate of their Citie and they called the Elders of the citie 13 And thei ranne all together bothe smale and greate for it was aboue their expectation that she shulde come So they opened the gate receiued her made afyre for a light and stode round about thē twaine 14 Then she said to thē with a loude voyce Praise God praise God for he hathe not taken awaye his mercie from the house of Israel but hathe destroyed our enemies by mine hands this night 15 So she toke the head out of the scrippe shewedit and said vnto them Beholde the head of Olofernes the chief captaine of the armie of Assur and beholde the canopie wherein he did lie in his drunkennes the Lord hath smitten him by the hand of a woman 16 As the Lord liueth who hathe kept me in my way that I went my countenance hath deceiued him to his destruction he hath not committed sinne with me by anie pollution or vilenie 17 Then all the people were wonderfully astonished and bowed them selues and worshiped God and said with one accord Blessed be thou ô our God which hast this daye broght to noght the ennemies of thy people 18 Thē said Ozias vnto her O daughter blessed arte thou of the moste hie God aboue all the women of the earth and blessed be the Lord GOD whiche hathe created the heauens and the earth whiche hathe directed thee to the cutting of of the head of the chief of our enemies 19 Surely this thine hope shal neuer departe out of the heartes of men for thei shal remember the power of God for euer 20 And God turne these things to thee for a perpetual praise and visite thee with good things because thou hast not spared thy life because of the affliction of our naciō but thou hast holpen our ruine walking a streight way before our God And all the people said So be it so be it CHAP. XIIII 1 Iudeth causeth to hang vp the head of Olofernes 10 Achior ioyneth 〈◊〉 selfe to the people of God 11 The Israelites go out against the Assyrians 1 THen said Iudeth vnto them Heare me also my brethrē and * take this head and hang it
and their imaginaciōs he perceiued that they went about to lay their hands vpon the King Artaxerxes and so he certified the King thereof 3 Then caused the King to examine the two eunuches with torments and when they had confessed it they were put to death 4 This the King caused to be put in the Chronicles Mardocheus also wrote the same thing 5 So the King commāded that Mardocheus shulde remaine in the court and for the ad uertisement he gaue him a rewarde 6 But Aman the sonne of Amadathus the Agagite which was in great honour and reputacion with the King went about to hurt Mardocheus and his people because of the two eunuches of the King that were put to death CHAP. XIII 1 The copie of the letters of Artaxerxes against the Iewes 8 The prayer of Mardocheus 1 THe copie of the letters was this The great King Artaxerxes writeth these things to the princes and gouernours that are vnder him from India vnto Ethiopia in an hundreth and seuen twētie prouinces 2 When I was made lord ouer manie people and had subdued the whole earth vnto my dominion I wolde not exalte my self by the reasō of my power but purposed with equi tie alway and gentelnes to gouerne my subiects and wholy to set them in a peacea ble life and there by to bring my kingdome vnto tranquilitie that men might safely go thorow on euerie side to renew peace againe which all men desire 3 Now when I asked my counselers how the se things might be broght to passe one that was conuersant with vs of excellent wisdo me and constant in good wil and shewed him self to be of sure fidelitie which had the seconde place in the kindome euen Aman 4 Declared vnto vs that in all nacions there was scatered abroade a rebellious people that had Lawes contrarie to all people haue alway dispised the commandements of Kings and so that this general empire that we haue begonne can not be gouerned without 〈◊〉 5 Seing now we perceiue that this people alone are altogether contrarie vnto euerie man vsing strange other maner of lawes and hauing an euil opinion of our doings and go about to stablishe wicked matters that our kingdome shulde not come to good estate 6 Therefore haue we commanded that all they that are appointed in writing vnto you by Aman which is ordeined ouer the affaires is as our seconde father shal all with their wiues and childrē be destroyed and rooted out with the sworde of their enemies without all mercie and that none be spared the fortenth day of the twelfth moneth Adar of this yere 7 That they which of olde and now also haue euer bene rebellious many in one day with violence be thruste downe into the hell to the intente that after this time our affaires may be without troubles and wel gouerned in all pointes 8 Then Mardocheus thoght vpon all the workes and of the Lord and made his prayer vnto him 9 Saying O Lord Lord the King almightie for all things are in thy power if thou hast appointed to saue Israél there is no man that can withstande thee 10 For thou hast made heauen and earth and all the wonderous things vnder the heauen 11 Thou art Lord of all things and there is no man that can resist thee which art the Lord. 12 Thou knowest all things thou knowest Lord that it was nether of malice nor presumption nor for anie desire of glorie that I did this not bowe downe to prou de Aman. 13 For I wolde haue bene cōtent with good wil for the saluation of Israél to haue kist the sole of his fete 14 But I did it because I wolde not preferre the honour of a man aboue the glorie of God and wolde not worship anie but onely thee my Lord and this haue I not done of pride 15 And therefore ô Lord God and King haue mercie vpon thy people for they imagine how thei may bring vs to naught yea they wolde destroye the inheritance that hathe bene thine from the beginning 16 Dispise not the porcion which thou hast deliuered out of Egypt for thine owne self 17 Heare my prayer and be merciful vnto thy portion turne our sorowe into ioye that we may liue ô Lord and praise thy Name shut not the mouthes of them that praise thee 18 All Israel in like maner cryed moste earnestly vnto the Lord because that death was before their eyes CHAP. XIIII The prayer of Esther for the deliuerance of her and her people 1 QVene Esther also being in danger of death resorted vnto the Lord 2 And laid away her glorious apparel and put on the garments of sighing and mour ning In the stead of precious ointement she scatered ashes and dongue vpon her head and she humbled her bodie greatly with fasting and all the places of her ioye filled she with the heere that she plucte of 3 And she prayed vnto the Lord God of Israél saying O my Lord thou onely art our King helpe me desolate woman which haue no helper but thee 4 For my 〈◊〉 is at hand 5 From my youth vp I haue heard in the kin red of my father that thou ô Lord tokest Israél frō among all people our fathers from their predecessours for a 〈◊〉 inheritanee and thou hast performed that which thou didest promise them 6 Now Lord we haue sinned before thee the refore hast thou giuen vs into the hands of our enemies 7 Because we worshipped their gods ô Lord thou art righteous 8 Neuertheles it satisfieth them not that we are in bitter captiuitie but they haue stroken hands with their idoles 9 That thei wil abolish the thing that thou with thy mouth hast ordeined destroye thine inheritance to shut vp the mouthe of them that praise thee and to quence the glorie of thy temple and of thine altar 10 And to open the mouthes of the heathen that they may praise the power of the idoles to magnifie a flesh lie King for euer 11 O Lord giue not thy scepter vnto thē that be nothing lest thei laugh vs to scorne in our miserie but turne their deuise vpon thē selues and make him an example that hathe begonne the same against vs. 12 Thinke vpon vs ô Lord and shewe thy self vnto vs in the time of our distresse and strengthen me ô King of gods and Lord of all power 13 Giue me an eloquēt speache in my mouth before the Liō turne his heart to hate our enemie to destroye him and all suche as cō sent vnto him 14 But deliuer vs with thine hand and helpe me that am solitarie which haue no defen ce but onely thee 15 Thou knowest all things ô Lord thou knowest that I hate the glorie of the vnrighteous that I abhorre the bed of the vncircumcised and of all the heathen 16 Thou knowest my necessitie for I hate this token of my preeminence which I bea re vpon mine head what time
was facioned of newe and serued in their owne offices inioyned thē that thy children might be kept without hurt 7 For the cloude ouershadowed their tentes and the drye earth appeared where afore was water so that in the red Sea there was a way without impediment and the great depe became a great field 8 Through the which all the people went that were defended with thine hand seing thy wonderous marueiles 9 For they neyed like horses and leaped like lambes praising thee ô Lord which hadest 〈◊〉 them 10 For they were yet mindeful of those things which were done in the lād where thei dwelt how the grounde forthe flies in steade of cat tel how the riuer 〈◊〉 with the multitude of frogges in steade of fishes 11 * But at the last they sawe a new generation of birdes when they were intised with lust and desired delicare meates 12 * For the quailes came forthe of the sea vnto them for comfort but punishments came vpō the sinners not without signes that we re giuē by great thundrings for they suffred worthely according to their wickednes because they sheweda cruel hatred towarde strangers 13 For the one sorte wold not receiue thē whē they were present because they knewe thē not the other sorte broght the strangers into bondage that had done them good 14 Beside all these things some wolde not suffer that anie regarde shulde be had of them for they handeled the strangers dispitefully 15 Others that had receiued thē with great bāketing and admitted them to be partakers of the same lawes did afflict them with great labours 16 Therefore thei were striken with blindenes as in olde time certeine were at the dores of the * righteousnes so that euerie one being compassed with darknes soght the entrance of his dore 17 Thus the elements agreed among them selues in this change as when one tune is chan ged vpon an instrument of musike and the melodie stil remaineth which may easely be perceiued by the sight of the things that are come to passe 18 For the things of the earth were changed in to things of the water and the thing that did swimme went vpon the grounde 19 The fyre had power in the water contrarie vnto his owne vertue the water for gate his owne kinde to quench 20 Againe the flames did not hurte the flesh of the corruptible beasts that walked therein nether melted they that which semed to be yee and was of a nature that wolde melt and yet was an immortal meat 21 For in all things ô Lord thou hast magnified and glorified thy people and hast not despised to assist them in euerie time and place THE WISDOME OF IESVS the sonne of Sirach called Ecclesiasticus This argument was founde in a certeine Greke copie THis Iesus was the sonne of Sirach and Sirachs father was 〈◊〉 called Iesus and he liued in the latter times after the peo ple had bene led away captiue and broght home againe and almoste after all the Prophetes Now his grandfather as he him self witnesseth was a man of great diligence and wisdome among the 〈◊〉 who did not onely gather the graue sentences of wise men that had bene before him but he him self also spake manie ful of great knowledge and wisdome So this first Iesus dyed and left this which he had gathered and Sirach afterwarde left it to Iesus his sonne who toke it and put it in order in a boke and called it WISDOME in titling it bothe by his owne name his fathers name and his grādfathers thinking by this title of Wisdome to allure the reader to read this boke with more great desire and to consider it more diligently Therefore this boke conteineth wise sayings and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and similitudes with certeine diuine histories which are notable and ancient euen of men that were approued of God and 〈◊〉 prayers and songs of the autor him self moreouer what benefites the Lord had bestowed vpon his people and what plagues he had heaped vpon their ene mies This Iesus did imitate Salomon and was no lesse famous in wisdome and doctrine who was therefore called a man of great knowledge as he was in dede The prologue of the Wisdome of Iesus the sonne of Sirach WHere as manie and great things haue bene giuen vs by the Law and the Prophetes and by others that haue followed them for the which things Israél ought to be cōmē ded by the reason of doctrine and wisdome whereby the readers ought not onely to become learned them selues but also may be able by the diligent studie thereof to be profitable vnto strāgers bothe by speaking and writing after that my grand father Iesus had giuen him self to the reading of the Law and the Prophetes and other bokes of our fathers and had got ten therein sufficient iudgement he purposed also to write some thing 〈◊〉 to learning wisdome to the intent that they which were desirous to learne and wolde giue them selues to these things might profite muche more in liuing according to the Law Wherefore I exhorte you to receiue it louingly and to read it with diligence and to take it in good worthe thogh we seme to some in some things not able to atteine to the interpretation of suche wordes as are hard to be expressed for the things that are spoken in the Hebrewe tongue haue another force in them selues then when they are translated into another tongue not onely these things but other things also as the Law it self and the Prophetes and other bokes haue no smale difference when they are spoken in their owne language Therefore in the eight and thirtieth yere when I came into Egypt vnder King Euergetes continued there I founde a copie ful of great learning and I thoght it necessarie to bestowe my diligence and trauaile to interpret this boke So for a cer teine time with great watching and studie I gaue my self to the finishing of this boke that it might be published that they which remaine in banishement are desirous to learne might applie them selues vnto good maners and liue according to the Law CHAP. I. 1 Wisdome cometh of God 11 A praise of the feare of God 29 The meanes to come by wisdome 1 ALL wisdome* cometh of the Lord ād hathe bene euer with him and is with him for euer 2 Who can nomber the sand of the sea the droppes of the raine and the dayes of the world who cāmeasure the height of heauē the bredth of the earth the depth 3 Who can finde the wisdome of God which hathe bene afore all things 4 Wisdome hathe bene created before all things and the vnderstanding of prudence from euerlasting 5 The worde of God moste high is the foun taine of wisdome and the euerlasting commandements are the entrance vnto her 6 * Vnto whome hathe the roote of wisdome bene declared or who hathe knowen her wi se counsels 7 Vnto whome hath the doctrine
d well in the house of learning 24 Wherefore are ye slowe and what say you of these things seing your soules are very thirstie 25 I opened my mouth said * Bye her for you without money 26 Bowe downe your necke vnder the yoke and your soule shal receiue instruction she is ready that ye may finde her 27 Be holde with your eyes * how that I haue had but litle labour and haue gotten vnto me muche rest 28 Get learning with a great some of money for by her ye shal possesse muche golde 29 Let your soule reioyce in the mercie of the Lord and be not ashamed of his praise 30 Do your duetie be times and he wil giue you a rewarde at his time BARVCH CHAP. I. 1 Baruch wrote a boke during the captiuitie of Babylon which he red before Ieconià h and all the people 10 The Iewes sent the boke with money vnto Ierusalém to their other brethren to the intent that they shulde pray for them 1 ANd these are the wor des of the boke whi che Baruch the sonne of Nerias the son ne of Maasias the sonne of 〈◊〉 the sonne of Asadias the sonne of Helcias wrote in at Babylon 2 In the fifty ere and in the seuenth day of the moneth what time as the Caldeans toke Ierusalém and burnt it with fyre 3 And Baruch did read the wordes of this boke that Iechonias the sonne of Ioacim King of Iuda might heare and all the people that were come to heare the boke 4 And in the audience of the gouernour of the Kings sonnes before the Elders before the whole people frō the lowest vnto the hiest before all them that dwelt at Babylon by the riuer Sud 5 Which when they heard it went fasted and made praiers before the Lord. 6 They made a collection also of money according to euerie mans power 7 And sent it to Ierusalem vnto Ioacim the sonne of 〈◊〉 the sōne of Salom Priest and vnto the other Priests to all the people which were with him at Ierusalem 8 When he had receiued the vessels of the Temple of the Lord that were taken away out of the Temple to bring thē againe into the land of Iuda the tenth day of the moneth Siuan to wit siluer vessels whiche Sedecias the sonne of Iosias King of Iuda had made 9 After that Nabuchodono sor King of Babylon had led away Iechonias from Ierusalém and his princes and his nobles prisoners and the people and caryed them to Babylon 10 And they said Beholde we haue sent you money wher with ye shal bye burnt offrīgs for sinne and incense and prepare a meat offring offre vpon the altar of the Lord our God 11 And pray for the life of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon and for the life of Baltasar his sonne that their daies may be vpon earth as the daies of heauen 12 And that God wolde giue vs strength and lighten our eyes that we may liue vnder the shadowe of Nabuchodonosor King of Babylon and vnder the shadowe of Baltasar his sonne that we may long do thē seruice and finde fauour in their sight 13 Pray for vs also vnto the Lord our God for we haue sinned against the Lord our God vnto this day the furie of the Lord and his wrath is not turne from vs 14 And rede this boke which we haue sent to you to be rehearsed in the Tēple of the Lord vpon the feast daies and at time con uenient 15 Thus shal ye say * To the Lord our God belongeth righte 〈◊〉 but vnto vs the confusiō of our faces as it is come to passe this day vnto them of Iuda and to the in ha bitants of Ierusalém 16 And to our Kings and to our princes and to our Priests and to our Prophetes and to our fathers 17 Because we haue * sinned before the Lord our God 18 And haue not obeied him nether hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord our God to walke in the commandements that he gaue vs openly 19 From the day that the Lord broght our fathers out of the land of Egypt euen vnto this day we haue bene disobedient vnto the Lord our God and we haue bene negligent to heare his voyce 20 * Wherefore these plagues are come vpō vs the curse which the Lord appointed by Moyses his seruant as the time that he broght our fathers out of the land of Egypt to giue vs a land that floweth with milke and honie as appeareth this day 21 Neuertheles we haue not hearkened vnto the voyce of the Lord our God according to all the wordes of the Prophetes whome he sent vnto vs. 22 But euerie one of vs followed the wicked imaginacion of his owne heart to serue strange gods and to do euil in the sight of the Lord our God CHAP. II. 1 The Iewes confesse that they suffer iustely for their sin nes The true confession of the Christians 〈◊〉 The Iewes desire to haue the wrath of God turned from thē 32 He promiseth that he wil call againe the people from captiuitie and giue them a newe and 〈◊〉 testament 1 THerefore the Lord our God hathe performed his worde which he pronounced against vs and against our iudges that gouerned Israel and against our Kings against our princes and against the men of Israél and luda 2 To bring vpon vs great plagues suche as neuer came to passe vnder the whole heauē as they that were done in Ierusalē * accor ding to things that were written in the La we of Moyses 3 That some among vs shulde eat the flesh of his owne sonne some the flesh of his owne daughter 4 Moreouer he hathe deliuered them to be in subiection to all the kingdomes that are rounde about vs to be as a reproche desolation amōg all the people rounde about where the Lord hathe scattred them 5 Thus they are broght beneth and not aboue because we haue sinned against the Lord our God and haue not heard his voyce 6 * To the Lord our God apperteineth righ teousnes but vnto vs to our fathers open shame as appeareth this day 7 For all these plagues are come vpon vs which the Lord hathe pronounced against vs. 8 Yet haue we not prayed before the Lord that we might turne euerie one from the imaginacions of his owne wicked heart 9 So the Lord hathe watched ouer the plagues and the Lord hathe broght them vpō vs for the Lord is righteous in all his workes which he hathe commanded vs. 10 Yet we haue not earkened vnto his voyce to walke in the commandements of the Lord that he hathe giuen vnto vs. 11 * And now ô Lord God of Israél that hast broght thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mightie hand and an hie arme and with signes and with wonders and with great power and hast gotten thyself a Name as appeareth this day 12
all in our innocencie the heauen and earth shal testifie for vs that ye destroy vs wrongfully 38 Thus thei gaue thē the battel vpon the Sabbath and slewe bothe men and cattel their wiues and their children to the nomber of a thousand people 39 ¶ When Mattathias and his friends vnderstode this thei mourned for them greatly 40 And said one to another If we all do as our brethrē haue done and fight not against the heathen for our liues and for our Lawes thē shal thei incontinently destroy vs out of the earth 41 Therefore they concluded at the same time saying Whosoeuer shal come to make battel with vs vpon the Sabbath daye we wil fight against him that we dye not all as our brethren that were murthered in the secret places 42 Then came vnto them the assemblie of the Asideans which were of the strongest men of Israél all suche as were wel minded toward the Law 43 And all they that were fled for persecucion ioyned them selues vnto them and were an helpe vnto them 44 So they gathered a power and smote the wicked men in their wrath and thevngodlie in their angre but the rest fled vnto the heathen and escaped 45 Then Mattathias and his friends wēt about and destroyed the altars 46 And circumcised the children by force that were vn circumcised as manie as they foūde within the coasts of Israél 47 And they pursued after the proude men this acte prospered in their hands 48 So they recouered the Law of the hand of the Gentiles and out of the hand of Kings and gaue not place to the wicked 49 Now when the time drewe nere that Mattathias shulde dye he said vnto his sonnes Now is pride and persecucion increased the time of destruction and the wrath of indignacion 50 Now therefore my sonnes be ye zealous of the Law and giue your liues for the couenant of our fathers 51 Call to remembrance what actes our Fathers did in their time so shall ye receyue great honour and an euerlasting name 52 * Was not Abraham founde faithful in tētacion and it was imputed vnto hym for righteousnes 53 * Ioseph in the time of his trouble kept the commandement and was made the Lord of Egypt 54 * Phinees our father because he was zealous and feruent obteined the couenāt of the euerlasting priesthode 55 * Iesus for fulfilling the worde was made the gouernour of Israel 56 * Caleb because he bare witnes before the congregacion receiued the heritage of the land 57 * Dauid because of hys mercie obteyned the throne of the kingdome for euermore 58 * Elias because he was zealous and feruēt in the Law was taken vp euen vnto heauē 59 * Ananias Azarias and Misael by theyr faith were deliuered out of the flame 60 * Daniel because of his innocencie was deliuered from the mouth of the lyons 61 And thus ye maye consider thorowe out all ages that whosoeuer put their truste in him shal not want strength 62 Feare not ye then the wordes of a sinfull mā for his glorie is but dongue wormes 63 To day is he set vp and to morow he shall not be found for he is turned into his dust and his purpose perisheth 64 Wherefore my sonnes take good hearts and shewe your selues men for the Law for by it shal you obteine glorie 65 And beholde I knowe that your brother Simon is a man of counsell gyue eare vnto him alway he shal be a father vnto you 66 And Iudas Maccabeus hathe bene mightie and strong euen from his youth vp let him be your captaine and fight you the battel for the people 67 Thus shal ye bring vnto you all those that obserue the Law and shal aduenge the iniuries of your people 68 Recompense fully the heathen and giue your selues to the commandement of the Law 69 So he blessed them and was laied with his fathers 70 And dyed in the hundreth fortye and six yere and his sonnes buryed him in his Fathers sepulchre at Modin and all Israel made great lamentacion for him CHAP. III. 1 Iudas is made ruler ouer the Iewes 11 He killeth Apollonius and Seron the princes of Syria 44 The considence of Iudas towarde God 55 Iudas determineth to fight against Lysias whome Antiochus had made captaine ouer his hoste 1 THen Iudas his sonne called Maccabeus rose vp in his place 2 And all his brethren helped him and all they that helde with his father and foght with courage the battel of Israel 3 So he gate his people great honour he put on a brestplate as a gyant and armed him self and set the battel in array and defended the campe with the sworde 4 In his actes he was like a lyon and as a lyons whelpe roaring after the pray 5 For he pursued the wicked and soght thē out and burnt vp those that vexed his people 6 So that the wicked fled for feare of him all the workers of iniquitie were put to trouble saluacion prospered in his hand 7 And he grieued diuers Kings but Iacob reioyced by his actes and his memorial is blessed for euer 8 He went also thorowe the cities of Iuda and destroyed the wicked out of them and turned away the wrath from Israel 9 So was he renoumed vnto the ends of the earth he assembled together those that were readie to perish 10 ¶ But Apollonius gathered the Gentiles and a great hoste out of Samaria to fight against Israel 11 Whiche when Iudas perceiued he went forthe to mete him and smote him and slue him so that many fel downe slaine and the rest fled 12 So Iudas toke their spoiles and toke also Apollonius sworde and foght with it all his life long 13 ¶ Now whē Seron a prince of the armie of Syria 〈◊〉 that Iudas had gathered vnto him the congregacion and Churche of the faithfull and went forthe to the warre 14 He said I will get me a name and will be glorious in the realme for I will go sight with Iudas thē that are with him which haue despised the Kings commandement 15 So he made him readie to go vp and there went with him a mightie hoste of the vngodlie to helpe him and to be aduenged of the children of Israel 16 And whē he came nere to the going vp of Bethoron Iudas went forthe to met him with a smale companie 17 But when they sawe the armie coming against them they said to Iudas How are we able being so fewe to fight agaīst so great a multitude and so strong seyng we be so wearie and haue fasted all this day 18 Then said Iudas It is an easie thing for many to be shut vp in the hands of fewe there is no difference before the God of heauen to deliuer by a great multitude or by a smale companie 19 For the victorie of the battel stādeth not in the multitude of the hoste but the strēgth cometh from
of the people concerning Christ 〈◊〉 Iohn 20. Christ vp breadeth the vnthankful cities 〈◊〉 The Gospel is 〈◊〉 to the simple 28 They that labour and are laden 〈◊〉 Christs yoke 1 ANd it came to passe that when Iesus had made an end of commanding his twelue disciples he departed thence to teach and to preach in their cities 2 ¶ * And when Iohn heard in the prison the workes of Christ he sent two of his disciples and said vnto him 3 Art thou he that shulde come or shal we loke for another 4 And Iesus answering said vnto them Go and she we Iohn what things ye haue heard and sene 5 The blinde receiue sight and the halt go the lepers are clensed and the deaf heare the dead are raised vp * and the pore receiue the Gospel 6 And blessed is he that shal not be offended in me 7 And as they departed Iesus began to speake vnto the multitude of Iohn What went ye out into the wildernes to se A reed shaken with the winde 8 But what went ye out to se A man clothed in soft raiment Beholde they that weare soft clothing are in Kings houses 9 But what went ye out to se A Prophet Yea I say vnto you and more then a Prophet 10 For this is he of whome it is written * Beholde I send my messenger before thy face whiche shall prepare thy way before thee 11 Verely I say vnto you among thē whiche are be gotten of women arose there not a greater then Iohn Baptist notwithstanding he that is the least in the kingdome of heauen is greater then he 12 And from * the time of Iohn Baptist hitherto the kingdome of heauen suffreth violence and the violent take it by force 13 For al the Prophetes and the Law prophecied vnto Iohn 14 And if ye will receiue it this is * Elias whiche was to come 15 ¶ He that hath eares to heare let him heare 16 * But whereunto shall I liken this generation It is like vnto litle children which sit in the markets and call vnto their felowes 17 And say We haue piped vnto you and ye haue not danced we haue mourned vnto you and ye haue not lamented 18 For Iohn came nether eating nor drinkyng and they say He hathe a deuil 19 The Sonne of man came eatyng and drinking and they say Beholde a glotton and a drinker of wine a friend vnto Publicanes and sinners but wisdome is iustified of her children 20 ¶ * Then began he to vp braide the cities where in most of his great worke were done because they repented not 21 Wo be to 〈◊〉 Chorazin Wo be to thee Bethsaida for if the great workes whiche were done in you had bene done in Tyrus and Sidon they had repented long agone in 〈◊〉 and ashes 22 But I say to you It shal be easier for Tyrus and Sidon at the day of iudgement then for you 23 And thou Capernaum whiche art lifted vp vnto heauen shalt be broght downe to hell for if the great workes whiche haue bene done in thee had bene done among them of Sodom they had remained to this day 24 But I say vnto you that it shal be easier for them of the land of Sodom in the day of iudgement then for thee 25 * At that time Iesus answered and said I giue thee thankes ô Father Lord of heauen and earth because thou hast hid these things from the wise and men of vnderstandyng hast opened them vnto babes 26 It is so ô Father because thy good pleasure was suche 27 * Al things are giuen vnto me of my Father and * no man knoweth the Sonne but the Father nether knoweth any man the Father but the Sonne and he to whome the Sonne will reueile him 28 Come vnto me all ye that are wearie and laden and I wil ease you 29 Take my yoke on you and learne of me that I am meke and lowlie in heart and ye shal finde * rest vnto your soules 30 * For my yoke is easie and my burden light CHAP. XII 3 Christ excuseth his disciples which plucke the eares of corne 10 He healeth the dryed hand 22 Helpeth the possessed that was blinde and domme 31 〈◊〉 34 The generacion of vipers 35 Of good wordes 36. Of idle wordes 38 He rebuketh the vnfaithful that wolde nedes haue tokens 49 And sheweth who is his brother sister and mother 1 AT * that time Iesus wēt on a Sabbath day through the corne ād his disciples were an hungred and began to plucke the eares of corne and to eat 2 And when the Pharises sawe it they said vnto him Beholde thy disciples do that which is not lawful to do vpon the Sabbath 3 But he said vnto them * Haue ye not red what Dauid did when he was an hungred ād they that were with him 4 How he entred into the House of God and ate the shewe bread which was not lawful for him to eat nether for them which were with him but onely for the * Priests 5 Or haue ye not red in the Law how that on the Sabbath dayes the Priests in the Temple * breake the Sabbath and are blameles 6 But I say vnto you that here is one greater then the Temple 7 Wherefore if ye knewe what this is * wil haue mercie and not sacrifice ye wolde not haue condemned the innocents 8 For the sonne of man is Lord euen of the Sabbath 9 * And he departed thence and went into their Synagogue 10 And beholde there was a man which had his hand dryed vp And they asked him saying Is it lawful to heale vpon a Sabbath day that they might accuse him 11 And he said vnto them What man shal there be among you that shal haue a shepe and if it fall on a Sabbath day into a pit wil not he take it and lift it out 12 How muche more then is a man better then a shepe therefore it is lawful to do wel on a Sabbath day 13 Then said he to the man Stretch forthe thine hand And he stretched it forthe and it was made whole as the other 14 Then the Pharises went out and consulted against him how they might destroye him 15 But when Iesus knewe it he departed thence and great multitudes followed him and he healed them all 16 And charged them that they shulde not ma ke him knowen 17 That it might be fulfilled which was spoken by Esaias the Prophet saying 18 * Beholde my seruant whome I haue chosen my beloued in whome my soule deliteth I wil put my Spirit on him and he shal shewe iudgement to the Gentiles 19 He shal not striue nor crye nethershal anie man heare his voyce in the stretes 20 A bruised rede shal he
the one shal be receiued the other shal be refused 41 Two women shal be grindring at the mil the one shal be receiued and the other shal be refused 42 * Wake therefore for ye knowe not what houre your master wil come 43 Of* this be sure that if the good man of the house knewe at what watche the thief wold come he wolde surely watche and not suffre his house to be digged through 44 Therefore be ye also readie for in the houre that ye thinke not wil the Sonne of man come 45 * Who then is a faithful seruant and wise whome his master hathe made ruler ouer his householde to giue them meat in season 46 Blessed is that seruant whome his master when he cometh shal finde so doing 47 Verely I say vnto you he shal make him ruler ouer all his goods 48 But if that euil seruant shal say in his heart My master doeth deferre his comming 49 And begin to smite his felowes and to eat and to drinke with the drunken 50 That seruants master wil come in a day whē he loketh not for him and in an houre that he is not ware of 51 And wil cut him of and giue him his portiō with hypocrites * there shal be weping and gnasshing of teeth CHAP XXV 1 By the similitude of the virgines Iesus teacheth euerie mā to watche 14 And by the talents to be diligent 31 The last iudgement 32 The shepe and the goates 35 The workes of the faithful 1 THen the kingdome of heauen shal be likened vnto tē virgins which toke their lampes and went to mete the bride grome 2 And fiue of them were wise and fiue foolish 3 The foolish toke their lampes but toke none oyle with them 4 But the wise toke oyle in their vessels with their lampes 5 Now while the bridegrome taryed long all slombred and slept 6 And and at midnight there was a crye made Beholde the bridegrome cometh go out to mete him 7 Then all those virgins arose and trimmed their lampes 8 And the foolish said to the wise Giue vs of your oyle for our lampes are out 9 But the wise answered saying We feare lest there wil not be ynough for vs and you but go ye rather to them that sel and bie for your selues 10 And while they went to bie the bridegrome came and they that were readie wēt in with him to the wedding the gate was shut 11 Afterwardes came also the other virgins saying Lord Lord open to vs. 12 But he answered and said Verely I say vnto you I knowe you not 13 * Watche therefore forye knowe nether the day nor the houre when the Sonne of man wil come 14 * For the kingdome of heauen is as a man that going into a strange countrey called his seruants and deliuered to them his goods 15 And vnto one he gaue fiue talents and to another two and to another one to euerie man after his owne habilitie and straight way went from home 16 Then he that had receiued the fiue talents went and occupied with them and gained other fiue talents 17 Like wise also he that receiued two he also gained other two 18 But he that receiued that one went and dig ged it the earth and hid his masters money 19 But after a long season the master of those seruants came and rekened with them 20 Then came he that had receiued fiue talēts and broght other fiue talents saying Master thou deliueredst vnto me fiue talēts behold I haue gained with them other fiue talents 21 Thē his master said vnto him It is wel done good seruant and faithful Thou hast bene faithful in litle I wil make thee ruler ouer much entre in into thy masters ioy 22 Also he that had receiued two talents came and said Master thou deliueredst vnto me two talents beholde I haue gained two other talents 〈◊〉 them 23 His master said vnto him It is wel done good seruant and faithful Thou hast bene faithful in litle I wil make thee ruler ouer muche enter into thy masters ioye 24 Then he which had receiued the one talēt came and said Master I knewe that thou wast an hard man which reapest where thou sowedst not ād gatherest where thou strawedst not 25 I was therefore afraide and went and hid thy talent in the earth beholde thou hast thine owne 26 And his master answered and said vnto him Thou euil seruāt slouthful thou knowest that I reap where I sowed not and gather where I strawed not 27 Thou oghtest therefore to haue put my mo ney to the exchangers and then at my comming shulde I haue receiued mine owne with vantage 28 Take therefore the talent from him and giue it vnto him which hathe ten talents 29 * For vnto euerie man that hathe it shal be giuen and he shal haue abundance and frō him that hathe not euen that he hathe shal be taken away 30 Cast therefore that vnprofitable seruant into vtter* darkenes there shal be weping and gnasshing of teeth 31 ¶ And when the Sonne of man cometh in his glorie and all the holie Angels with him then shal he sit vpon the throne of his glorie 32 And before him shal be gathered all naciōs and he shal separate them one frō an other as a shepherde separateth the shepe from the goates 33 And he shal set the shepe on his right hand and the goates on the left 34 Then shal the King say to them on his right hand Come ye blessed of my Father inherite ye the kingdome prepared for you from the fundations of the worlde 35 * For I was an hungred and ye gaue me meat I thursted and ye gaue me drinke I was a stranger and ye lodged me 36 I was naked and ye clothed me I was * sicke and ye visited me I was in prison and ye came vnto me 37 Thenshal the righteous answere him saying Lord when sawe we thee an hungred ād fed thee or a thurst and gaue thee drinke 38 And when sawe we thee a stranger and lodged thee or naked and clothed thee 39 Or when sawe we thee sicke or in prison and came vnto thee 40 And the King shal answere and say vnto them Verely I say vnto you in as muche as ye haue done it vnto one of the least ofthese my brethren ye haue done it to me 41 Then shal he say vnto them on the left hād * Departe from me ye cursed into euerlasting fyre which is prepared for the deuil and his angels 42 For I was an hungred and ye gaue me no meat I thursted and ye gaue me no drinke 43 I was a stranger and ye lodged me not I was naked and ye clothed me not sicke and in prison and ye visited me not 44 Then shal they also answere
he had spoken these things while they behelde he was taken vp for a cloude toke him vp out of their sight 10 And while thei loked stedfastly towarde heauē as he went beholde two men stode by them in white apparel 11 Which also said Ye men of Galile why stād ye gasing into heauen This Iesus which is taken vp frō you into heauen shal so come as ye haue sene him go into heauen 12 ¶ Then returned they vnto Ierusalem from the mount that is called the mount of oliues which is nere to Ierusalem conteining a Sabbath dayes iourney 13 And when thei were come in they went vp into an vpper chamber where abode bothe Peter and Iames and Iohn and Andrewe Phi lippe Thomas Bartlemewe Matthewe Iames the sonne of Alpheus and Simon zelotes and Iudas Iames brother 14 These all continued with one accorde in prayer and supplicatiō with the womē and Marie the mother of Iesus and with his brethren 15 ¶ And in those dayes Peter stode vp in the middes of the disciples and said now the nō ber of names that were in one place were about an hundreth and twentie 16 Ye men and brethrē this Scripture must nedes haue bene fulfilled which the * holie Gost by the mouth of Dauid spake before of Iudas which was* guide to thē that toke Iesus 17 For he was nombred with vs and had obtei ned feloship in this ministration 18 He therefore hathe purchased a field with the rewarde of iniquitie and when he* had throwen downe him selfe head lōgs he brast a sondre in the middes and all his bowels gushed out 19 And it is knowen vnto all the inhabitans of Ierusalem in so muche that that field is called in their owne langage Aceldama that is The field of blood 20 For it is written in the boke of Psalmes * Let his habitacion be voyde and let no mādwell therein * also Let another take his charge 21 Wherefore of these men which haue cōpa nied with vs all the time that the Lord Iesus was conuersant among vs 22 Beginning from the Baptisme of Iohn vnto the day that he was taken vp from vs muste one of them be made a witnes with vs of his resurrection 23 And they presented two Ioseph called Barsabas whose surname was Iustus and Matthias 24 And they prayed saying Thou Lord which knowest the hearts of all men shewe whether of these two thou hast chosen 25 That he may take the roume of this ministration and Apostleship from which Iudas hathe gone astray to go to his owne place 26 Then they gaue forthe their lottes and the lot fel on Matthias he was by a cōmune consent counted with the Eleuen Apostles CHAP. II. 3 The Apóstles hauing receiued the holie Gost make their hearers astonished 14 When Peter had stopped the mouthes of the mockers he 〈◊〉 by thy visible graces of the holie Spirit that Christ is come 41 He baptizeth a great nomber that were conuerted 42 The godlie exer cise charitie and diuers vertues of the faithful 1 ANd when the day of Pentecoste was come they were all with one accorde in one place 2 And* suddenly there came a sounde frō heauen as of a russhing and mightie winde it filled all the house where they sate 3 And there appeared vnto them clouen tongues like fyre and it sate vpon eche of them 4 And they were all silled with the holie Gost and began to speake with other tongues as the Spirit gaue them vtterance 5 And there were dwelling at Ierusalem Iewes men that feared God of 〈◊〉 nation vnder heauen 6 Now when this was noised the multitude came together and were astonied because that euerie man heard them spake his owne langage 7 And they wondred all and marueiled saying 〈◊〉 them selues Beholde are not all these which speake of Galile 8 How then heare we euerie man our owne langage wherein we were borne 9 Parthians and Medes and Elamites and the inhabitans of Mesopotamia and of Iudea and of Cappadocia of Pontus and Asia 10 And of Phrygia and Pamphilia of Egypt of the parties of Lybia which is beside Cyrene and strangers of Rome and Iewes and proselytes 11 Cretes and Arabians we heard thē speake in our owne tōgues the wonderful workes of God 12 They were all then amased and douted saying one to another What may this be 13 And others mocked and said They are ful of newe wine 14 ¶ But Peter standing with the Eleuen lift vp his voice and said vnto them Ye men of Iudea and ye all that inhabit Ierusalem be this knowen vnto you and hearken vnto my wordes 15 For these are not drōkē as ye suppose since it is but the thirde houre of the day 16 But this is that which was spoken by the Prophet * Ioel 17 And it shal be in the last dayes saith God I wil powre out of my Spirit vpon all flesh and your sonnes your daughters shal prophecie and your yong men shal se visions your olde men shal dreame dreames 18 And on my seruāts on mine handemaides I wil powre out of my Spirit in those dayes and they shal prophecie 19 And I wil shewe wonders in heauen aboue and tokens in the earth beneth blood and fyre and the vapour of smoke 20 * The sunne shal be turned into darkenes and the moone into blood before that great and notable day of the Lord come 21 And it shal be * that whosoeuer shal call on the Name of the Lord shal be saued 22 Ye mē of Israel heare these wordes IESVS of Nazaret a man approued of God among you with great workes and wondres and signes which God did by him in the middes of you as ye your selues also knowe 23 Him I say haue ye taken by the hands of the wicked being deliuered by the determinate counsel and fore knowledge of God and haue crucified and slaine 24 Whome God hathe 〈◊〉 vp and losed the sorowes of death because it was vnpossible that he shulde be holden of it 25 For Dauid saith concerning him * I beheld the Lord alwayes before me for he is at my right hand that I shulde not be 〈◊〉 26 Therefore did mine heart reioyce and my tongue was glad and moreouer also my flesh shalrest in hope 27 Because thou wilt not leaue my soule in graue nether wilt suffer thine holie one to se corruption 28 Thou hast shewed me the wayes of lyfe and shalt make me ful ofioye with thy coun tenance 29 Men ād brethren I may boldely speake vn to you of the Patriarke Dauid * that he is bothe dead and buryed ād his sepulchre remaineth with vs vnto this day
preacher of righteousnes and broght in the flood vpon the worlde of the vngodlie 6 And * turned the cities of Sodome and Gomorrhe into ashes condemned them and ouerthrewe thē ād made them an ensample vnto them that after shulde liue vngodlie 7 * And deliuered iuste Loth vexed with the vnclenlie conuersation of the wicked 8 For he being righteous dwellyng among them in seing and hearing vexed his righteous soule from day to day with their vnlawful dedes 9 The Lorde knoweth to deliuer the godlye out of tentation and to reserue the vniust vnto the day of iudgement to be punished 10 And chiefely thē that walke after the flesh in the lust of vnclennes and despise the gouernement whiche are presumpteous and stand in their owne conceite and feare not to speake euill of thē that are in dignitie 11 Where as the Angels which are greater both in power and might * giue not railing iudgement against them before the Lord. 12 But these as brute beasts led with sensualitie and made to be taken and destroyed speake euil of those things which they knowe not and shal perish through their owne corruption 13 And shal receiue the wages of vnrighteousnes as they which counte it pleasure to liue deliciously for a season Spottes they are ād blottes deliting them selues in their deceiuings in feasting with you 14 Hauing eyes ful of adulterie and that can not cease to sinne beguiling vnstable soules they haue hearts exercised with couetousnes cursed children 15 Whiche forsakyng the right waye haue gone astraye following the way of * Balaam the sonne of Bosor which loued the wages of vnrighteousnes 16 But he was rebuked for his iniquitie for the domme asse speaking with mans voyce forbade the foolishnes of the Prophet 17 * These are welles without water and cloudes caryed about with atēpest to whom the blacke darkenes is reserued for euer 18 For in speaking swelling wordes of vanitie they beguile with wantonnes through the lustes of the flesh them that were cleane esca ped from thē which are wrapped in errour 19 Promising vnto them libertie and are them selues the * seruants of corruption for of who me so euer a man is ouer come euen vnto the same is he in bondage 20 * For if they after they haue escaped from the filthines of the worlde through the knowledge of the Lord and of the Sauiour Iesus Chaist are yet tangled againe therein and ouercome the latter end is worse with them then the beginning 21 For it had bene better for them not to haue knowen the way of righteousnes then after they haue knowen it to turne from the holie commandement giuen vnto them 22 But it is come vnto them according to the true prouerbe * The dogge is returned to his owne vomit The sowe that was washed to the wallowing in the myer CHAP. III. 3 He sheweth the impitie of them which mocke at Gode promises 7 After what sorte the end of the worlde shal be 8 That they prepare them selues thereunto 16 who they are which abuse the writings of S. Paul and the rest of the Scriptures 18 Concluding with cternal thankes to Christ Iesus 1 THis seconde Epistle I now write vnto you beloued where with stirre vp and warne your pure mindes 2 To call to remembrance the wordes which were tolde before of the holie Prophetes also the commandement of vs the Apostles of the Lord and Sauiour 3 * This first vnderstand that 〈◊〉 shal come in the last dayes mockers which wil walke after their lustes 4 And say Where is the promes of his cōming for since the fathers dyed all things continue a like from the beginning of the creation 5 For this they willingly knowe not that the heauens were of olde and the earth that was of the water and by the water by the worde of God 6 Wherefore the worlde that then was perished ouer flowed with the water 7 But the heauens and earth whiche are now are kept by the same worde in store and reserued vnto fyre against the day of iudgement and of the destruction of vngodlie men 8 Derely beloued be not ignorant of this one thyng that one day is with the Lorde * as a thousand yeres and a thousand yere as one day 9 The Lorde is not slacke concernyng hys promes assome men count slackenes but is pacient towarde vs and * wolde haue no man to perish but wolde all men to come to repentance 10 * But the day of the Lord wil come as a thief in the night in the whiche the heauens shall passe away with a noyce and the elements shal melt with heate and the earth with the workes that are therin shal be burnt vp 11 Seing therefore that all these things must be dissolued what maner persones ought ye to be in holie conuersation and godlines 12 Loking for and hasting vnto the comming of the day of God by the which the heauens being on fyre shal be dissolued and the elements shalt melt with heat 13 But we loke for * new heauens and a new earth according to his promes wherein dwelleth righteousnes 14 Wherefore beloued seing that ye loke for suche things be diligent that ye may be founde of him in peace without spotte blameles 15 * And suppose that the long suffring of our Lord is saluation euen as our beloued brother Paul according to the wisdome giuen vnto him wrote to you 16 As one that in all his Epistles speaketh of these things among the which some things are hard to be vnderstand which they that are vnlearned and vnstable peruert as they do also other Scriptures vnto their owne destruction 17 Ye therefore beloued seing ye know these things before beware lest ye be also plucked away with the errour of the wicked fall from your owne stedfastnes 18 But growe in grace and in the knowledge of our Lord and Sauiour Iesus Christ to hym be glorie bothe now and for euer more Amen THE FIRST EPISTLE generall of Iohn THE ARGVMENT AFter that S. Iohn had sufficiently declared how that our whole saluation doeth consiste onely in Christ lest that any man shulde thereby take a boldenes to sinne he sheweth that no man can beleue in Christ onles he doeth endeuour him self to kepe his commandements which thing being done he exhorteth them to beware of false prophetes whome he calleth Antichrists and to trye the spirits Laste of all he doeth earnestly exhorte them vnto brotherlie loue and to beware of 〈◊〉 CHAP. I. 2 True witnes of the euerlasting worde of God 7 The blood of Christ is the purgation of sinne 10 No man is without sinne 1 THat which was from the beginning which we haue heard which we haue sene with our eyes which we haue loked vpon and our hands
intention semed good and necessarie and of Iosiah also who for greate considerations was moued for the defence of true Religion and his people to fight agaynste Pharaoh Necho Kyng of Egypt may sufficiently admonish vs. Laste of all moste graciōus Quene for the aduancement of this buyldyng and rearyng vp of the worke two things are necessarie First that we haue a lyuely and sted fast faith in Christ Iesus who must dwel in our heartes as the only meanes and assurance of our saluation for he is the ladder that reacheth from the earth to heauen he lifteth vp his Churche and setteth it in the hea uenly places he maketh vs lyuely stones and buildeth vs vpon him selfe he ioyneth vs to hym selfe as the membres and body to the head yea he maketh him selfe ād his Church one Christ. The next is that our faith bring forthe good fruites so that our godly conuersation may serue vs as a witnes to confirme our election and by an example to all others to walke as apperteyneth to the vocation whereunto they are called leste the worde of God be euill spoken of and this buyldyng be stayed to growe vp to a iuste heyght whiche can not be without the greate prouocation of Gods iuste vengeance and discouragyng of many thousandes through all the worlde if they shulde se that our life were notholy and agreable to our profession For the eyes of all that feare God in al places beholde your countreyes as an example to all that beleue and the prayers of all the godly at all tymes are directed to God for the preseruation of your maiestie For consideryng Gods wonderfull mercies towarde you at all seasons who hathe pulled you out of the mouth of the lyons and howe that from your youth you haue bene broght vp in the holy Scriptures the hope of all men is so increased that they can not but looke that God shulde bryng to passe some wonderful worke by your grace to the vniuersall comforte of hys Churche Therefore euen aboue strength you muste she we your selfe strong and bolde in Gods matters and thogh Satan lay all his power and crafte together to hurt and hinder the Lordes building yet be you assured that God will fight from heauen againste this great dragon the ancient serpent whiche is called the deuill and Satan till he haue accomplished the whole worke and made his Churche glorious to hym selfe without spot or wrincle For albeit all other kingdomes and monarchies as the Babylonians Persians Grecians and Romaines haue fallen and taken end yet the Churche of Christe euen vnder the Crosse hathe from the begynning of the worlde bene victorious and shal be euerlastyngly Trueth it is that sometyme it semeth to be shadowed with a cloude or driuen with a stormie persecution yet suddenly the beames of Christ the sunne of iustice shine and bryng it to light and libertie If for a tyme it lye couered with ashes yet it is quickely kindeled agayne by the wynde of Gods Spirit thogh it seme drowned in the sea or parched and pyned in the wildernes yet GOD giueth euer good successe for he punysheth enemyes and deliuereth hys nourisheth thē and still preserueth them vnder hys wyngs This Lord of Lordes and King of kings who hath euer defended his strengthen comfort and preserue your maiestie that you maye be able to builde vp the ruines of Gods house to hys glorie the discharge of your conscience and to the comfort of all them that loue the commyng of Christ Iesus our Lord. From Geneua 10. April 1561. TO OVR BELOVED IN THE LORD THE BRETHREN OF ENGLAND Scotland Ireland c. Grace mercie and peace through Christ Iesus BEsides the manifolde and continuall benefites whiche almyghtie God bestoweth vpon vs bothe corporall and spirituall we are especially bounde deare brethren to giue him thankes without ceasing for hys great grace and vnspeakable mercies in that it hathe pleased hym to call vs vnto this meruelous lyght of his Gospel and mercifully to regarde vs after so horrible back esliding and falling away from CHRIST to ANTICHRIST from lyght to darcknes from the liuing God to dumme and dead idoles and that after so cruell murther of Gods Saintes as alas hathe bene among vs we are not altogether cast of as were the Israelites and many others for the like or not so manifest wickednes but receiued againe to gra ce with moste euident signes and tokens of Gods especialloue and fauour To the intent therefore that we may not be vnmyndefull of these greate merecies but seke by all meanes accordyng to ourduetie to be thank efull for the same it behoueth vs so to walke in his feare and loue that all the dayes of our life we maye procure the glorie of his holy name Now forasmuche as thys th ing chefely is atteyned by the knollage and practising of the worde of God which is the light to our paths the keye of the kyngdome of heauen our comforte in affliction our shielde and sworde against Satan the schoole of all wisdome the glasse wherein we beholde Gods face the testimonie of his fauour and the only foode and nourishement of our soules we thoght that we colde bestowe our labours and studie in nothyng whiche colde be more acceptable to God and comfortable to his Church then in the translating of the holy Scriptures into our natiue tongue the which thing albeit that diuers heretofore haue indeuored to atchieue yet consideryng the infancie of those tymes and imperfect knollage of the tongues in respect of thys rype age and cleare light whiche God hath now reueiled the translations required greatly to be perused and reformed Not that we vendicat anything to our selues aboue the least of our brethren for God knoweth wyth what feare tremblyng we haue bene nowe for the space of two yeres more daye and nyght occupied herein but beyng earnestly desired and by diuers whose learnyng and godlines we reuerence exhorted and also incouraged by the ready willes of suche whose heartes God lyke wise touched not to spare any charges for the fortherance of suche a benefite and fauour of God towarde his Churche thogh the tyme then was moste dangerous and the persecution sharpe and furious we submitted our selues at length to their godly iudgementes and seing the great oportunitie and occasions whiche God presented vnto vs in this Church by rea son of so many godly and learned men and suche diuersities of translations in diuers tongues we vnder toke this great and wonderful worke with all reuerence as in the presence of God as intreating the worde of God whereunto we thinke ourselues vnsufficient whiche nowe God according to his diuine prouidence and mercie hath directed to a moste prosperous end And this we may with good conscience protest that we haue in euery point and worde accordyng to the measure of that knollage whiche it pleased almightie God to giue vs
begate Henóch eight hundreth yeres and begate sonnes and daughters 20 So all the dayes of Iéred were nine hundreth sixty and two yeres he dyed 21 ¶ * Also Henóch liued sixty and fiue yeres and begate Methushélah 22 And Henóch walked with God after he begate Methushélah thre hundreth hundreth yeres and begate sonnes and daughters 23 So all the daies of Henóch were thre hundreth sixty and fiue yeres 24 And Henōch walked with God and he was no more sene for God token him away 25 Methushélah also liued an hundreth eighty and seuen yeres and begate Lámech 26 And Methushélah liued after he begate Lámech seuen hundreth eighty and two ye res and begate sonnes and daughters 27 So all the dayes of Methushélah were nine hundreth sixty and nine yeres and he dyed 28 ¶ Then Lámech liued an hundreth eighty and two yeres and begate a sonne 29 And called his name Nōah saying This sa me shal comforte vs concerning our wor ke and sorowe of our hands as touching the earth which the Lord hathe cursed 30 And Lámech liued after he begate Nóáh fiue hundreth ninety and fiue yeres and begate sonnes and daughters 31 So all the dayes of Lámech were seuen hundreth seuenty and seuen yeres and he dyed 32 And Noah was fiue hundreth yere olde And Nóah begate Shem Ham and Iápheth CHAP. VI. 3 God threateneth to bring the flood 5 Man is altogether corrupt 18 Nóah is preserued in the Arke which he was commanded to make 1 SO when men began to be multiplied vpon the earth and there were daughters borne vnto them 2 Then the sonnes of God 〈◊〉 the daughters of men that they were faire and they toke them wiues of all that they liked 3 Therefore the Lord said My Spirit shal not alway striue with man because he is bu flesh his dayes shal be an hundreth and twentie yeres 4 There were gyantes in the earth in those dayes yea and after that the sonnes of God came vnto the daughters of men and they had borne them children these were mightie men which in olde time were men of renoume 5 ¶ When the Lord sawe that the wickednes of man was great in the earth all the ima ginacions of the thoghts of his * heart we re onely euil continually 6 Then it repēted the Lord that he had ma de man in the earth and he was sorie in his heart 7 Therefore the Lord said I wil destroye frō the earth the man whome I haue created from man to beast to creping thing and to the foule of the heauen for I repent that I haue made them 8 But Nóah founde grace in the eyes of the Lord. 9 ¶ These are the generacions of Nóah Nóah was a iuste and vpright man in his time and walked with God 10 And Nóah begate thre sonnes Shem Ham and Iápheth 11 The earth also was corrupt before God for the earth was filled with crueltie 12 Then God loked vpon the earth and beholde it was corrupt for all flesh had corrupt his way vpon the earth 13 And GOD said vnto Nóah An end of all flesh is come before me for the earth is filled with crueltie through thé and beholde I wil destroye them with the earth 14 ¶ Make thee an Arke of pine trees thou shalt make cabine in the Arke and shalt pytch it within and without with pytch 15 And thus shalt thou make it The length of the Arke shal be thre hundreth cubites the breadth of it fiftie cubites and the height of it thirtie cubites 16 A windowe shalt thou marke in the Arke and in cubite shalt thou finish it aboue and the dore of the Arke shalt thou set in the side thereof thou shalt make it with the lowe seconde and third roume 17 And I beholde I wil bring a flood of waters vpon the earth to destroye all flesh wherein is the breath of life vnder the heauen al that is in the earth shall perish 18 But with thee wil establish my couenant and thou shalt go into the Arke thou and thy sonnes and thy wife and thy sonnes wiues with thee 19 And of euerie liuing thing of all flesh two of euerie sorte shalt thou cause to come into the Arke to kepe thē aliue with thee they shal be male and female 20 Of the foules after their kinde and of the cattel after their kinde of euerie crepyng thing of the earth after his kinde two of euerie sorte shall come vnto thee that thou maiest kepe them aliue 21 And take thou with thee of all meat that is eaten and thou shalt gather it to thee that it may be meat for thee and for them 22 * Nóah therefore did according vnto all that God cōmanded him euen so did he A B The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hundreth cubites A. C. The breadeth fisty D. E. The height thirty E. The windowe a cubite long F. The dore G. H. I. I. The thre 〈◊〉 CHAP. VII 1 Nóah and entre into the Arke 20 The flood destroyeth all the rest vpon the 〈◊〉 1 ANd the Lord said vnto Nôah Entre thou and all thine house into the Arke for thee haue I sene * righteous before me in this age 2 Of euerie cleane beast thou shalt take to thee by seuens the male and his female but of vncleane beastes by couple the male and his female 3 Of the foules also of the heauen by seuens male and female to kepe sede aliue vpon the whole earth 4 For seuen dayes hence I will cause it raine vpon the earth fourthy dayes and fourty nights and al the substance that I haue made will I destroye from of the earth 5 * Nôah therefore did accordyng vnto all that the Lord commanded him 6 And Nôah was six 〈◊〉 yeres olde whē the flood of waters was vpon the earth 7 ¶ So Nôah entred and his sonnes his wife and his sonnes wiues with him into the Arke because of the waters of the flood 8 Of the cleane beastes and of the vncleane beastes and of the foules and of all that crepeth vpon the earth 9 There came two and two vnto Nōah into the Arke male and female as God had commanded Nôah 10 And so after seuen dayes the waters of the flood were vpon the earth 11 ¶ In the six hundreth yere of Noahs life in the seconde moneth the seuententh day of the moneth in the same day were all the fountaines of the great depe broken vp and the windowes of heauen were opened 12 And the raine was vppon the earth fourty dayes and fourty nights 13 In the selfe same day entred Nôah with Shem and 〈◊〉 and Iápheth the sonnes of Nôah and Noahs wife and the thre wiues of his sonnes with the into them Arke 14 They and euerie beast after his kinde and all cattel after
27 Mosés is permitted to se the land but not to enter albeit he desired it 1 THen we turned and wentvp by the way of Bashán * and Og Kinge of Bashán came out against vs he and all his people to fight at Edréi 2 And the Lord said vnto me Feare him not for I will deliuer him and all his people and his land into thine hande and thou shalt do vnto him as thou diddest vnto * Sihôn King of the Amorites which dwelt at Heshbón 3 So the Lord our God deliuered also vnto our hand * Og the King of Bashán and all his people and we smote him vntill none was left him aliue 4 And we toke all his Cities the same tyme nether was there a Citie whiche we toke not from them euē thre score cities all the countrey of Argôb the kingedome of Og in Bashán 5 All these cities were fenced with hie walles gates and barres beside vn walled townes a great many 6 And we ouerthrewe them as we did vnto Sihôn King of Heshbòn destroying euerie citie with men women and children 7 But all the cattel and the spoile of the Cities we toke for our selues 8 Thus we toke at that time out of the hand of two Kings of the Amorites the lād that was on this side Iordén frome the riuer of Arnôn vnto mount Hermón 9 Which Hermón the Sidonians call Shiriôn but the Amorites call it Shenir 10 All the cities of the plaine and all Gileád and all Bashán vnto Salcháh and Edréi Cities of the kyngedome of Og in Bashán 11 For onelie Og Kynge of Bashán remayned of the remnant of the gyants whose bed was a bed of yron is it not at Rabbáth amonge the children of Ammon the length thereof is nine cubites and foure cubites the bredth of it after the cubite of a man 12 And this land which we possessed at that time from Aroér whiche is by the riuer of Arnón and halfe mount Gileád * and the cities thereof gaue I vnto the Reubenites and Gadites 13 And the rest of Gileád and all Bashán the kingdome of Og gaue I vnto the half tribe of Manasséh euen all the countrey of Argób with all Bashán whiche is called The land of gyantes 14 Iair the sonne of Manasséh toke all the countrey of Argôb vnto the coastes of Geshuri and called them after hys owne name Bashán Hauoth Iair vnto this day 15 And I gaue parte of Gileád vnto Machir 16 And vnto the Reubenites and Gadites I gaue the rest of Gileád and vnto the riuer of Arnón halfe the riuer and the borders euen vnto the riuer Iabbók which is the border of the children of Ammón 17 The plaine also and Iordén and the borders from Chinnéreth euen vnto the Sea of the plaine to wit the salt Sea vnder the springs of Pisgáh East warde 18 ¶ And I commanded you the same tyme saying The Lord your God hathe giué you this land to possesse it ye shall go ouer armed before your brethren the children of Israél all men of warre 19 Your wiues on elie and your childrē and your cattel for I know that ye haue much cattell shall abide in your cities whiche I haue giuen you 20 Vntill the Lord haue giuen rest vnto your bretheren as vnto you and that they also possesse the land which the Lord your God hathe giuen them beyonde Iordén thē shal ye * returne euerie man vnto his possessiō which I haue giuen you 21 ¶ * And I charged Ioshûa the same tyme saying Thine eies haue sene all that the Lord your God hathe done vnto these two Kings so shal the Lord do vnto al the kingdomes whither thou goest 22 Ye shal not feare them for the Lorde your God he shall fight for you 23 And I besoght the Lorde the same tyme saying 24 O Lord God thou haste begonne to shew thy seruant thy greatnes and thy mightye hand for where is there a God in heauē or in earth that can do like thy workes and like thy power 25 I pray thee let me go ouer and sethe good land that is beyonde Iordén that goodlie mountaine and Lebanôn 26 But the Lord was angry with me for your sakes and wolde not heare me the Lord said vnto me Let it suffice thee speake no more vnto me of this matter 27 Get thee vp into the top of Pisgáh and lift vp thine eyes Westward Northward and Southward and Eastward and behold it with thine eyes for thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén 28 But charge Ioshúa and in courage him bolden him for he shal go before this people and he shal deuide for inheritāce vnto them the land which thou shalt se. 29 So we abode in the valley ouer agaynste Beth-Peôr CHAP. IIII. 1 An exhortaciō to obserue the Law without adding therto or diminishing 6 Therein standeth our wisedome 9 VVe must teache it to our children 15 No image ought to be made to worship 26 Threatenings against them that forsake the Lawe of God 37 God chose the sede because he loued theyr Fathers 43 The thre Cities of refuge 〈◊〉 1 NOw therefore hearken ô Israél vnto the ordināces and to the lawes which I teach you to do that ye may liue and go in and possesse the land which the LORD God of your fathers giueth you 2 Ye shall put nothynge vnto the worde which I commāde you nether shal ye take ought there from that ye may kepe the commandements of the Lord your GOD which I commande you 3 Your eyes haue sene what the Lorde did because of Baal-Peôr for all the men that followed Baal-Peôr the Lord thy GOD hath destroyed euerie one from amōg you 4 But ye that did cleaue vnto the Lord your God are aliue euerie one of you this day 5 Beholde I haue taught you ordinances and lawes as the Lord my God commanded me that ye shuld do euen so with in the land whither ye go to possesse it 6 Kepe them therefore and do them for that is your wisdome and your vnderstanding in the sight of the people which shal heare all these ordinances and shall say Onely this people is wise and of vnderstanding and a great nacion 7 For what nacion is so great vnto whome the Gods come so nere vnto them as the Lord our God is nere vnto vs in all that we call vnto him for 8 And what nacion is so great that hath ordinances and lawes so righteous as al this Lawe whiche I set before you this day 9 But take hede to thy selfe and kepe thy soule diligently that thou forget not the things which thine eyes haue sene that they departe not out of thine heart all the daies of thy life but teache thē thy sonnes and thy sonnes sonnes 10 Forget not the day that thou stodest before the Lord thy God in Horéb
once lest the beastes of the field increase vpon thee 23 But the Lord thy God shal giue them befo re thee and shal destroy thē with a mighty destruction vntil they be broght to noght 24 And he shal deliuer their Kings into thine hand and thou shalt destroy their name from vnder heauen there shal no man be able to stand before thee vntil thou hast destroied them 25 The grauen images of their gods shal ye burne with fire and * couet not the siluer and golde that is on them nor take it vn to thee lest thou be snared there with for it is an a bominacion before the Lord thy God 26 Bring not therefore abominacion into thine house lest thou be accursed like it but vtterly abhorre it counte it moste abominable for it is * accursed CHAP. VIII 2 God humbleth the Israelites to trie what they haue in their heart 5 God chasticeth them as his 〈◊〉 14 The heart ought no to be proude for Gods benefites 19 The 〈◊〉 of Gods benesites causeth destruction 1 YE shal kepe all the commandements which I commande thee this day for to do them that ye may 〈◊〉 and be mul tiplied and go in possesse the lād which the Lord sware vnto yourfathers 2 And thou shalt remēber all the way which the Lord thy God led thee this fourty yere in the wildernes for to humble thee and to proue thee to knowe what was in thine heart whether thou woldest kepe his cōmandements or no. 3 Therefore he hūbled thee and made thee hungry fed thee with Man which thou knewest not nether did thy fathers know it that he might teache thee that man liueth nor by bread onely but by euerie worde that proceadeth out of the mouth of the Lord doeth a man liue 4 Thy rayment waxed not olde vpon thee nether did thy fote swel those fourtie yeres 5 Knowe therefore in thine heart that as a man nourtereth his sonne so the Lord thy God nourtereth thee 6 Therefore shalt thou kepe the commande ments of the Lord thy GOD that thou maiest walke in his wayes and feare him 7 For the Lord thy god bringeth thee into a good land a land in the which are riuers of water and fountaines and dephtes that spring out of vale is and mountaines 8 A land of wheat and barley and of vineyardes and fig trees and pomgranates a land of oyle oliue and honey 9 A land wherein thou shalt eat bread without scarcetie nether shalte thou lacke anie thing therin a lād whose stones are yron and out of whose mountains thou shalt digge brasse 10 And when thou hast eaten and filled thy self thou shalt blesse the Lord thy God for the good land which he hath giuen thee 11 Beware that thou forget not the Lord thy God not keping his commandements his lawes and his ordinances which I commande thee this day 12 Lest when thou hast eaten and filled thy selfe hast buylt goodly houses dwelt therein 13 And thy beastes and thy shepe are increa sed and thy siluer and golde is multiplied and all that thou hast is encreased 14 Then thine heart be lifted vp and thou forget the Lord thy God which broght the out of the land of Egypt from the hou se of bondage 15 Who was thy guide in the great and terri ble wildernes 〈◊〉 wherein were firy serpēts and scorpions and drought where was no water * who broght forthe water for thee out of the rocke of flinte 16 Who fed thee in the 〈◊〉 with * Mā which thy fathers knewe not to humble thee and to proue thee that he might do thee good at thy latter end 17 Beware lest thou say in thine heart My power and the strength of mine owne hād hathe prepared me this abundance 18 But remember the Lord thy God for it is he which giueth thee power to get substance to establish his couenant which he sware vnto thy fathers as appeareth this day 19 And if thou forget the Lord thy God and walke after other gods and serue them worship thē I testifie vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish 20 As the nacions which the Lord destroyeth before you so ye shal perish because ye wolde not be obedient vnto the voyce of the Lord your God CHAP. IX 4 God doeth them not good for their owne righteousnes but for his owne sake 7 Mosés putteth them in 〈◊〉 of their sinnes 17 The two tables are broken 16 Mosés prayeth for the people 1 HEare o Israél Thou shalt passe ouer Iordén this day to go in and to pos sesse nacions greater and mightier then thy selfe and cities great and walled vp to heauen 2 A people great and tal euen the childrē of the Anakims whome thou knowest of whome thou hast heard say Who can stand before the children of Anák 3 Vnderstand therefore that this day the Lord thy God is he which goeth ouer be fore thee as a consuming fire he shal destroy them and he shal bring them downe before thy face so thou shalt cast thē out and destroye them sodenly as the Lord hathe said vnto thee 4 Speake not thou in thine heart after that the Lord thy God hath cast them out befo rethee saying For my righteousnes the Lord hathe broght me in to possesse this land but for the wickednes of these nacions the Lord hathe cast them out before thee 5 For thou entrest not to inherit their land for thy righteousnes or for thy vp right heart but for the wickednes of those nacions the Lord thy God doeth cast them out before thee that he might perfourme the worde which the Lord thy GOD sware vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaákob 6 Vnderstand therefore that the Lord thy God giueth thee not this good lād to possesse it for thy righteousnes for thou art a stifnecked people 7 ¶ Remēber and forget not how thou prouokedst the Lord thy God to angre in the wildernes since the day that thou didest depart out of the lād of Egypt vntil ye came vnto this place ye haue rebelled agaīst the Lord. 8 Also in Horêb ye prouoked the Lord to an gre so that the Lord was 〈◊〉 with you euen to destroy you 9 When I was gone vp in to the mount to receiue the tables of stone the tables I say of the couenāt which the Lord made with you * I a bode in the mount forty dayes and fortie nightes and I nether ate bread nor yet dranke water 10 * Then the Lord deliuered me two tables of stone written with the finger of God and in them was conteined according to all the wordes which the Lord had said vn to you in the mounte out of the middes of the fire in the day of the assemblie 11 And when the fortie dayes fortie nightes were ended
Dauid so there was a great slaughter that day euen of twentie thousand 8 ¶ For the battel was skatred ouer all the countrey and the wood deuoured muche more people that day then did the sworde 9 ¶ Now Absalōm met the seruants of Dauid and Absalóm rode vpō a mule and the mule came vnder a great thicke oke and his head caught holde of the oke and he he was taken vp betwene the heauen the earthe the mule that was vnderhim went away 10 And one that sawe it tolde Ioáb saying Beholde I sawe Absalom hāged in an oke 11 Then Ioáb said vnto the mā that tolde him And hast thou in de de sene why then didest not thou there smite him to the groūd and I wolde haue giuē theeten k shekels of siluer and a girdle 12 Then the man said vnto Ioà b Thogh I shulde receiue a thousand shekels of siluer in mine hand yet wolde I not lay mine hand vpō the Kings sonne for in our hea ring the King charged thee and Abishai Ittai saying Bewarre lest anie touche the yong man Absalóm 13 If I had done it it had bene the danger of my life for nothing can be hid from the King yea thou thy selfe woldest haue bene against me 14 Then said Ioáb I wil not thus tary with thee And he toke thre dartes in his hand and thrust them through Absalóm while he was yet aliue in the middes of the oke 15 And ten seruants that bare Ioábs armour compassed about and smote Absalom and slewe him 16 Then Ioáb blewe the trumpet and the people returned from pursuing after Israél for Ioáb helde backe the people 17 And they toke Absalom and cast him into a great pit in the wood layed a mighty great heape of stones vpon him and all Israél fled euerie one to his tent 18 Now Absalóm in his life time had taken reared hī vp a piller which is in the * Kings dale for he said I haue no sonne to kepe my name in remembrance and he called the piller after his owne name and it is cal led vnto this day Absaloms place 19 ¶ Then said Ahimáaz the sonne of Zabók I pray thee let me runne beare the King tidings that the Lord hathe deliuered him out of the hand of his enemies 20 And Ioábsaid vnto him Thou shalt not be the messenger to day but thou shalt beare tidings another time but to day thou shalt beare none for the Kings sonne is dead 21 Then said Ioáb to Cushi Go tel the King what thou hast sene And Cushi bowed himselfe vnto Ioáb and ran 22 Then said Ahimáaz the sonne of Zadók againe to Ioáb What I pray thee if I also runne after Cushi And Ioáb said Wherefore now wilt thou runne my sonne seing that thou hast no tidings to bring 23 Yet what if I runne Then he said vnto him Runne So Ahimáaz ranne by the way of the plaine and ouerwent Cushi 24 Now Dauid sat betwene the two gates And the watcheman went to the top of the gate vpon the wall and lift vp hys eyes and sawe ād behold a man came running alone 25 And the watcheman cryed and tolde the Kyng And the Kyng sayde If he be alone he bryngeth tydyngs And he came apase and drewe nere 26 And the watchemen sawe an other man runnynge and the watcheman called vnto the porter and said Beholde another man runneth alone And the Kyng sayd He also bringeth tidings 27 And the watcheman said Me thinketh the 〈◊〉 of the formost is lyke the running of Ahimáaz the sonne of Zadok Then the Kyng said He is a good man and commeth with good tidings 18 And Ahimáaz called and sayde vnto the King Peace be with thee and he fel downe to the earth vpon his face before the Kyng and said Blessed be the Lorde thy God who hathe shut vp the men that lifte vp their hands against my Lord the King 29 And the King said Is the yong man Absalóm safe And Ahimáaz answered Whē Ioáb sent the Kings seruant and me thy seruāt I sawe a great tumulte but I knew not what 30 And the Kynge sayd vnto hym Turne aside and stand here so he turned aside and stode still 31 And beholde Cushi came and Cushi said Tidings my Lorde the King for the Lorde hath deliuered thee this day out of the hand of all that rose against thee 32 Then the King said vnto Cushi Is the yong man Absalom safe And Cushi aunswered The enemies of my Lorde the King and all that rise agaynste thee to do thee hurt be as that yong man is 33 And the Kyng was moued and went vp to the chamber ouer the gate and wept and as he went thus he said O my sonne Absalóm my sonne my sonne Absalóm wolde GOD I had dyed for thee ô Absalōm my sonne my sonne CHAP. XIX 7 Ioáb encourageth the King 8 Dauid is restored 23 Shimei is pardoned 24 Mephibosheth meeteth the King 39 Barzelai departeth 41 Israél 〈◊〉 with Iudah 1 ANd it was tolde Ioáb Beholde the King wepeth and mourneth for Absalōm 2 Therefore the victorie of that day was turned into mourning to all the people for the people heard say that daye The Kynge sorro weth for his sonne 3 And the people went that day into the citie secretly as people confounded hide them selues when they flee in battel 4 So the Kynge hid his face and the Kynge cryed with a low de voyce My sonne Absalóm Absalóm my sonne my sonne 5 ¶ Then Ioáb came into the house to the King and said Thou hast shamed this day the faces of all thy seruants which this day haue saued thy life and the liues of thy sonnes ād of thy daughters and the liues of thy wiues and the liues of thy concubines 6 In that thou louest thine enemies and hatest the friends for thou hast declared this day that thou regardest nether thy princes nor seruants therefore this day I perceiue that if Absalóm had liued and we all had dyed this daye that then it wolde haue pleased thee wel 7 Nowe therefore vp come out and speake comfortably vnto thy seruants for I sweare by the Lorde except thou come out there wil not tary one man with thee this night ād that wil be worse vnto thee then all the euil that fel on thee from thy youthe hetherto 8 Then the Kyng arose and sate in the gate and they tolde vnto all the people saying Beholde the King doeth sit in the gate and all the people came before the King for Israél had fled euerie man to his tent 9 ¶ Thē all the people were at strife through out all the tribes of Israél saying The King saued vs out of the hand of our enemies and he deliuered vs out of the hande of the Philistims and nowe he is fled out of the
Kynge from Iordén euen to Ierusaléw 3 When Dauid then came to hys house to Ierusalém the King toke the ten women his * concubines that he had left behinde him to kepe the house and put them in warde and fed them but laye no more with them but they were enclosed vnto the day of their death liuing in widowhode 4 ¶ Thē said the King to Amasá Assemble me the men of Iudáh within thre dayes and be thou here present 5 So Amasá went to assemble Iudáh but he taried longer then the time which he had ap pointed him 6 Thē Dauid said to Abishái Now shall Shéba the sonne of Bichri do vs more harme then did Absalóm take thou therefore thy lords seruants and followe after him lest he get him walled cities and escape vs. 7 And there went out after him Ioabs men and the * Cherethites and the Pelethites and all the mightie men and thei departed out of Ierusalém to followe after Shébathe sonne of Bichri 8 When thei were at the great stone which is 〈◊〉 Gibeón Amasá wēt before them Ioabs garment that he had put on was girded vnto him vpō it was a sworde girded which hanged on his loines in the sheath and as he went it vsed to falle out 9 And Ioáb said to Amasá 〈◊〉 thou in health my brother and Ioáb toke Amasá by the beard with the right hand to kisse him 10 But Amasá to 〈◊〉 no hede to the sworde that was in Ioabs hand for therewith he smote him in the fift rib and shed out his bowels to the groūde smote him not the secōde time so he dyed then Ioáb Abishái his bro ther followed after Shéba the sōne of Bichri 11 And one of Ioabs men stode by him said He that fauoreth Ioáb and he that is of Dauids parte let him go after Ioáb 12 And Amasá walowed in blood 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the way when the man sawe that all the people stode stil he remoued Amasá out of the way into the field and cast a 〈◊〉 vpon him because he sawe that euery one that came by him stode stil. 13 When he was remoued out of the way euery man went after Ioáb to followe after Shé ba the sonne of Bichri 14 And he went through all the tribes of Israél vnto Abél and Bethmaacháh all 〈◊〉 of Berim and thei gathered together and went also after him 15 So thei came be sieged him in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Bethmaacháh and thei cast vp a 〈◊〉 against the citie the people thereof stode on the ramper and all the people that was with Ioáb destroyed and cast downe the wall 16 Then cryed a wise woman out of the citie Heare heare I pray you say vnto Ioáb come thou hither that I may speake with thee 17 And when he came nere vnto her the woman said Art thou Ioáb And he answered Yea. And she said to him Heare the wordes of thine handmayd And he answered I do heare 18 Then she spake thus Thei spake in the old time saying Thei shulde aske of Abél and so haue 〈◊〉 continued 19 I am one of them that are peaceable and faithful in Israél and thou goest about to destroye a citie and a mother in Israél why wilt thou deuoure the inheritance of the Lord 20 And Ioáb answered and said God forbid God forbid it me that I shulde deuoure or destroye it 21 The matter is not so but a man of mount Ephráim Shéba the sonne of 〈◊〉 by name hathe lift vp his hand against the King euen against Dauid deliuer vs him onely I wil departe from the citie And the woman said vnto Ioáb Beholde his head shal be throwen to thee ouer the wall 22 Then the woman went vnto all the people with her wisdome and thei cut of the head of Shéba the sōne of Bichri cast it to Ioáb then he blewe the trumpet and theiretired frō the citie euery man to his tent and Ioáb returned to Ierusalém vnto the King 23 ¶ * Thē Ioáb was ouer all the hoste of Israél and Banaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá ouer the Cherethites and ouer the Pelethites 24 And Adorám ouer the tribute and Ioshaphát the sonne of Ahilúd the recorder 25 And Sheiá was scribe and Zadōk and Abiathár the Priests 26 And also Irá the Iairite was chief about Dauid CHAP. XXI 1 Thre deare yeres 9 The vengeance of the sinnes of Saúl lighteth on his seuen sonnes which are hanged 15 Foure great battels which Dauid had against the Philistims 1 THen there was a famine in the dayes of Dauid thre yeres together and Dauid asked counsel of the Lord and the Lord answered It is for Saúl and for his bloodie house because he slewe the Gibeonites 2 Then the King called the Gibeonites said vnto them Now the Gibeonites were not of the children of Israél but * a 〈◊〉 of the Amorites vnto whome the children of Israél had sworne but Saúl soght to slaye thē for his zeale toward the children of Israel Iudáh 3 And Dauid said vnto the Gibeonites What shal I do for you and wherewith shal I make the atonement that ye may blesse the inheritance of the Lord 4 The Gibeonites then answered him We wil haue no siluer nor gold of Saúl nor of his house nether for vs shalt thou kil anie man in Israél And he said What ye shal say that wil I do for you 5 Then they answered the King The mā that consumed vs and that imagined euil 〈◊〉 vs so that we are destroyed from remaining in anie coste of Israél 6 Let seuen men of his sonnes be deliuered vnto vs and we wil hang them vp vnto the Lord in Gibeáh of Saul the Lords chosen And the King said I wil giue them 7 But the King had compassion on Mephibō sheth the sōne of Ionath án the sonne of Saūl because of the * Lords othe that was betwene them euen betwene Dauid and Iona thán the sonne of Saúl 8 But the King toke the two sonnes of Rizpáh the daughter of 〈◊〉 whome she bare vnto Saúl euen Armoni Mephibósheth and the fiue sonnes of Michál the daughter of Saúl whome she bare to Abriél the sonne of Barzillái the Meholathite 9 And he deliuered them vnto the hāds of the Gibeonites which hāged them in the moun taine before the Lord so they dyed all seuen together and they were slaine in the time of haruest in the first dayes in the beginning of barly haruest 10 Then Rizpáh the daughter of Aiáh toke sack cloth and handged it vp for her vpō the rocke from the beginning of haruest vntil water dropped vpon them from the heauē and suffred nether the birdes of the aire to light on them by day nor beastes of the field by night 11 ¶ And it was tolde Dauid what
haue sinned aboue the nomber of the sand of the sea My transgressions ô Lord are multiplied my transgressions are exceding many and I am not worthy to beholde and se the height of the heauens for the multitude of mine vnrighteousnes I am bowed downe with many yron bandes that I can not lift vp mine head nether haue any release For I haue prouoked thy wrath and done euil before thee I did not thy wil nether kept I thy commandements I haue set vp abominacions and haue multiplied offenses Now therefore I bowe the kne of mine heart beseching thee of gra ce I haue sinned ô Lord I haue sinned and I acknowledge my transgressions but I humbly 〈◊〉 thee forgiue me ô Lord forgiue me destroye me not with my transgressiōs Be not angry with me for euer by reseruing euil for me nether 〈◊〉 me into the lower partes of the earth For thou art the GOD. euen the God of them that repent in me thou wilt saue all thy goodnes for thou wilt saue me that an am vnworthy according to thy great mercie therefore I wil praise thee for euer all the dayes of my life for all the power of the heauens praise thee and thine is the glorie for euer and euer Amen EZRA THE ARGVMENT AS the Lord is euer merciful vnto his Church and doeth not punish them but to the intent they shulde se their owne miseries and be exercised vnder the crosse that they might contemne the worlde and aspire vnto the heauens so after that he had visited the Iewes and kept them now in bondage seuentie yeres in a strāge countrey among infideles and idolaters he remembred his tendre mercies and their infirmities and therefore for his owne sake raised them vp a deliuer and moued both e the heart of the chief ruler to pitie them and also by him punished suche which had kept them in seruitude Notwithstāding lest they shulde growe into a contempt of Gods great benefite he kepeth them stil in exercise and raiseth domestical enemies which endeuour as muche as they can to hindre their moste worthie enterprises yet by the exhortacion of the Prophetes they went forward by litle and litle til their worke was finished The autour of this boke was Ezrá who was Priest scribe of the Law as chap 7 6. he returned to Ierusalém the first yere of Darius who succeded Cyrus that is more them fourtie yeres after the returne of the sixt vnder Zerubbabél when the Temple was buylt He broght with him a great companie and muche treasures with letters to the Kings officers for all suche things as shulde be necessa rie for the Temple and at this comming he redressed that which was amisse and set the things in good ordre CHAP. I. 1 Cyrus sendeth againe the people that was in captiuitie 8 And restoreth them their holy vessels 1 NOw * in the first ye re os Cyrus King of persia that the worde of the Lord spoken by the mouth of Ieremiáh might be accomplished the Lord stirred vp the c spirit of Cyrus King of Persia he made a proclamaciō through all his kingdome and also by writing saying 2 Thus saith Cyrus King of Persia The Lord God of heauen hathe giuen me all the kingdomes of the earth and he hathe cōmanded me to buyld him an house in Ierusalém which is in Iudáh 3 Who is he among you of all his people with whome his God is let him go vp to Ie rusalém which is in Iudáh and buyld the house of the Lord God of Israél he is the God which is in Ierusalém 4 And euerie one that remaineth in anie place where he soiourneth let the mē of his place relieue him with siluer and with golde and with substance and with cattel and with a willing offring for the house of God that is in Ierusalém 5 Then the chief fathers of Iudáh and Benia min and the Priests and Leuites rose vp with all them whose spirit God had raised to go vp to buyld the house of the Lord which is in Ierusalém 6 And all they that were about them strēgthened their hands with vessels of siluer with golde with substāce and with cattel and with precious things besides all that was willingly offred 7 Also the King Cyrus broght forthe the vessels of the house of the Lord * which Nebuchadnezzár had taken out of Ierusalém had put thē in the house of his god 8 Euen then did Cyrus King of Persia bring forthe by the hand of Mithredáth the trea surer and counted thē vnto Sheshbazzár the Prince of Iudáh 9 And this is the nomber of them thirtie ba sins of golde a thousand basins of siluer nine and twentie kniues 10 Thirtie bowles of golde and of siluer bowles of the second sorte foure hūdreth and ten and of other vessels a thousand 11 All the vessels of golde siluer were fiue thousand and foure hundreth Sheshbazzár broght vp all with them of the capti uitie that came vp frō Babél to Ierusalém CHAP. II. The nomber of them that returned from the captiuitie 1 THese * also are the sōnes of the prouin ce that went vp out of the captiuitie whome Nebuchadnezzar King of Babél had caried away vnto Babél and returned to Ierusalém and to Iudáh euerie one vnto his citie 2 Which came with Zerubbabél to wit le shua Nehemiáh Seraiáh Reelaiáh Mordecái Bilshan Mispar Beguai Rehum Baanah The nomber of the men of the people of Israél was 3 The sonnes of Parósh two thousand an hundreth seuentie and two 4 The sonnes of Shephatiah thre hundreth seuentie and two 5 The sonnes of Arah seuen hundreth and seuentie and fiue 6 The sonnes of Pahath Moah of the sonnes of Ieshúa Ioab two thousand eight hundreth and twelue 7 The sonnes of Elam a thousand two hun dreth and foure and fiftie 8 The sonnes of Zattú nine hundreth and fiue and fourtie 9 The sonnes of Zaccai seuenhundreth and threscore 10 The sonnes of Bani six hundreth and two and fourtie 11 The sonnes of Behai six hūdreth and thre and twenty 12 The sonnes of Azdag a thousand two hun dreth and two and twentie 13 The sonnes of Adonikam six hūdreth thre score and six 14 The sonnes of Biguai two thousand and six and fiftie 15 The sonnes of Adin foure hundreth and foure and fiftie 16 The sonnes of Ater of Hizkiah ninetie and eight 17 The sonnes of Bezái thre hundreth and thre and twentie 18 The sonne of Iorah an hundreth and twelue 19 The sonnes of Hasshúm two hundreth thre and twentie 20 The sonnes of Gibbár ninetie and fiue 21 The sonnes of Beth-lehém an hundreth and thre and twenty 22 The men of Netopháh six and fiftie 23 The men of Anothóth an hundreth and eight and twentie 24 The sonnes of Azmáueth two and fourtie 25 The sonnes of Kiriáth arim
are layed in the walles and this worke is wroght spedely and prospereth in their hands 9 Then asked we those Elders and said vnto them thus Who hathe giuen you commandement to buyld this house and to laye the fundacion of these walles 10 We asked their names also that we might certifie thee and that we might write the names of the men that were their rulers 11 But thei answered vs thus and said We 〈◊〉 the seruants of the God of heauen and earth and buylde the house that was buylt of olde and many yeres ago which a great King of Israél * buylded and founded it 12 But after that our fathers had prouoked the God of heauen vnto wrath * he gaue them ouer into the hand of Nebuchadnezzár King of Babél the Caldean and he destroyed this house and caryed the people away captiue vnto Babél 13 But in the first yere of Cyrus King of Babél King Cyrus made a decree to buyld this house of God 14 And the vessels of golde and siluer of the house of God which Nebuchadnezzár toke out of the Temple that was in Ierusalém ād broght them into the Temple of Babél those did Cyrus the King take out of the Temple of Babél and they gaue them vnto one Sheshbazzár by his name whome he had made captaine 15 And he said vnto him Take these vessels go thy way and put them in the Temple that is in lerusalém and let the house of God be buylt in his place 16 Then came the same Sheshbazzár and layed the fondacion of the house of God which is in Ierusalém and since that time euen vntil now hathe it bene in buylding yet is it not finished 17 Now therefore if it please the King let there be searche made in the house of the Kings treasures which is there in Babél whether a decree hathe bene made by King Cyrus to buylde this house of God in Ierusalém and let the King send his minde concerning this CHAP. VI. At the commandement of Darius King of Persia after the Temple was buylded and dedicate the children of Israél kepe the feast of vnleauened bread 1 THen * King Darius gaue commandemēt and they made searche in the librarie of the treasures which were there layed vp in Babél 2 And there was founde in a coffre in the palace that was in the prouince of the Medes a volume and therein was it thus writen as a memorial 3 IN THE FIRST yere of King Cyrus King Cyrusmade a decree for the house of God in Ierusalém Let the house be buylt euen the place where they offred sacrifices let the walles thereof be ioyned together let the height thereof be threscore cubites the breadth thereof threscore cubites 4 Thre orders of great stones and one order of tymbre and let the expences be giuen of the Kings house 5 And also let them render the vessels of the house of God of golde and siluer which Nebuchadnez zár toke out of the Tēple which was in Ierusalém and broght vnto Babél and let him go vnto the Temple that is in lerusalém to his place and put them in the house of God 6 Therefore Tatnái captaine beyonde the Riuer and Sherhár Boznái and their companions Apharsecaié which are beyonde the Riuer be ye farre from thence 7 Suffre ye the worke of this house of God that the captaine of the Iewes ād the Elders of the Iewes may buylde this house of God in his place 8 For I haue giuen a commandement what ye shal do to the Elders of these Iewes for the buylding of this house of God that of there uenues of the King which is of the tribute beyonde the Riuer there be incontinently expenses giuen vnto these men that they cease not 9 And that which thei shal haue nede of let it be giuen vnto them day by day whether it beyong bullockes orrams or lambs for the burnt offrings of the God of heauen wheat salt wine and oyle according to the appointement of the Priests that are in Ierusalém that there be no faute 10 That they may haue to offer swete odours vnto the God of heauen and pray for the Kings life and for his sonnes 11 And I haue made a decree that whosoeuer shal alter this sentence the wood shal be pulled downe from his house and shal be set vp and he shal be hanged thereon and his hou se shal be made a dung hil for this 12 And the God that hathe caused his Name to dwel there destroye all Kings and people that put to their hand to alter and to destroye this house of God which is in Ierusalē Darius haue made a decree let it be done with spede 13 ¶ * Then Tatn áithe captaine beyonde the Riuer and Shethár Boznái and their companiōs according to that which Darius had sent so thei did spedely 14 So the Elders of the Iewes buylded and they prospered by the prophecying of Hag gái the Prophet and Zechariah the sonne of 〈◊〉 and they buylded ād finished it by the appointement of the God of Israél by the commandement of Cyrus and Darius and Artah shshte King of Persia. 15 And this house was finished the third day of the moneth Adar which was the sixt yere of the reigne of King Darius 16 ¶ And the children of Israél the Priests and the Leuites and the residue of the children of the 〈◊〉 kept the dedication of this house of God with ioye 17 And offred at the dedicacion of this house of God an hundreth bullockes two hūdreth rams foure hundreth lambes and twelue goates for the sinne of all Israél according to the nomber of the tribes of Israél 18 And they set the Priests in their ordre and the Leuites in their courses ouer the seruice of God in Ierusalém as it is writen in the * boke of Mosés 19 And the children of the captiuitie kept the passeouer on the fourtente day of the first moneth 20 For the Priests and the Leuites were purified alltogether and they killed the Passeouer for all the children of the captiuitie and for their brethren the Priests for thē selues 21 So the children of Israél which were come againe out of captiuitie and all suche as had separated them selues vnto them from the filthines of the heathen of the land to seke the Lord God of Israél did eat 22 And they kepte the feast of vnleauened bread seuen dayes with ioye for the Lorde had made them glad and turned the heart of the King of Asshur vnto them to incourage them in the worke of the house of God euen the God of Israél CHAP. VII 1 By the commandement of the King Ezra and his compa nions come to Ierusalém 27 He giueth thankes to God 1 NOw after these things in the reigne of Artahshashte King of Persia was Ezrá the sonne of Seraiáh the sonne of Azariah
nomber in his armies vpon whome shal not his light arise 4 And how may a mā be iustified with God or how can he be cleane that is borne of woman 5 Behold he wil giue no light to the moone and the starres are vncleane in hys sight 6 How muche more man a worme euen the sonne of man which is but a worme CHAP. XXVI Iob sheweth that man can not helpe God and proueth it by his miracles 1 BVt Iob answered and said 2 Whome helpest thou him that hath no power sauest thou the arme that hathe no strength 3 Whome counselest thou him that hathe no wisdome thou shewest right wel as the thing is 4 To whome doest thou declare these wordes or whose spirit cometh out of thee 5 The dead thinges are formed vnder the waters and nere vnto them 6 The graue is naked before him there is no couering for destruction 7 He stretcheth out the North ouer the emptie place and hangeth the earth vpon nothing 8 He bindeth the waters in his cloudes and the cloude is not broken vnder them 9 He holdeth backe the face of his throne and spreadeth his cloude vpon it 10 He hathe set bondes aboute the waters vntil the day and night come to an end 11 The pillers of heauen tremble quake at his 〈◊〉 12 The sea is calme by his power and by hys vnderstāding he smiteth the pride ther of 13 His Spirit hath garnished the heauēs his hād hath formed the crooked serpēt 14 Lo these are part of his wayes but how litle a portion heare we of him and who can vnderstand his feareful power CHAP. XXVII 3 The constancie and perfitnes of Iob. 13 The rewarde of the wicked and of the tyrants 1 MOreouer Iob proceded and cōtinued his parable saying 2 The liuing God hath taken away my iudgement for the Almightie hathe put my soule in bitternes 3 〈◊〉 so long as my breath is in me and the 〈◊〉 of God in my nostrels 4 〈◊〉 lips surely shal speake no wickednes and my tongue shal vtter no deceit 5 God forbid that I shulde iustifie you vntil I dye I wil neuer take away mine d innocencie from my self 6 I will kepe my righteousnes and wil not forsake it mine heart shal not reprone me of my dayes 7 Mine enemie shal be as the wicked and he that riseth against me as the vnrighteous 8 For what hope hathe the hypocrite whē he hathe heaped vp riches if God take away his soule 9 Wil God heare his crye when trouble cometh vpon him 10 Wil he set his delite on the Almightie wil he call vpon God at all times 11 I wil teache you what is in the hande of God and I wil not 〈◊〉 that whiche is with the Almightie 12 Beholde all ye your selues haue sene it why then do you thus vanish in vanitie 13 This is the porcion of a wicked mā with God and the heritage of tyrants which they shal receiue of the Almightie 14 If his children be in greate nomber the sworde shal destroy them and his posteritie shal not be satisfied with bread 15 His remnant shal be buryed in death and his widowes shal not wepe 16 Thogh he shulde heape vp siluer as the dust and prepare raiment as the clay 17 He may prepare it but the iuste shall put it on and the innocent shal deuide the siluer 18 He buyldeth his house as the mothe as a lodge that the watchman maketh 19 When the riche man slepeth he shal not be gathered to his fathers they opened their eyes and he was gone 20 Terrours shal take him as waters and a tempest shal carie him a way by night 21 The East wind shal take him away and he shall departe and it shall hurlle him out of his place 22 And God shal cast vpon him not spare thogh he wold faine flee out of hys hand 23 Euerie man shal clap their hands at him and hisse at him out of their place CHAP. XXVIII Iob sheweth that the wisdome of God is Vnsercheable 1 THe siluer surely hath his vaine the golde his place where thei take it 2 Yron is taken out of the dust and brasse is molten out of the stone 3 God putteth an end to darknes and he tryeth the perfection of all things he setteth a bonde of darkenes and of the shadow of death 4 The flood breaketh out against the inhabitant the waters forgottē of the fote being higher thē mā are gone away 5 Out of the same earth cometh bread and vnder it as it were fyre is turned vp 6 The stones therof are a place of saphirs and the dust of it is golde 7 There is a path whiche no foule hathe knowē nether hath the kites eye sene it 8 The lions whelps haue not walked it nor the lion passed thereby 9 He putteth his hand vpon the rockes ouer throweth the moūtaines by the rootes 10 He breaketh riuers in the rockes and his eye seeth euerie precious thing 11 He bindeth the floods that they do not ouerflowe and the thing that is hid bringeth he to light 12 But where is wisdome founde where is the place of vnderstanding 13 Man knoweth not the price thereof for it is not found in the land of the liuing 14 The depth saith It is not in me the sea also saith It is not with me 15 Golde shall not be gyuen for it nether shal siluer be weighed for the price therof 16 It shall not be valued with the wedge of golde of Ophir nor with the precious onix nor the saphir 17 The golde nor the christal shall be equall vnto it not the exchāge shal be for plate of fine golde 18 No mencion shal be made of corall nor of the gabish for wisdome is more precious then perles 19 The Topaz of Ethiopia shal not be equall vnto it nether shall it be valued with the wedge of pure golde 20 Whence then cometh wisdome where is the place of vnderstanding 21 Seing it is hid from the eyes of all the liuing and is hid frome the foules of the heauen 22 Destruction and death say We haue heard the same thereof with our eares 23 But God vnderstādeth the way therof and he knoweth the place thereof 24 For he beholdeth the ends of the world and seeth all that is vnder heauen 25 To make the weight of the windes to weigh the waters by measure 26 When he made a decree for the raine and away for the lightening of the thunders 27 Then did he se it and counted it he prepa red it and also considered it 28 And vnto mā he said Behold * the feare of the Lord is wisdome to departe from euil is vnderstanding CHAP. XXIX 1 Iob complaineth of the
man slaine thou hast scattered thine ennemies with thy mightie arme 11 The heauens are thine the earth also is thine thou hast laied the fundacion of the worlde and all that therein is 12 Thou hast created the North the South Tabór and Hermôn shall reioyce in thy Name 13 Thou hast a mightie arme strong is thine hand and highis thy right hand 14 Righteousnes and equitie are the stablishment of thy throne mercie and trueth go before thy face 15 Blessed is the people that can reioyce in thee they shall walke in the light of thy countenance ô Lord. 16 They shal reioyce cōtinually in thy name and in thy righteousnes shalt they exalte themselues 17 For thou art the glorie of their strēgth and by thy fauour our hornes shal be exalted 18 For our shield apperteineth to the lord and our King to the Holie one of Israél 19 Thou spakest then in a visiō vnto thine Holie one and saidest I haue laied helpe vpon one that is mightie I haue exalted one chosen out of the people 20 I haue founde Dauid my seruante with mine holie oyle haue I anointed him 21 Therefore myne hande shal be established with him and myne arme shall strengthen him 22 The enemie shal not oppresse him nether shal the wicked hurt him 23 But I will destroy his foes before his face and plague them that hate him 24 My trueth also my mercie shal be with him and in my Name shall his horne be exalted 25 I will set his hand also in the sea and hys right hand in the floods 26 He shal crye vnto me Thou art my Father my GOD and the rocke of my saluacion 27 Also I wil make him my first borne higher then the Kings of the earth 28 My mercie will I kepe for hym for euermore and my couenant shal stand fast with him 29 His sede also will I make to endure for euer and his throne as the dayes of heauē 30 But if his children forsake my Lawe and walke not in my iudgements 31 * If they breake my statutes kepe not my commandements 32 Then will I visite their transgression with the rod and their iniquitie with strokes 33 Yet my louing kindenes will I not take from him nether wil I falsifie my trueth 34 My couenant will I not breake nor alter the thynge that is gone out of my lippes 35 I haue sworne once by mine holines that I wil not faile Dauid saying 36 His sede shal endure for euer his throne shal be as the sunne before me 37 He shal be established for euermore as the moone and as a faithfull witnes in the heauen Sélah 38 But thou hast reiected and abhorred thou hast bene an grie with thine Anointed 39 Thou hast broken the couenant of thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his e crowne casting it on the grounde 40 Thou hast broken downe all his walles thou hast layed his forteresses in ruine 41 All that go by the waye spoile him he is a rebuke vnto his neighbours 42 Thou haste set vp the right hande of hys enemies and made all his aduersaries to reioyce 43 Thou hast also turned the edge of hys sworde and hast not made him to stande in the battel 44 Thou hast caused his dignitie to decay cast his throne to the grounde 45 The dayes of his youth hast thou shortened and couered him with shame 〈◊〉 46 Lord how long wilt thou hide thy selfe for euer shal thy wrath burne like fyre 47 Remember of what time I am wherfore shuldest thou create in vaine all the children of men 48 What man liueth and shall not se death shal he deliuer his soule from the hand of the graue Sélah 49 Lord where are thy former mercies whiche thou swarest vnto Dauid in thy trueth 50 Remember ô Lord the rebuke of thy seruants which I beare in my bosome of all the mightie people 51 For thine enemies haue reproched thee ô Lord because they haue reproched the fotesteppes of thine Anointed 52 Praised be the Lord for euermore So be it euen so be it PSAL. XC 1 〈◊〉 in his praier setteth before vs the eternall sauour of God toward his 3 Who are nether admonished by the breuitie of their life 7 Nor by his plagues to be thākful 12 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 praieth God to turne 〈◊〉 hearts and continue his 〈◊〉 toward them and 〈◊〉 posteritie for euer ¶ A praier of Mosês the man of God 1 LOrd thou haste bene our habitacion from generacion to generacion 2 Before the mountaines were made and before thou hadest formed the earth and the worlde euen from euerlasting to euerlasting thou art our God 3 Thou turnest man to destruction againe thou saiest Returne ye sonnes of Adám 4 For a thousand yeres in thy sight are as yesterdaie when it is past and as a watche in the night 5 Thou hast ouerflowed them they are as a slepe in the morning he groweth like the grasse 6 In the morning it florisheth and groweth but in the euening it is cut downe and withereth 7 For we are consumed by thine angre by thy wrath are we troubled 8 Thou hastset our iniquities before thee and our secret sinnes in the light of thy countenance 9 For all our dayes are past in thine angre we haue spent our yeres as a thoght 10 The time of our life is threscore yeres ten and if they be of strength foure score yeres yet their strength is but labour and sorowe for it is cut of quickly and we flee away 11 Who knoweth the power of thy wrath for according to thy feare is thine angre 12 Teache vs so to nomber our dayes that we maie applie our hearts vnto wisdome 13 Returne ô Lord how long be pacified toward thy seruants 14 Fill vs with thy mercye in the mornyng so shall we reioyce and be glad all our dayes 15 Comfort vs according to the dayes that thou hast afflicted vs and accordynge to the yeres that we haue sene euil 16 Let thy worke be sene towarde thy seruants and thy glorie vpon their childrē 17 And let the beautie of the Lord our God be vpon vs and direct thou the worke of our hands vpon vs euen direct the worke of our hande PSAL. XCI 1 Here is described in what assurance he 〈◊〉 that putteth his whole truste in God and 〈◊〉 him selfe wholly to his protection in 〈◊〉 14 A promes of God to those that loue him 〈◊〉 hym and truste in him to deliuer them and giue them immortal glorie 1 WHo sodwelleth in the secret of the moste High shal abide in the shadow of the Almightie 2 I will say vnto the Lorde O myne hope and my fortres he is my God in him wil I trust 3 Surely he wil deliuer thee from the
doctrine for certeine dayes that the people might the bet ter marke it as Isa 8. 1. Habak 2. 2. the Priests toke it downe and 〈◊〉 it among their registers so by Gods prouidence these bokes were preserued as a monument to the Church for euer As touching his persone and time he was of the Kings stocke for Amoz his father was brother to Aziariáh King of Iudáh as the best writers agre and prophecied more then 64 yeres from the time of Vzziáh vnto the reigne of Manasséh whose father in lawe he was as the Ebrewes write of whome he was put to death And in reading of the Prophetes this one thing among other is to be obserued that thei speake of things to come as thogh thei were now past because of the certeintie thereof and that thei colde not but come 〈◊〉 passe because God had ordeined them in his secret counsel and so reueiled them to his 〈◊〉 CHAP. I. 2 Isaiáh reproueth the Iewes of their ingratitude and stub bernes that nether for benefites nor punishment wolde amend 11 He sheweth why their sacrifices are reiected and wherein Gods true seruice standeth 24 He prophecieth of the destruction of Ierusalem 25 And of the resti tution thereof A Vision of Isaiáh the sonne of Amóz which he sawe concerning Iudáh and Ierusalém in the daies of Vzziáh Iothám Ahaz Hezekià h Kings of Iudah 2 Heare ô heauens and hearken ô earth for the Lord hathe said I haue nourished and broght vp children but they haue re belled against me 3 The oxe knoweth his owner and the asse his masters cryb but Israel hathe not knowe my people hathe not vnderstand 4 Ah sinful nacion a people laden with iniquitie a sede of the wicked corrupt chil drē thei haue forsaken the Lord thei haue prouoked the holy one of Israél to anger they are gone back warde 5 Wherefore shulde ye be smitten anie more for ye fall away more and more the who le head is sicke the whole heart is hea uie 6 From the sole of the foote vnto the head there is nothing whole therein but woūdes and swelling and sores ful of corruption thei haue not bene wrapped nor bounde vp nor mollified with oyle 7 Your landis waste your cities are burnt with fyre strangers deuoure your land in your presence and it is desolate like the o uerthrowe of strangers 8 And the daughter of Ziōn shal remaine like a cotage in a vineyarde like a lodge in a garden of cucumbers and like a besieged citie 9 Except the Lord of hostes had reserued vnto vs euen a smale remnant we shulde haue bene as Sodôm and shulde haue be ne like vnto Gomoráh 10 Heare the worde of the Lord ô princes of Sodóm hearken vnto the Law of our God ô people of Gomorah 11 What haue I to do with the multitude of your sacrifices saith the Lord I am ful of the burnt offrings of rams of the fat of fed beastes and I desire not the blood of bullockes nor of lambes nor of goates 12 Whē ye come to appeare before me who required this of your hands to tread in my courtes 13 Bring no mo oblations in vaine in cense is an abomination vnto me I can not suffer your newe moones nor sabbats nor solemne daies it is iniquitie nor so lemne assemblies 14 My soule hateth your newe moones and your appointed feasts they are a burden vnto me I am weary to be are them 15 And when you shal stretch out your hands I wil hide mine eyes from you and thogh ye make manie prayers I wil not heare for your hands are ful of blood 16 Wash you make you cleane take away the euil of your workes from before mine eyes cease to do euil 17 Learne to do wel seke iudgement relieue the oppressed iudge the fatherles and defend the widowe 18 Come now and let vs reason together the Lord thogh your sinnes were as crimsin they shal be made white as snowe thoght they were red like skarlet they shal be as woll 19 If ye consent and obey ey shal eat the good things of the land 20 But if ye refuse and be rebellious ye shal be deuoured with the sworde for the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken it 21 How is the faithful citie become an harlot it was ful of iudgement and iustice lodged therin but now they are murtherers 22 They siluer is become drosse thy wine is mixt with water 23 Thy princes are rebellions and companions of theues euerie one loueth gifts and followeth after rewards they iudge not the fatherles nether doeth the widowes cause come before them 24 Therefore saith the Lord God of hostes the mightie one of Israél Ah I wil ease me of mine aduersities and auenge me of mine enemies 25 Then I wil turne mine hand vpon thee and burne out thy drosse til it be pure and take away all thy tynne 26 And I wil restore thy iudges as at the first and thy counsellers at the beginning afterwarde shalt thou be called a citie of righ teousnes and a faithful citie 27 Zión shal be redemed in iudgement and they that returne in her in iustice 28 And the destruction of thetransgressours and of the sinners shal be together and thei that forsake the lord shal be cōsumed 29 For thei shal be cōfounded for the okes which ye haue desired and ye shal be ashamed of the gardens that ye haue chosen 30 For ye shal be as an oke whose leafe fadeth as a garden that hathe no water 31 And the strong shal be as towe and the maker thereof as a sparke and they shal bothe burne together and none shal quen che them CHAP. II. 2 The Church shal be restored by Christ and the Gentiles called 6 The punishment of the rebellious and obstinate 1 THe worde that I saiāh the sonne of Amōz sawe vpon Iudáh and Ierusalem 2 * It shal be in the last daies that the moun taine of the house of the Lord shal be prepared in the top of the mountaines and shal be exalted aboue the hilles and all nacions shal flowe vnto it 3 And manie people shal go and say Come and let vs go vp to the Lord to the house of the God of Jaakob and he wil teache vs his waies and we wil walke in his paths for the Lawshal go for the of Zión and the worde of the Lord frō Ierusalém 4 And he shal iudge among the nacions rebuke manie people thei shal breake their swordes also into mattockes their spares into sithes nacion shal not lift vp a sworde against nacion nether shal they learne to fight a nie more 5 O house of Iaakob come ye and let vs walke in the
reproche ô Lord all their imaginations against me 62 The lippes also of those that rose against me and their whispering against me continually 63 Beholde their sitting downe and their rising vp how I am their song 64 * Giue them a recompence ô Lord according to the worke of their hands 65 Giue them sorowe of heart euen thy curs 〈◊〉 to them 66 Persecute with wrath and destroie them from vnder the heauen ô Lord. CHAP. IIII. 1 HOw is the golde become so dimme the moste fyne golde is changed and the stones of the Sanctuarie are scattered in the corner of euerie strete 2 The noble men of Zión comparable to fyne golde how are thei estemed as earthē pitchers euē the worke of the hands of the potter 3 Euen the dragons drawe out the breasts giue sucke to their yong but the daugh ter of my people is become cruel like the ostriches in the wildernes 4 The tongue of the sucking childe cleaueth to the roofe of his mouth for thirst the yong children aske bread but no mā breaketh it vnto them 5 Thei that did fede delicately perish in the stretes they that were broght vp in skarlet embrase the dongue 6 For the iniquitie of the daughter of my people is become greater then * the sinne of Sodōm that was destroied as in a momēt and none pitched campes against her 7 Her Nazarites were purer thē the snowe and whiter thē the milke thei were more ruddie in body then the red precious stones thei were like polished saphir 8 Now their visage is blacker thē a cole they can not knowe thē in the stretes their skinne cleaueth to their bones it is withered like a stocke 9 Thei that be slaine with the sworde are better then thei that are killed with hungre for thei fade awaie as thei were strikē through for the frutes of the field 10 The handes of the pitifull women haue sodden their owne children which were their meat in the destruction of the daughter of my people 11 The Lord hath accomplished his indignacion he hath powred out his fierce wrath he hathe kindled a fyre in Zión which hath deuoured the fundacions thereof 12 The Kings of the earth and all the inhabitans of the worlde wolde not haue beleued that the aduersarie the enemie shuld haue entred into the gates of Ierusalém 13 For the sinnes of her Prophetes and the iniquities of her Priestes that haue shed the blood of the iust in the middes of her 14 Thei haue wandered as blinde men in the stretes and they were polluted with blood so that thei wold not touche their garments 15 But thei cryed vnto them Departe ye polluted departe departe touche not therefore they fled awaye and wandered thei haue said among the heathen They shal no more dwell there 16 The angre of the Lord hathe scattered them he wil no more regarde them they reuerenced not the face of the Priests nor had compassion of the Elders 17 Whiles we waited for our vaine helpe our eyes failed for in our waiting we loked for a nation that colde not saue vs. 18 They hunte our steppes that we can not go in our stretes our end is nere our dayes are fulfilled for our end is come 19 Our persecuters are swifter thē the egles of the heauen thei pursued vs vppon the mountaines and laied waite for vs in the wildernes 20 The breth of our nostrels the Anointed of the Lord was taken in their nets of whome we said Vnder hys shadowe we shal be preserued aliue among the heathen 21 Reioyce and be glad ô daughter Edōm that dwellest in the land of Vz the cup also shal passe through vnto thee thou shalt be drunken and vomite 22 Thy punishment is accomplished ô daugh ter Zión he wil nomore carie thee awaie into captiuitie but he wil visit thine iniquitie ô daughter Edóm he wil discouer thy sinnes CHAP. V. The prayer of Ieremià h 1 REmembre ô LORD what is come vpon vs consider and beholde our reproche 2 Our inheritance is turned to the strangers our houses to the aliants 3 We are fatherles euen without father our mothers are as widowes 4 We haue dronke our water for money and our wood is solde vnto vs. 5 Our neckes are vnder persecution we are weary and haue no rest 6 We haue giuen our hands to the Egyptians and to Asshur to be satisfied with bread 7 Our fathers haue sinned and are not we haue borne their iniquities 8 Seruants haue ruled ouer vs none wolde deliuer vs out of their hands 9 We gate our bread with the peril of our liues because of the sworde of the wildernes 10 Our skin was blacke like as an ouen because of the terrible famine 11 They defiled the women in Zión and the maides in the cities of Iudáh 12 The princes are hanged vp by their hāds the faces of the Elders were not had in ho nour 13 They toke the yong mē to grinde and the children fell vnder the wood 14 The Elders haue ceased from the gate and the yong men from their songs 15 The ioye of our heart is gone our dance is turned into mourning 16 The crowne of our head is fallen wo now vnto vs that we haue sinned 17 Therefore our heart is heauy for these things our eyes are dimme 18 Because of the mountaine of Zión which is desolate the foxes runne vpon it 19 But thou ô Lord remainest for euer thy throne is from generacion to generacion 20 Wherefore doest thou forget vs for euer and forsake vs so long time 21 Turne thou vs vnto thee ô LORD and we shal be turned renue our dayes as of olde 22 But thou hast vtterly reiected vs thou art excedingly angrie against vs. EZEKIEL THE ARGVMENT AFter that Iehoiachin by the counsel of Ieremiáh and Ezekiél had yelded him self to Nebuchadnezzár and so 〈◊〉 into captiuitie with his mother and diuers of his princes and of the people certeine begāne to repent murmur that thei had obeied the Prophets counsel as thogh the thing which thei had prophecied shulde not come to passe and therfore their estate shulde be stil miserable vnder the Caldeans By reason whereof he confirmeth his former prophecies declaring by new visions and reuelations shewed vnto him that the citie shulde moste certeinely be destroied and the people 〈◊〉 tormented by Gods plagues in somuche that thei that remained shulde be broght into cruel bondage And lest the godlie shul de dispaire in these great troubles he assureth thē that God wil deliuer his Church at his time appointed and also destroie their enemies which ether afflicted them or reioyced in their 〈◊〉 The effect of the one and the other shulde chiefly be performed vnder Christ of whome in this boke are many notable promises and in whome the glorie of the
new Temple shut de perfectly be restored He prophecied these things in Caldea at the same time that Ieremiáh prophecied in Iudáh the rebegan in the fist yere of 〈◊〉 captiuitie The forme of the Temple citie restored This figure must be set in the end of Ezekiél The forme of the Temple citie restored This figure must be set in the end of Ezekiél CHAP. I. 1 The time wherein Ezekiél prophecied and in what place 3 His kinred 15 The vision of the foure beastes 26. The vision of the throne IT came to passe in the thirtieth yere in the fourth moneth and in the fift day of the moneth as I was among the captiues by the riuer Chebár that the heauens were opened and I sawe visions of God 2 In the fift daye of the moneth whiche was the fift yere of King Ioiachins 〈◊〉 3 〈◊〉 worde of the Lord came vnto Ezekiél 〈◊〉 Priest the sonne of Buzi in the land of the Caldeans by the riuer Chebár where the hand of the Lord was vpon him 4 And I loked and beholde a whirle winde came out of the North a great cloude a fyre wrapped about it and a brightnes was about it and in the middes thereof to wit in the middes of the fyre came out as the likenes of ambre THE VISION OF EZEKIEL A The whirlwinde that came out of the North or Aquilon B The great cloude C The fyre wtapped about it D The brightnes about it E The likenes of amber or the pale colour F The forme of threfoure beastes G Their fete like calues fete H Hands comming out from vnder their wings I K L M The facion of the foure faces of euerie beast N Their wings ioyned one to another O Their two wings whiche couered their bodies P Fyre running among the beastes Q Wheles hauing 〈◊〉 one foure faces R The rings of the wheles whiche were ful of eyes S The firmament like vnto chrystal T The throne which was set vpon the firmament V Wheresate like the appearance of a man X The appearance of amber aboue and benethe the men Y The fyre about him Z The brightnes of fyre like the raine bowe Midi or the South 5 Also out of the middes there of came the likenes of foure beasts and this was their forme they had the appearance of a man 6 And euerie one had foure faces and euerie one had foure wings 7 And their fete were streight fete and the sole of their fete was like the sole of a calues fote and they sparked like the appearance of bright brasse 8 And the hands of a mā came out frō vnder their wings in the foure partes of thē and thei foure had their faces and their wings 9 They were ioyned by their wings one to another when thei went forthe theire turned not but euerie one went streight forwarde 10 And the similitude of their faces was as the face of man they foure had the face of a lyon on the right side and they foure had the face of a bullocke on the left side they foure also had the face of an egle 11 Thus were their faces but their wings were spred out aboue two wings of euerie one were ioyned one to another and two couered their bodies 12 And euerie one 〈◊〉 streight forwarde they went whether their spirit led them and thei returned not when thei 〈◊〉 forthe 13 The similitude also of the beastes and their appearance was like burning coles of fyre and like the appearance of lampes for the fyre ran among the beastes and the fyre gaue a glister and out of the fyre there went lightening 14 And the beastes ran and returned like vnto lightening 15 ¶ Now as I behelde the beastes beholde a whele appeared vpon the earth by the beastes hauing foure faces 16 The faciō of the wheles and their worke was like vnto a chrysolite they foure 〈◊〉 one forme and their facion and their worke was as one whele ī another whele 17 When thei went thei went vpon their foure sides and they returned not when thei went 18 They had also rings and height were feareful to beholde and their rings were ful of eyes round about them foure 19 And when the beastes went the wheles 〈◊〉 with them and when the beastes were lift vp frō the earth the wheles were lift vp 20 Whether their spirit led them they wēt and thether did the spirit of the wheles lead them and the wheles were lifted vp besides them for the Spirit of the beastes 〈◊〉 in the wheles 21 When the beastes went they went and when they stode they stode when they were lifted vp from the earth the wheles were lifted vp 〈◊〉 them for the spirit of the beastes was in the wheles 22 And the similitude of the firmament vpon the heads of the beastes was wōderful like vnto chrystal spred ouertheir headsaboue 23 And vnder the firmament were their wings 〈◊〉 the one towarde the other euerie one had two which couered thē 〈◊〉 one had two whiche couered their bodies 24 And whē they went 〈◊〉 I heard the noi se of their wings like the noise of great waters as the voice of the 〈◊〉 euen the voyce of speache as the noise of an hoste and when they stode they let downe their wings 25 And there was a voyce from the firmament that was ouer their heades whē they stode and had let downe their wings 26 And aboue the firmament that was ouer their heades was the facion of a throne like vnto a saphir stone and vpon the simi litude of the throne was by appearance as the similitude of a man aboue vpon it 27 And I sawe as the appearance of ambre as the similitude of fyre rounde about with in it to loke to euen from his loynes vp warde and to loke to euē from his loynes downe warde I saw as a likenes of fyre and 〈◊〉 rounde about it 28 As the likenes of the bowe that is in the cloude in the day of raine so was the appearance of the light rounde about 29 This was the appearance of the similitude of the glorie of the Lord and when I sawe it I fel vpon my face and I heard a voyce of one that spake CHAP. II. The Prophet is sent to call the people from their errour 1 ANd he said vnto me Sonne of man stand vp 〈◊〉 thy fete I wil speake vnto thee 2 And the Spirit entred into me when he had spoken vnto me and let me vpon my fete so that I heard him that spake vnto me 3 And he said vnto me Sonne of man I send thee to the childrē of Israél to a rebellious natiō that hathe rebelled against me for they their fathers haue rebelled against me euen vnto this very day 4 For thei are impudent children stiffe hearted I do send thee vnto them
and his fete were parte of yron and parte of clay 34 Thou beheldest it til a stone was cut with out hands which smote the image vppon his fete that were of yron and claye and brake them to pieces 35 Then was the yron the claye the brasse the siluer and the golde broken all together became like the chaffe of the sommer floores and the winde caryed them awaye that no place was founde for them and the stone that smote the image became a great mountaine and filled the whole earth 36 This is the dreame and we will declare before the King the interpretacion thereof 37 ¶ O King thou arte a King of Kings for the GOD of heauen hathe gyuen thee a kyngdome power strength and glorie 38 And in all places where the chyldren of men dwell the beastes of the field and the foules of the heauen hathe he gyuen into thine hand and hathe made thee ruler ouer them all thou art this head of golde 39 And after the shal rise another kīngdome in feriour to thee of siluer and another third kingdome shal be of brasse which shal beare rule ouer all the earth 40 And the fourth kingdome shal be strong as yron for as yron breaketh in pieces subdueth all things and as yron bruseth all these things so shal it breake in pieces and bruse all 41 Where as thou sawest the fete and toes parte of potters clay and parte of yron the kingdome shal be deuided but there shal be in it of the strength of the yron as thou sawest the yron mixt with the claye and earth 42 And as the toes of the fete were parte of yrō parte of clay so shal the kingdome be partely strong and partely broken 43 And where as thou sawest yron mixt with clay and earth they shal mingle themselues with the sede of mē but they shal not ioyne one with another as yron can not be mixed with clay 44 And in the dayes ofthese Kings shal the God of heauen set vp a kingdome which shal neuer be destroyed and this king do me shal not be giuen to another people but it shal breake and destroye all these kingdomes and it shal stand for euer 45 Where as thou sawest that the stone was cut of the mountaine without hands and that it brake in pieces the yron the brasse the clay the siluer and the golde so the great God hathe shewed the King what shal come to passe here after the dreame is true the īterpretaciō thereof is sure 46 ¶ Then the King Nebuchad-nezzár fel vpon his face and bowed him self vnto Daniél and commanded that thei shulde offermeat offrings and swete odoures vnto him 47 Also the King answered vnto Daniél said I knowe of a trueth that your God is a God of gods and the Lord of Kings the reueiler of secrets seing thou coldest open this secret 48 So the King made Daniél a great man gaue him manie and great giftes He made him gouernour ouer the whole prouince of Babél and chief of the rulers and aboue all the wise men of Babél 49 Then Daniél made request to the King and he Set Shadrách Meshách and Abednegó ouer the charge of the prouince of Babél but Daniél sate in the gate of the King CHAP. III. 1 The King setteth vp a golden image 8 Certeine are accused because thei despised the Kings commandement and are put into a burning ouen 25 By belefe in God they are deliuered frō the fyre 26 Nebuchad-nezzar confesseth the power of God after the sight of the miracle 1 NEbuchad-nezzár the King made an image of golde whose height was threscore cubites and the breadth ther of six cubites he set it vp in the plaine of Durá in the prouince of Babél 2 Then Nebuchad-nezzár the King sent for the to gather together the nobles the princes and the dukes the iudges the receiuers the counsullers the officers and all the gouerners of the prouinces that they shulde come to the dedicatiō of the image which Nebuchad-nezzár the King had set vp 3 So the nobles princes and dukes the iud ges the receiuers the counsellers the officers and all the gouerners of the prouin ces were assembled vnto the dedicating of the image that Nebuchad-nezzár the King had set vp and they stode before the image which Nebuchad-nezzár had set vp 4 Then an herald cryed aloud Be it knowen to you ô people nations and langages 5 That when ye heare the soūde of the cornet trumpet harpe sacke but psalteris dulcimer and all iustruments of musicke ye fall downe and worship the goldē image that Nebuchad 〈◊〉 the King hathe set vp 6 And whosoeuer falleth not downe and worshippeth shal the same houre be cast into the middes of an hote fyrie fornace 7 Therefore assone as all the people heard the sound of the cornet trumpet harpe sackebut psalterie and all instruments of musicke all the people nations and langa ges fel downe and worshiped the golden image that Nebuchad-nezzár the King had set vp 8 ¶ By reason whereof at that same time co me men of the Caldeans and grieuously ac cused the Iewes 9 For they spake and said to the King Nebuchad-nezzár O King liue for euer 10 Thou ô King hast made a decre that euerie man that shal heare the sound of the cornet trumpet harpes sacke but psalterie and dulcimer and all instrumēts of musicke shal fall downe and worship the golden image 11 And who soeuer falleth not downe and worshippeth that he shulde be cast into the middes of an hote fyrie fornace 12 There are certeine Iewes whome thou hast set ouer the charge of the prouince of Babél Shadrách Meshà ch and Abednego these men ô King haue not regarded thy commandement nether wil they serue thy gods nor worship the golden image that thou hast set vp 13 ¶ Then Nebuchad-nezzár in his angre and wrath commanded that they shulde bring Shadrách Meshách and Abednegó so these men were broght before the King 14 And Nebuchad-nezzár spake and said vnto them What disordre wil not you Shadrách Meshách ād Abednegó serue my god nor worship the golden image that I haue set vp 15 Now therefore are ye ready when ye hea re the sound of the cornet trumpet harpe sackebut psalterie and dulcimer and all instruments of musicke to fall downe and wor ship the image which I haue made for if ye worship it not ye shal be cast immediatly into the middes of an hote firie fornace for who is that God that can deliuer you out of mine hands 16 Shadrách Meshách and Abednegó answe red and said to the King O Nebuchadnezzár we are not careful to answer thee in this matter 17 Beholde our God whome we serue is able to deliuer vs from the hote fyrie for nace and he wil deliuer vs out of thine hand ô King 18
thou ô King that art great and migh tie for thy greaues is growē and reacheth vnto heauen thy dominion to the ends of the earth 20 Where as the King sawe a watcheman an holy one that came downe from heauen and said Hewe downe the tre and destroy it yet leaue the stumpe of the rootes thereof in the earth and with a bande of yron and brasse binde it among the grasse of the field and let it be wet with the dewe of heauen and let his porcion be with the beasts of the field til seuē times passe ouer him 21 This is the interpretacion ô King and it is the decre of the moste high which is come vpon my lord the King 22 That they shal driue thee from men and thy dwelling shal be with the beasts of the field they shal make thee to eat grasse as the oxen and thei shal wet thee with the dewe of heauen and seuen times shal passe ouer thee til thou knowe that n the moste high beareth rule ouer the kingdome of mē giueth it to whome soeuer he wil. 23 Where as they said that one shulde leaue the stumpe of the tre rootes thy king dome shal remaine vnto thee after that thou shalt knowe that the heauēs haue the rule 24 Wherefore ô King let my counsel be acce ptable vnto thee and breake of thy sinnes by righteousnes and thine iniquities by mercie toward the poore lo let there be an healing of thine errour 25 All these things shal come vpon the King Nebuchad-nezzar 26 ¶ At the end of twelue moneth he walked in the royal palace of Babél 27 And the King spake and said Is not this great Babél that I haue buylt for the house of the kingdome by the might of my power and for the honour of my maiestie 28 While the worde was in the Kings mouth a voyce came downe from heauen saying O King Nebuchadnezzár to thee be it spo ken Thy kingdome is departed from thee 29 And they shal driue thee from men and thy dwelling shal be with the beasts of the field they shal make thee to eat grasse as the oxen and seuen times shal passe ouer thee vntil thou knowest that the most high beareth rule ouer the kingdome of men and giueth it vnto whome soeuer he wil. 30 The very same houre was this thing fulfilled vpon Nebuchad-nezzar and he was driuen from men and did eat grasse as the oxen and his bodie was wet with the dewe of heauen til his heere 's were growen as egles feathers and his nailes like birds clawes 31 And at the end of these dayes I Nebuchad-nezzár lift vp mine eies vnto heauen and mine vnderstanding was restored vnto me and I gaue thankes vnto the moste high and I praised and honored him that liueth for euer * whose power is an euerlasting power and his kingdome is from generacion to generacion 32 And all the inhabitants of the earth are re puted as nothing and according to his wil he worketh in the armie of heauen and in the inhabitants of the earth and none can stay his hand nor say vnto him What doest thou 33 At the same time was mine vnderstanding restored vnto me and I returned to the honour of my kingdome my glorie and my beautie was restored vnto me and my counsellours and my princes soght vnto me and I was established in my kingdome and my 〈◊〉 was augmented toward me 34 Now therefore I Nebuchad-nezzár prai se and extoll and magnifie the king of hea uen whose workes are all trueth and his wayes iudgement and those that walke in pride he is able to abase CHAP. V. 5 Belshazzár King of Babylon seeth an band writing on on the wall 8 The sothsayers called of the King can not expounde the writing 25 Daniel readeth it and 〈◊〉 il 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 The King is slayne 31 Darius enioyeth the kingdome 1 KIng Belshazzár made a great feast to a thousand of his princes and dranke wine before the thousand 2 And Belshazzár whiles he tasted the wine commanded to bring him the golden and siluer vessels which his father Nebuchad-nezzár had broght from the Temple in Ierusalém that the King and his princes his wife and his concubines might drinke therein 3 Then were broght the goldēvessels that were taken out of the Temple of the Lords house at Ierusalém and the King and his princes his wiues and his concubines dran ke in them 4 They dronke wine and praised the gods of golde and of siluer of brasse of yron of wood and of stone 5 At the same houre appeared fingers of a mans hand which wrote ouer against the candlesticke vpon the plaister of the wall of the Kings palace and the King sawe the palme of the hand that wrote 6 Then the Kings countenāce was changed and his thoghts troubled him so that the ioyntes of his loines were loosed and his knees smote one against the other 7 Wherefore the King cryed loud that they shulde bring the astrologians the Caldeans and the soth saiers And the King spa ke and said to the wise men of Babél Whosoeuer can read this writing and declare me the interpretacion thereof shal be clothed with purple and shal haue a chaine of golde about his necke shal be the third ruler in the kingdome 8 Then came all the Kings wise men but they colde nether read the writing nor shewe the King the interpretacion 9 Then was King Belshazzár greatly troubled and his countenance was changed in him and his princes were astonied 10 Now the Queene by reason of the talke of the King and his princes came into the banket house and the Queene spake and said O King liue for euer let not thy thoghts trouble thee nor let thy countenance be changed 11 There is a man in thy kingdome in whome is the spirit of the holie gods in the dayes of thy father light vnderstanding wisdome like the wīsdome of the gods was found in him whome the King Nebuchad-nezzar thy father the King I say thy father made chief of the enchanters astrologians Caldeans and sothsaiers 12 Because a more excellent spirit and knowledge and vnderstanding for he did expounde dreames and declare hard senten ces and dissolued doutes were founde in him euen in Daniel whome the King named Belteshazzár now let Daniél be called and he wil declare the inter pretacion 13 ¶ Then was Daniél broght before the King and the King spake and said vnto Daniél Art thou that Daniél which art of the children of the captiuitie of Iudáh whome my father the King broght out of Ie wrie 14 Now I haue heard of thee that the spirit of the holie gods is in thee and that light and vnderstanding and excellent wisdome is found in thee 15 Now therefore wisemen and astrologians haue bene broght before me that they shulde read this writing and
with all the wordes that thou hast heard 32 This is the winde whiche the moste High hath kept for them and for their wickednes vnto the end and he shall reproue thē and cast before them their spoiles 33 For he shal set them a liue in the iudgemēt and shal rebuke them and correct them 34 For he wil deliuer the residue of my people by affliction which are preserued vpon my borders and he shal make them ioyful vntill the coming of the day of iudgement whereof I haue spoken vnto thee from the beginning 35 This is the dreame that thou sawest and these are the interpretacions 36 Thou onely hast bene mete to knowe this secret of the most High 37 Therfore write all these things that thou hast sene in a boke and hide them 38 And teache them the wise of the people whose hearts thou knowest may comprehende and kepe these secrets 39 But waite thou here yet seuē daies mo that it may be shewed thee whatsoeuer it pleaseth the moste High to declare vnto thee and with that he went his way 40 And when all the people perceiued that the seuen daies were past and I not come againe into the citie they gathered them all together from the least vnto the most and came vnto me and spake vnto me saying 41 What haue we offended thee or what euil haue we done against thee that thou forsakest vs and sittest in this place 42 For of all the people thou onelye art left vs as a grape of the vine and as a candle in a darke place as an hauen or shippe preserued from the tempest 43 Are not the euils which are come vnto vs sufficient 44 If thou then forsake vs how muche better had it bene for vs that we had bene burnt also as Sion was burnt 45 For we are no better then they that dyed there and they wept with a loude voyce Then answered I them and said 46 Be of good comfort ô Israél and be not heauie thou house of Iacob 47 For the moste High hathe you in remembrance and the Almightie hathe not forgotten you in temptacion 48 As for me I haue not forsakē you nether am I departed from you but am come into this place to praye for the desolation of Sion that I might seke mercie for the low estate of your Sanctuarie 49 And now go your way home euerie man and after the sedaies wil I come vnto you 50 So the people went their way into the citie as I commanded them 51 But I remained stil in the field seuen dayes as he had commanded me and did eat onelye of the floures of the fielde and had my meat of the herbes in those daies CHAP. XIII The vision of a winde coming forthe of the sea 3 Whiche became a man 5 His propertie and power agaynste hys enemies 21 The declaration of this vision 1 ANd after the seuen daies I dreamed a dreame by night 2 And beholde there arose a winde from the sea and it moued all the waues thereof 3 And I loked behold there was a mightie man with the thousands of heauen when he turned his countenance to loke all the things trembled that were sene vnder him 4 And when the voice wēt out of his mouth all they burned that heard his voice as the earth faileth when it feeleth the fyre 5 After these things I sawe and beholde the re was gathered together a multitude of men out of nomber from the foure windes of the heauen to fight against the māthat came out from the sea 6 And I loked and beholde he graued him self a great mountaine and slewe vp vpon it 7 But I wolde haue sene the countrei or pla ce whereout the hil was graued and I colde not 8 I sawe after these things and beholde all they which came to fight against himwere sore afraied and yet they durst sight 9 Neuertheles when he sawe the 〈◊〉 of the multitude that came he lifted not vp his hand for he helde no sworde nor any instrument of warre 10 But onely as I sawe he sent out of his mouth as it had bene a blaste of fyre and out of his lippes the winde of the flame out of his tongue he cast out sparkes and stormes 11 And they were all mixt together euen this blast of fyre the winde of the 〈◊〉 the great storme and fell with violēce vpō the multitude which was prepared to fight and burnt themvp all so that of the innume rable multitude there was nothing sene but onely dust and smel of smoke When I sawe this I was afraied 12 ¶ Afterwarde sawe I the same man come downe from the mountaine and calling vnto him another peaceable multitude 13 And there came many vnto him some with ioyful countenāce and some with sad some of them were bounde and some broght of them that were offred and I was sicke thorow great feare and waked and said 14 Thou hast shewed thy seruant these wonders from the beginning and hast counted me worthie to receiue my praier 15 She we me now therefore the interpretacion of this dreame 16 For thus I consider in mine vnderstanding wo vnto them that shal be lest in those daies and muche more wo vnto thē that are not left behinde 17 For they that were not left were in heauines 18 Now vnderstand I the things that are laid vp in the latter daies which shal come bothe vnto them and to those that are left be hinde 19 Therefore are they come into great perils and many necessities as these dreames declare 20 Yet is it easier that he that is in danger shulde fall into these and forese the things to come hereafter then to passe away as a cloude out of the worlde 21 ¶ Then answered he me and said The inter pretacion of the vision wil I shewe thee I wil opē to thee the thing that thou hast required 22 Where as thou hast spoken of them that are left behinde this is the interpretacion 23 He that shal beare the dāger in that time he shal kepe him self They that be fallen into danger are suche as haue workes and faith towarde the moste Mightie 24 Knowe therefore that thei which be left behinde are more blessed then thei that be dead 25 These are the meanings of the visiō Where as thou sawest a man comming vp from the middes of the sea 26 The same is he whome the moste High hath kept a great seasō who by his owne self shal deliuer his creature and he shal order them that are left behinde 27 ¶ And where as thou sawest that out of his mouth there came as a blast with fyre and storme 28 And that he nether helde sword nor weapon but that by his fiercenes he destroied the whole multitude that came to fight against him this is the interpretacion 29 Beholde the dayes come that the moste High wil beginne to deliuer them that are vpon the earth 30 And he shal a
wolde despise this people that haue among them suche women surely it is not good that one mā of them be left for if thei shulde remaine they might deceiue the whole earth 20 Then Olofernes garde went out and all his seruātes and they broght her into the tente 21 Now Olofernes rested vpon his bed vnder a canopie which was wouen with purple and golde and emeraudes and precious stones 22 So they shewed him of her and he came for the vnto the entrie of his tēt and they caried lampes of siluer before him 23 And when Iudeth was come before him and his seruants they all marueiled at the beautie of her countenance and she fel downe vpon her face and did reuerence vn to him and his seruants toke her vp CHAP. XI 1 Olofernes comforteth Iudeth 3 And asketh the cause of her comming 5 She deceiueth him by her faire wordes 1 THen said Olofernes vnto her Woman be of good comfort feare not in thine heart for I neuer hurt any that wolde serue Nabuchodonosor the King of all the earth 2 Now therfore if thy people that dwelleth in the mountaines had not despised me I wolde not haue lifted vp my speare against them but they haue procured these things to themselues 3 But now tel me wherefore thou art fled from them and art come vnto vs for thou art come for safegard be of good comfort thou shalt liue frō this night here after 4 For none shal hurt thee but in treat thee wel as they do the seruants of King Nabuchodonosor my lord 5 Then Iudeth said vnto him Receiue the wordes of thy seruant suffer thine handmaide to speake in thy presence and I wil declare no lie to my lord this night 6 And if thou wilt follow the wordes of thine hand maide God wil bring the thing perfectly to passe by thee and my lord shal not faile of his purpose 7 As Nabuchodonosor King of all the earth liueth as his power is of force who hathe sent thee to reforme all persones not onely men shal be made subiect to him by thee but also the beastes of the fields and the cattel and the foules of the heauen shal liue by thy power vnder Nabuchodonosor and all his house 8 For we haue heard of thy wisdome and of thy prudent spirit it is declared through the whole earth that thou onely art excellent in all the kingdome and of a wonder ful knowledge and in feates of warre mar ueillous 9 Now * as concerning the matter which A chior did speake in thy counsel we haue heard his wordes for the men of Bethulia did take him and he declared vnto them all that he had spoken vnto thee 10 Therefore ô Lord and gouernour reiecte not his worde but set it in thine heart for it is true for there is no punishmēt against our people nether can the sworde preuaile against them except they sinne against their God 11 Now therfore left my Lord shulde be frustrate voide of his purpose that death may fall vpon them and that they may be taken in their sinne whiles thei prouoke their God to angre which is so oft times as they do that which is not beseming 12 For because their vittailes faile and all their water is wasted thei haue determined to take their cattel and haue purposed to consume all things that God had forbidden them to eat by his Lawes 13 Yea they haue purposed to consume the first frutes of the wheat and the tithes of the wine and of the oyle whiche they had reserued and sanctified for the Priests that serue in Ierusalém before the face of our God the which things it is not lawful for any of the people to touche with their hāds 14 Moreouer they haue sent to Ierusalém because they also that dwell there haue done the like suche as shulde bryng them licence from the Senate 15 Now when they shall bring them worde they wil do it and they shal be giuen thee to be destroyed the same day 16 Wherefore I thyne handmaid knowing all this am fled from their presence and God hathe sent me to worke a thing with thee whereof all the earth shal wonder whosoeuer shal heare it 17 For thy seruant feareth God and worshipeth the God of heauen day and night now let me 〈◊〉 with thee my Lord and let thy seruant go out in the night into the valley and I will pray vnto GOD that he may reueile vnto me when they shal commit their sinnes 18 And I will come and shewe it vnto thee then thoushalt go forthe with all thine armie and there shal be none of thē that shall resist thee 19 And I wil lead thee through the middes of Iudea vntil thou come before Ierusalém I will set thy throne in the middes thereof and thou shalt driue them as shepe that haue no shepherd and a dogge shall not barcke with his mouthe agaynste thee for these things haue bene spoken vnto me declared vnto me accordyng to my foreknowledge and I am sent to shewe thee 20 ¶ Then her wordes pleased Olofernes and all his seruants and they marueiled at her wisdome and said 21 There is not such a womā in all the world bothe for beautie of face and wisdome of wordes 22 Likewise Olofernes said vnto her GOD hathe done this to send thee before the people that strength might be in our hāds and destructiō vpon them that despise my lord 23 And now thou art bothe beautiful in thy countenance and wittie in thy wordes surely if thou do as thou hast spokē thy God shal be my God and thou shalt dwell in the house of Nabuchodonosor and shalt be renomed through out the whole earth CHAP. XII 1 Iudeth wolde not pollute her self with the meat of the Gentiles 5 She maketh her request that she might go out by night to pray 11 Olofernes causeth her to come to the banketh 1 THen he commanded to bring her in where his treasures were layed and ba de that they shulde prepare for her of his owne meates and that she shuld drinke of his owne wine 2 But Iudeth said * I may not eat of them lest there shulde be an offence but I can suf fice my selfe with the things that I haue broght 3 Then Olofernes said vnto her If the things that thou hast shulde faile how shulde we giue thee the like for there is none with vs of thy nation 4 Then said Iudeth vnto him As thy soule liueth my lord thine hand maide shal not spend those things that I haue before the Lord worke by mine hand the things that he hathe determined 5 Then the seruāts of Olofernes broght her into the tent and she slept vntil midnight and rose at the mourning watche 6 And sent to Olofernes saying Let my lord commande that thine hand maide may go forthe vnto prayer 7 Then Olofernes cōmanded his garde that thei 〈◊〉 not stay her thus
there are hid yet greater things then these be we haue sene but a fewe of hys workes 33 For the Lord hathe made all things and giuen wisdome to suche as feare God CHAP. XLIIII The praise of certein holie men Enoch Noe Abraham Isaac and Iacob 1 LEt vs now commende the famous men and our fathers of whome we are begotten 2 The Lord hathe gotten great glorie by them and that through his great power from the beginning 3 Thei haue borne rule in their kingdomes and were renoumed for their power and were wise in counsel and declared prophecies 4 * They gouerned the people by counsel by the knowledge of learning mete for the people in whose doctrine were wise sē tences 5 They inuented the melodie of musicke expounded the verses that were writen 6 They were riche and mightie in power liued quietly at home 7 All these were honorable men in their generacions and were wel reported of their times 8 There are of them that haue left a name behinde them so that their praise shal be spoken of 9 There are some also which haue no memo rial * and are perished as thogh they had neuer bene and are become as thogh they had neuer bene borne and their children after them 10 But the former were merciful men whose righteousnes hathe not bene forgotten 11 For whose posteritie a good inheritance is reserued and their sede is conteined in the couenant 12 Their stocke is conteined in the couenant and their posteritie after them 13 Their sede shal remaine for euer their praise shal neuer be taken away 14 Their bodies are buryed in peace but their name liueth for euer more 15 * The people speake of their wisdome the congregacion talke of their praise 16 * Enoch pleased the Lord God therefore was he translated for an example of repentance to the generacions 17 * 〈◊〉 was founde perfite and in the time of wrath he had a rewarde therefore was he left as a remnant vnto the earth when the flood came 18 An euerlasting couenant was made with him that all flesh shulde * perish no more by the flood 19 Abrahā was a * great father of maniepeo ple in glorie was there none like vnto him 20 He kepeth the Law of the moste High was in couenant with him and he set couenant * in his flesh and in tentation he was founde faithful 21 Therefore he assured him an * othe that he wolde blesse the nacions in his sede and that he wolde multiplie him as the dust of the earth exalte his sede as the starres cause them to inheritāce from sea to sea frō the Riuer vnto the end of the worlde 22 * With Isaac did he cōfirme likewise for Abraham his fathers sake the blessing of all men and the couenant 23 And caused it to rest vpon the head of Iacob and made him selfe knowen by * hys blessings and gaue him an heritage and deuided his porcions * and parted them among the twelue tribes 24 And he broght out of him a mercifull man whiche founde fauour in the sight of all flesh CHAP. XLV The praise of Moyses Aaron and Phinees 1 ANd Moyses the * beloued of God men broght forthe whose remembrance is blessed 2 He made him like to the glorious Saints and magnified him by the feare of his enemies 3 By his wordes he caused the wonders to cease and he made him * glorious in the sight of Kings and gaue him commandements for his people and shewed him hys glorie 4 * He sanctified him with faithfulnes and mekenes and chose him out of all men 5 He caused him to heare his voyce and broght him into the darke cloude * and there he gaue him the commaundements before his face euen the Lawe of life and knowledge that he might teache Iacob the couenant and Israel his iudgements 6 He exalted Aaron an holie man like vnto him euē his * brother of the tribe of Leui. 7 An euerlasting couenant made he with him and gaue him the Priesthode amōg the people and made him blessed through his comelie ornament clothed him with the garment of honour 8 He put perfite ioye vpon him and gyrded him with ornaments of strength as with breches and a tunicle and an ephod 9 He compassed hym aboute with belles of golde and with manie belles round about * that when he went in the sound might be heard and might make a 〈◊〉 in the Sanctuarie for a remembrance to the children of Israel his people 10 And with an holie garment with golde also and blewe silke and purple diuers kindes of workes and with a brestlappe of iudgemēt with the signes of trueth 11 And with worke of skarlet conningly wroght and with precious stones grauen like seales and set in golde by gold smithes worke for a memorial with a writing grauen after the nōber of the tribes of Israel 12 And with a crowne of golde vpon the mitre hearing the forme and marke of holines an ornamēt of honour a noble worke garnished and pleasant to loke vpon 13 Before him were there no suche faire ornaments there might no stranger put thē on but onely his children and his childrēs children perpetually 14 Their sacrifices were wholy consumed eue rie day twise continually 15 * Moses filled his hands and anointed him with holie oyle this was appointed vnto him by an euerlasting couenant and to his sede so long as the heauens shulde remaine that he shulde minister before him and also to execute the office of the priesthode and blesse his people in his name 16 Before all men liuing the Lord chose him that he shulde present offrings before him and a swete sauour for a remembrance to make reconciliation for his people 17 * He gaue him also his commandements autoritie according to the Lawes appointed that he shulde teache Iacob the testimonies and giue light vnto Israél by his Law 18 * Strangers stode vp against him and enuied him in the wildernes euen the men 〈◊〉 toke 〈◊〉 and Abirams parte and the companie of Core in furie and rage 19 This the Lord sake and it displeased him and in his wrathful indignaciō were they consumed he did wonders vpon them and consumed them with the syrie flame 20 * But he made Aaron more honorable and gaue him an heritage and parted the first frutes of the first 〈◊〉 vnto him vnto him specially he appointed bread in abundance 21 For the Priests did eat of sacrifices of the Lord which he gaue vnto him and to his sede 22 * Els had he none heritage in the land of his people nether had he any porcion among the people for the Lord is the porcion of his inheritance 23 The third in glorie is * Phinees the sonne of Eleazar because
heauen 20 They come against vs with a cruel and proude multitude to destroye vs and our 〈◊〉 and our children and to robbe vs. 21 But we do fight for our liues and for our Lawes 22 And God him self wil destroie thē before our face therefore be not yet afraied of them 23 And whē he had left of speaking he lept suddenly vpon them so was Seron and his hoste destroied before him 24 And they pursued them from the going downe of Bethhorō vnto the plaine where there were 〈◊〉 eyght hundreth men of them and the residue fled into the lande of the Philistims 25 Then the feare and terrour of Iudas his brethren fel vpon the nacios round about 26 So that his fame came vnto the King for all the Gentiles colde tell of the warres of Iudas 27 ¶ But when King Antiochus heard these tidings he was angrie in his minde wherefore he sent forthe and gathered all the 〈◊〉 of his realme a very strong armie 28 And opened his treasurie and gaue hys hoste a yeres wages in hand commanding thē to be readie for a yere for all occasions 29 Neuertheles when he sawe that the money of his treasures failed that the tribu tes in the countrey were smale because of the dissencion and plagues that he had broght vpon the land in taking a way the lawes which had bene of olde time 30 He feared lest he shulde not haue now at the secōde time as at the first for the charges and gifts that he had giuen with a liberal hād afore for in liberalitie he farre passed the other Kings that were before him 31 Wherefore he was heauie in his minde and thoght to go into Persia for to take tributes of the countreis and to gather muche money 32 So he left Lysias a noble man and of the Kings blood to ouerse the Kings busines from the riuer of Euphrates vnto the borders of Egypt 33 And to bring vp his sonne Antiochus till he came againe 34 Moreouer he gaue him halfe of his hoste and elephātes and gaue him the charge of all things that he wolde haue done 35 And concerning those which dwelt in Iuda and Ierusalem that he shulde send an armie against them to destroye and roote out the power of Israel and the remnāt of Ierusalem and to put out their memorial from that place 36 And to set straungers for to inhabite all their quarters and parte their land among them 37 And the King toke the halfe of the hoste that remained and departed from Antiochia his royal citie in the yere an hundreth fortie and seuen and passed the riuer Euphrates and went thorow the hie countreis 38 Then Lysias chose Ptolomeus the sonne of Doriminus and Nicanor and Gorgias mightie men and the Kings friends 39 And sent with them fortie thousand fote men and seuen thousand horsemen to go into the land of Iuda and to destroie it as the King commanded 40 So they went forthe with all their power and came and pitched by Emmaus in the plaine countrey 41 Now when the marchāts of the countrey heard the rumour of them they toke verye muche siluer and golde and seruants and came into the campe to bye the childrē of Israel for sclaues and the strength of Syria and of strange nacions ioyned with them 42 ¶ Now when Iudas and his brethren sawe that trouble increased and that the hoste drewe nere vnto their borders considering the Kings wordes whereby he had commanded to destroy the people and vtterly abolish them 43 They said one to another Let vs redresse the decay of our people and let vs fight for our people and for our Sanctuarie 44 Then the congregacion were sone ready gathered to fight and to praye and to desire mercie and compassion 45 As for Ierusalem it was not inhabited but was as a wildernes There went none that was borne in it in or out at it and the Sanctuarie was troden downe and the straungers kept the forteresse and it was the habitacion of the heathen and the mirth of Iacob was taken a way the pipe and the harpe ceased 46 So they gathered them selues together and came to Maspha before Ierusalem for in Maspha was the place where they praied afore time in Israel 47 And they fasted that day and put sackecloth vpon them and cast ashes vpon their heads and rent their clothes 48 And opened the boke of the Law wherein the heathen soght to paint the lickenes of their idoles 49 And broght the Priests garments and the first frutes and the tithes and set there the Nazarites which accomplished their daies 50 And thei cryed with a loude voyce toward heauē saying What shal we do with these and whether shal we carye them away 51 For thy Sanctuarie is troden downe defiled and thy Priests are in heauines and broght downe 52 And behold the heathen are come against vs to destroie vs thou knowest what things they imagine against vs. 53 How can we stand before them excepte thou helpe vs 54 Then they blewe the trumpets and cryed with a loude voyce 55 And after this Iudas ordeyned captaines ouer the people euē captaines ouer thousands and captaines ouer hundreths and captaines ouer fifties and captaines ouer ten 56 And they commanded them that buylded houses or maried wiues or planted vineyardes or were feareful that thei shulde returne euerie one to his owne house according * to the Law 57 So the hoste remoued and pitched vppon the Southside of Emmaus 58 And Iudas said Arme your selues and be valiant men be readie against the morning to fight with these naciōs which are gathered together against vs to destroye vs and our Sanctuarie 59 For it is better for vs to dye in battell thē to se the calamities of our people and of our Sanctuarie 60 Neuertheles as the wil of God is in heauen so be it CHAP. IIII. 1 Iudas goeth against Gorgias which lieth in wait 14 He putteth Gorgias and his hoste to flight 28 Lysias inuadeth Iudea 29 But Iudas driueth him out 43 Iudas purifieth the Temple and dedicateth the altar 1 THen toke Gorgias fiue thousand fote men and a thousand of the best horsemen and departed out of the campe by night 2 To inuade the campe of the Iewes and to slaye them suddenly and the men of the forteresse were his guides 3 Now when Iudas heard it he remoued and they that were valiantmen to smite the Kings armie which was at Emmaus 4 Whiles yet the armie was dispersed frome the campe 5 In the meane seasō came Gorgias by night into Iudas campe and when he founde no man there he soght thē in the mountaines for said he They flee from vs. 6 But assone as it was day Iudas shewed him selfe in the field with thre thousand men whiche had nether harnes nor swordes to their mindes 7 And thei sawe that the armies of the heathen were strong and wel armed and their horsemen about them and that these
were experte men of warre 8 Then said Iudas to the men that were with him Feare ye not their multitude nether be afraied of their assalt 9 Remember how our fathers were deliuered * in the red Sea when Pharao pursued them with an armie 10 Therefore now let vs crye vnto heauen and the Lord will haue mercie vpon vs remember the couenant of our fathers will destroie this hoste before our face this day 11 So shal all the heathen knowe that there is one which deliuereth and saueth Israel 12 Then the strangers lift vp theireyes and sawe them coming against them 13 And they went out of their tentes into the battel and they that were with Iudas blew the trumpets 14 So they ioyned together and the heathē were discomfited and fled by the plaine 15 But the hinmoste of them fel by the sworde and they pursued them vnto Gazeron and into the plaines of Idumea and of Azo tus and of Iamnia so that there were slaine of them about thre thousand men 16 So Iudas turned againe with his hoste frō pursuing them 17 And said vnto the people Be not griedie of the spoiles for there is a battel before vs. 18 And Gorgias and the armie is here by vs in the mountaine but stand ye now fast against your enemies and ouer come them then may ye safely take the spoiles 19 As Iudas was speaking these wordes there appeared one parte which loked from the mountaines 20 But when Gorgias sawe that his were fled and that Iudas soldiers burnt the tentes for the smoke that was sene declared what was done 21 When they sawe these things they were sore afraied and when they sawe also that Iudas and his hoste were in the field readie to set them selues in array 22 They fled euerie one into the land of stran gers 23 So Iudas turned againe to spoile the tentes where he gate muche golde and siluer and precious stones and purple of the sea and great riches 24 Thus they went home and sang psalmes praised towarde the heauen for he is gracious and his mercie endureth for euer 25 And so Israél had a great victorie in that day 26 ¶ Now all the strangers that escaped came and tolde Lysias all the things that we re done 27 Who when he heard these things was sore afraied and discouraged because suche things came not vpon Israél as he wolde nether suche things as the King had commanded him came to passe 28 Therefore the next yere following gathered Lysias thre score thousande chosen fote men and fiue thousande horsemen to fight against Ierusalém 29 So they came in to Idumea and pitched their tentes at Beth-sura where Iudas came against them with ten thousand men 30 And when he sawe that mightie armie he praied and said Blessed be thou ô Sauiour of Israel * which did est destroie the assalte of the mightie man by the hand of thy seruant Dauid * and gauest the hoste of the strangers into the hand of Ionathan the sonne of Saul and of his armour bearer 31 Shut vp this armie in the hand of thy people of Israel and let them be confounded with their power and with their horsemē 32 Make them afraied and cōsume their boldenes and strength that they may be astonished at their destruction 33 Cast them downe by the sworde of them that loue thee thē shal all thei that knowe thy Name praise thee with songs 34 So they ioyned together and there were slaine of Lysias hoste fiue thousand men they fell before them 35 Then Lysias seing hys armie put to flight and the manlines of Iudas soldiers that they were readie either to liue or dye valiantly he went into Antiochia and gathered strangers and when he had furnished his armie he thoght againe being prepared to come against Iudea 36 Then said Iudas and his brethren Behold our ennemyes are discomfited let vs now go vp to clense and to repaire the Sāctuarie 37 So all the hoste gathered them together and went vp into the mountaine of Sion 38 Now when they sawe the Sanctuarie layed waste and the altar defiled and the dores burnt vp and the shrubbes growing in the courtes as in a forest or as on one of the mountaines and that the Priests chambers were broken downe 39 They rent their clothes and made greate lamentation and cast ashes vppon theyr heads 40 And fel downe to the ground on their faces and blewe an alarme with the trūpets and cryed towarde heauen 41 Then Iudas commaunded certeine of the mē to fight against those which were in the castel til he had clensed the Sanctuarie 42 So he chose 〈◊〉 that were vndefiled suche as delited in the Law 43 And they clensed the Sāctuarie and bare out the defiled stones into an vncleane place 44 And consulted what to do with the altar of burnt offrings which was polluted 45 So they thoght it was best to destroye it lest it shulde be a reproche vnto them because the heathen had defiled it therefore they destroyed the altar 46 And layed vp the stones vpon the mountaine of the Temple in a conuenient place til there shulde come a Prophet to shewe what shulde be done with them 47 So they toke whole stones according to the Law buylded a new altar according to the former 48 And made vp the Sanctuarie the things that were within the Temple the courts and all things 49 Thei made also new holie vessels broght into the Temple the cādel sticke and the altar of burnt offrings and of incense and the table 50 And they burnt in cense vpon the altar lighted the lampes which were vpon the candelsticke that they might burnt in the Temple 51 Thei set also the shewbread vpon the table changed vp the vailes finished all the workes that they had begon to make 52 And vpon the fiue and twentieth day of the ninth moneth which is called the 〈◊〉 of Chaslu in the hundreth and eight and fortieth yere they rose vp be times in the morning 53 And offred sacrifice according to the Law vpon the new altar of burnt offrings that they had made 54 According to the time and according to the day that heathen had defiled it in the same day was it made new with songs and harpes and lutes and cymbales 55 And all the people fel vpō aheir faces wor shipping and praising towarde the heauē him that had giuen them good successe 56 So they kept the dedication of the altar eight daies offring burnt offrings with gladnes and offred sacrifices of deliuerā ce and praise 57 And decte the fore fronte of the Temple with crownes of golde and shields and dedicated the gates and chambers hanged dores vpon them 58 Thus there was very great gladnes among the people the reproche of the heathen was put away 59 So Iudas and his brethren with the whole congregacion of Israél ordeined that the daies of
vp against our enemies if peraduenture we may be able to fight with them 9 But they wolde haue staied him saying We are not able but let vs rather faue our liues turne backe now seing our brethren are departed for shal we fight against thē that are so fewe 10 Thē Iudas said God forbid that we shulde do this thing to He from them if our time become let vs dye manfully for our brethren and let vs not staine our honour 11 Then the hoste remoued out of the tentes and stode against them who had deuided their horsemen in to two troupes and they that threwe with slings and the archers marched in the forewarde and they that foght in the forewarde were all valiant men 12 And Bacchides was in the right wing So the armie drewe nere on bothesides and blewe the trumpets 13 They of Iudas side blew the trumpets also and the earth shoke at the noyce of the ar mies and the battel continued from morning to night 14 And when Iudas sawe that Bacchides and the strength of his armie was on the right side he toke with him all the hardie men 15 And brake the right wing and followed vpon them vnto mount Azotus 16 Now when they which were of the left wing sawe that the right wing was discomfited they followed Iudas behinde and thē that were with him hard at the heles 17 Thē was there a fore battel for many were slaine of bothe the parties 18 Iudas also himself was killed and the remnant fled 19 So Ionathan and Simon toke Iudas their brother and buryed him in his father sepul chre in the citie of Modin 20 And all the Israelites wept for him mour ned greatly for him and lamented many daies saying 21 How is the valiantman fallen which deliuered Israel 22 Concerning the otherthings of Iudas bo the the battels and the valiant actes that he did and of his worthines they are not writen for they were very many 23 ¶ Now after the death of 〈◊〉 wicked 〈◊〉 came vp in all the coastes of Israel 〈◊〉 arose all suche as gaue them selues to iniquitie 24 In those daies was there a very great famine in the land and all the countrey gaue ouer them selues with them 25 And Bacchides did chuse wicked men and made them lords in the land 26 These soght out and made searche for Iudas friends and broght them vnto Bacchi des which aduenged him self vpon them and mocked them 27 And there came so great trouble in Israél as was not since the time that no Prophet was sene among them 28 Then came all Iudas friends together and said vnto Ionathan 29 Seing thy brother Iudas is dead and there is none like him to go forthe against our enemies euen against Bacchides and against them of our naciō that are enemies vnto vs. 30 Therefore this day we chuse thee that thou maist be our prince and captaine in his place to order our battel 31 So Ionathan toke the gouernance vpon him at the same time and druled in stead of his brother Iudas 32 But when Bacchides knewe it he soght for to slay him 33 Then Ionathan and Simon his brother 〈◊〉 that fled into the wildernes of Thecua with all their companie and pitched their tentes by the water poole of Asphar 34 Which when Bacchides vnderstode he came ouer Iorden with all his hoste vpon the Sabbath day 35 Now had Ionathan sent his brother Iohn a captaine of the people to pray his friēds the Nabathites that they wold kepe their baggage which was muche 36 But the children of Ambri came out of Me daba and toke Iohn and all that he had and when they had takē it went their way 37 After this came worde vnto Ionathan and to Simon his brother that the children of Ambrimade a great mariage and broght the bride from Medaba with great pompe for she was daughter to one of the noblest princes of Canaan 38 Therefore they remembred Iohn their bro ther and went vp and hid them selues vnder the couert of the mountaine 39 So they lift vp their eyes and loked and be holde there was a great noyce and muche 〈◊〉 then the bridegrome came forthe and his friends and his brethren met them with tymbrels and instrumēts of mu sike and manie weapons 40 Then Ionathans men that lay in ambushe rose vp against them and slewe manie of them and the remnant fled into the mountaines so that they toke all their spoiles 41 Thus the mariage was turned to mourning and the noyce of their melodie into lamentacion 42 And so when they had aduenged the blood of their brother they are turned againe vnto Iorden 43 When Bacchides heard this he came vnto the border of Iorden with a great power vpon the Sabbath day 44 Then Ionathan said vnto his companie Let vs rise now and fight against our enemies for it is not to day as intime past 45 Beholde the battel is before vs and behin de vs and the water of Iorden on this side and that side and the marise and forest so that there is no place for vs to turne a side 46 Wherefore crye now vnto heauen that ye may be deliuered from the power of your enemies so they ioyned battel 47 Then Ionathan stretched out his hand to smite Bacchides but he turned aside from him and reculed 48 Then Ionathan and they that were with him leapt into 〈◊〉 and swimmed ouer vnto the further bāke but the otherwolde not passe through 〈◊〉 after them 49 So in that day were slaine of Bacchides side about a thousand men 50 Then he turned to againe to Ierusalém and buylt vp the strong cities in Iuda as the ca 〈◊〉 of Iericho and Emmaus and Bethoron and Bethel and Thamnatha Pharathoui Tepho with high walles with gates and with barres 51 And set garisons in them that they might vse their malice vpon Israel 52 He fortified also the citie Beth-sura and Gazara and the castel and set a garison in them with prouision of vitailes 53 He toke also the chiefest mens sonnes in the countrey for hostages and put them in the castel at Ierusalém to be kept 54 ¶ Afterwarde in the hundreth 〈◊〉 and thre yere in the 〈◊〉 moneth Alcimus commanded that the walles of the inner court of the Sanctuarie shuld be destroied and he pulled downe the monumēts of the Prophetes and began to destroy them 55 But at the same time Alcimus was plagued and his enterprises 〈◊〉 hindred and his mouth was stopped for he was smitten with a palsie and colde no more speake nor giue order concerning his house 56 Thus dyed Alcimus with a great torment at the same time 57 And when Bacchides sawe that Alcimus was dead he turned againe to the King so the land of Iuda was in rest two yeres 58 Then all the vngodlie men helde a counsel saying Beholde Ionathan and his companie dwell at ease and without care wherefore let vs
haue writen vnto you and ye shall do well if ye kepe the same dayes 17 We hope also that the God which deliuered all his people and gaue an heritage to them all and the kingdome and the priesthode and the Sanctuarie 18 * As he promised in the Law will shortely haue mercy vpon vs and gather vs together from vnder the heauen into his holye place for he hathe saued vs from great perils and hathe clensed the place 19 As concerning Iudas Maccabeus and his brethren the purification of the great Tēple and the dedication of the altar 20 And the warres against Antiochus Epiphanes and Eupator his sonne 21 And the manifest signes that came from heauen vnto those whiche manfully stode for the Iewes religiō for thogh thei were but fewe yet they ranne through whole countries and pursued the barbarous armies 22 And repaired the Temple that was renoumed thorow out all the worlde and deliuered the citie established the Lawes that were like to be abolished because the Lord was merciful vnto them with all lenitie 23 We will assaye to abridge in one volume those things that Iason the Cyrenean hath declared in fiue bokes 24 For considering the wonderful nomber the difficultie that thei haue that wolde be occupied in the rehearsal of stories because of the diuersitie of the matters 25 We haue indeuored that they that wolde read might haue pleasure that they whiche are studious might easily kepe them in memorie and that who so euer read them might haue profite 26 Therefore to vs that haue taken in hand this greate labour it was no easie thing to make this abbridgement but required bo the sweat and watching 27 Like as he that maketh a feast and seketh others mens commoditie hathe no smale labour so we also for manie mens sakes are verie wel content to vnder take this great labour 28 Leauing to the autor the exact diligence of euerie particular we wil labour to go forowarde according to the prescript order of an abbridgement 29 For as he that wil buylde a newe house must prouide for the whole buylding but he that setteth out the plat or goeth about to painte it seketh but onely what is comlie for the decking thereof 30 Euen so I thinke for vs that it apperteineth to the first writer of a storie to enter depely into it and to make mencion of all thinge and to be curious in euerie parte 31 But it is permitted to him that wil shorten it to vse fewe wordes and to auoyde those things that are curious therein 32 Here then wil we beginne the storie adding thus muche to our former wordes that it is but a foolish thing to abonde in wordes before the storie and to beshorte in the storie CHAP. III. 1 Of the honour done vnto the Temple by the Kings of the Gentiles 6 Simō vttereth what treasure is in the Tēple 9 Heliodorus is sente to take them away 26 He is striken of God and healed at the prayer of Onias 1 WHat time as the holy cītie was inhabited with all peace and when the Lawes were very wel kept because of the godlines of Onias the hie Priest hatred of wickednes 2 It came to passe that euen the Kings did honour the place and garnished the Temple with great giftes 3 In so muche that Seleuchus King of Asia of his owne rentes bare all the costes belonging to the seruice of the sacrifices 4 But one Simon of the tribe of Beniamin being appointed ruler of the Temple contended with the hie Priest cōcerning the iniquitie committed in the citie 5 And when he colde not ouercome Onias he gate him to Apollonius the 〈◊〉 of Thraseas which then was gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice 6 And tolde him that the treasurie in Ierusalē was ful of innumerable money which did not belong to the prouision of the sacrifices and that it were possible that these things might come into the Kings hands 7 Now when Appollonius came to the King and had shewed him of the money as it was tolde him the King chose out Heliodorus his treasurer and sent him with a commandement to bring him the foresaid money 8 Immediately Heliodorus toke his iourney as thogh he wolde visite the cities of Coelosyria and Phenice but in effect to fulfil the Kings purpose 9 So when he came to Ierusalem and was courteously receiued of the hie Priest into the citie he declared what was determined concerning the money and shewed the cause of his comming and asked if these things were so in dede 10 Then the hie Priest tolde him that there were suche things laid vp by the widdowes and fatherles 11 And that a certeyne of it belonged vnto Hircanus the sonne of Tobias a noble mā and not as that wicked Simon had reported that in all there were but foure hundreth talents of siluer and two hundreth of golde 12 And that it were altogether vnpossible to do this wrong to them that had committed it of trust to the holines of the place Tēple which is honored thorow the whole worlde for holines and integritie 13 But Heliodorus because of the Kings cōmandemēt giuen him said that in any wise it must be broght into the Kings treasurie 14 So he appointed a daye and went into take order for these things then there was no smale grief thorowout the whole citie 15 For the Priests fell downe before the altar in the Priests garments and called vnto heauen vpon him which had made a Lawe concerning things giuen to be kept that they shulde be safely preserued for such as had committed them to be kept 16 Thē thei that loked the high Priest in the face were wounded in their heart for hys countenance and the changing of his colour declared the sorowe of his minde 17 The man was so wrapped in feare and trēbling of the bodie that it was manifest to them that loked vpon him what sorow he had in his heart 18 Others also came out of their houses by heapes vnto the cōmune praier because the place was like to come vnto contempt 19 And the women girt with sackecloth vnder their breastes filled the stretes and the virgines that were kept in ranne some to the gates some to the walles others loked out of the windowes 20 And all helde vp their hands toward heauen and made prayer 21 It was a lamentable thing to se the multitude that fell downe of all sortes and the expectation of the high Priest being in such anguish 22 Therefore thei called vpon the almightie Lord that he wolde kepe 〈◊〉 and sure the things which were layed vp for those that had deliuered them 23 Neuertheles the thing that Heliodorus was determined to do that did he performe 24 And as he his souldiers were now there presēt by the treasurie he that is the Lord of the Spirits and of all power shewed a great vision so that all thei whiche presumed to come with him were
out of thee shal come the gouernour that shal fede my people Israel 7 Then Herode priuely called the Wisemen and diligently inquired of them the time of the starre that appeared 8 And sent them to Beth-lehem saying Go searche diligently for the babe and when ye haue founde him bring me worde againe that I may come also and worship him 9 ¶ So when they had heard the King they de parted lo the starre which they had sene in the East went before thē til it came and stode ouer the place where the babe was 10 And when they sawe the starre they reioyced with an exceading great ioye 11 And went into the house and founde the babe with Marie his mother and fel downe and worshipped him and opened their treasures and presented vnto him giftes euen golde and in cense and myrrhe 12 And after they were warned of God in a dreame that they shulde not go againe to Herode they returned into their countrey another way 13 ¶ After their departure beholde the Angel of the Lord appeareth to Ioseph in adreame saying Arise and take the babe and his mother and flee into Egypt and be there til I bring thee worde for Herode wil seke the babe to destroye him 14 So he arose and toke the babe and his mother by night and departed into Egypt 15 And was there vnto the death of Herode that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the * Prophet saying Out of Egypt haue I called my Sonne 16 ¶ Thē Herode seing that he was mocked of the Wisemen was exceading wroth and sent forthe and slewe all the male children that were in Beth-lehē and in all the coastes thereof from two yere olde and vnder according to the time which he had diligently searched out of the Wisemen 17 Then was that fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophet Ieremias saying 18 * In Rama was a voyce heard mourning and weping and great lamentation Rachel weping for her children and wolde not be comforted because they were not 19 And when Herode was dead beholde an Angel of the Lord appeareth in a dreame to Ioseph in Egypt 20 Saying Arise and take the babe and his mother and go into the land of Israel for they are dead which soght the babes life 21 Then he arose vp and toke the babe and his mother and came into the land of Israel 22 But when he heard that Archelaus did reigne in Iudea in steade of his father Herode he was afrayed to gothether yet after he was warned of God in a dreame he turned aside into the parties of Galile 23 And went and dwelt in a citie called Nazaret that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophetes which was That he shulde be called a Nazarite CHAP. III. 1 The office doctrine and life Iohn 7 The Pharises are reproued 8 The frutes of repentance 13 Christ is baptized in Iordan 17 And autorised by God his Father 1 A * Nd in those dayes Iohn the Baptiste came and preached in the wildernes of Iudea 2 And said Repēt for the kingdome of heauen is at hand 3 For this is he of whome it is spoken by the Prophet Esaias saying * The voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes is Prepare ye the way of the Lord make his paths straight 4 * And this Iohn had his garment of camels heere and a gridle of a skin about his loynes his meat was also locustes wilde honie 5 * Then went out to him Ierusalem all Iudea and all the region rounde about Iordan 6 And they were baptized of him in Iordan confessing their sinnes 7 Now when he sawe many of the Pharises and of the Sadduces come to his baptisme he said vnto them * O generacions of vipers who hathe fore warned you to flee from the angre to come 8 Bring for the therefore frutes worthie amēdement of life 9 And thinke not to say with your selues * We haue Abraham to our father for I say vnto you that God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham 10 And now also is the axe put to the roote of the trees * therefore euerie tre whiche bringeth not forthe good frute is he wen downe and cast into the fyre 11 * In dede I baptize you with water to amendement of life but he that cometh after me is mightier then I whose shoes I am not worthie to beare he wil baptize you with the holie Gost and with fyre 12 Which hathe his fanne in his hand and wil make cleane his floore and gather his wheat into his garner but wil burne vp the chaffe with vnquencheable fyre 13 ¶ * Thē came Iesus frō Galile to Iordan vnto Iohn to be baptized of him 14 But Iohn put him backe saying I haue nede to be baptized of thee and commest thou to me 15 Then Iesus answering said to him Let be now for thus it becometh vs to fulfil all righteousnes So he suffred him 16 And Iesus when he was baptized came straight out of the water And lo the heauēs were opened vnto him and Iohn sawe the Spirit of God descending like a doue and lighting vpon him 17 And lo a voyce came from heauen saying * This is my * beloued Sonne in whome I am wel pleased CHAP. IIII. 1 Christ fasteth and is tempted 11 The Angels minister vnto him 17 He beginneth to preache 18 He calleth Pe ter Andrew Iames and Iohn and healeth all the sicke 1 THen * was Iesus led aside of the Spirit into the wildernes to be tempted of the deuil 2 And when he had fasted fortie dayes and for tie nights he was after warde hungrie 3 Then came to him the tempter and said If thou be the Sonne of God 〈◊〉 that these stones be made bread 4 But he answering said It is written * Man shal not liue by bread onely but by euerie worde that proceadeth out of the mouth of God 5 Then the deuil toke him vp into the holie Citie and set him on a pinacle of the temple 6 And said vnto him If thou be the Sonne of God cast thy self downe for it is written * that he wil giue his Angels charge ouer thee and with their hands they shal lifte thee vp left at anie time thou shuldest dash thy fote against a stone 7 Iesus said vnto him It is written againe * Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God 8 Againe the deuil toke him vp vnto an exceading hie mountaine and shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde and the glorie of them 9 And said to him All these wil I giue thee if thou wilt fall downe
dead mens bones and of all filthines 28 So are ye also for outwarde ye appeare righ teous vnto men but within ye are ful of hypocrisie and iniquitie 29 ¶ Wo be vnto you Scribes and Pharises hypocrites for ye buylde the tombes of the Prophetes and garnish the sepulchres of the righteous 30 And say If we had bene in the dayes of our fathers we wolde not haue bene parteners with them in the blood of the Prophetes 31 So them ye be witnesses vnto yourselues that ye are the children of them that murthered the Prophetes 32 Fulfil ye also the measure of your fathers 33 O serpents the generacion of viperes how shulde ye escape the damnacion of hel 34 Wherefore beholde I send vnto you Prophetes and wise men and Scribes and of thē ye shal kil and crucifie and of them shal ye scourge in your Synagogues and persecute from citie to citie 35 That vpon you may come all the righteous blood that was shed vpon the earth * from the blood of Abel the righteous vnto the blood of Zacharias the sonne of Barachias * whome ye slewe betwene the Temple and the altar 36 Verely I say vnto you all these things shal come vpon this generation 37 * Ierusalem Ierusalem which killest the Pro phetes and stoned them whiche are sent to thee how often wolde I haue gathered thy childrē together * as the hēne gathereth her chickēs vnder her wings and ye wolde not 38 Beholde your habitacion shal be left vnto you desolate 39 For I saye vnto you ye shal not se me hēce forthe til that ye say Blessed is he that cometh in the Name of the Lord. CHAP. XXIIII 1 Christ sheweth his disciples the destruction of the Tem ple. 5. 24. The false Christs 13 To perseuere 14 The preaching of the Gospel 6. 29 The signes of the end of the worlde 42 He warneth them to wake 44 The sudden comming of Christ. 1 ANd * Iesus went out departed frō the Temple and his disciples came to him 2 And Iesus said vnto them Se ye not all these things Verely I say vnto you * there shal not be here left a stone vpon a stone that shal not be cast downe 5 And as he sate vpon the mount of Oliues his disciples came vnto him aparte saying TEll vs whē these things shal be and what signe shal be of thy comming and of the end of the worlde 4 And Iesus answered and said vnto them * Take hede that no man deceiue you 3 For manie shal come in my Name saying I am Christ and shal deceiue manie 6 And ye shal heare of warres and rumors of warres se that ye be not troubled for all these things must come to passe but the end is not yet 7 For nacion shal rise against nacion and realme againste realme and there shal be pestilence and famine and earth quakes in diuers places 8 Al these are but the beginning of sorowes 9 * Then shall they deliuer you vp to be afflicted and shall kill you and ye shal be hated of all nacions for my Names sake 10 And then shal manie be offende shal betray one another and shal hate one another 11 And manie false prophetes shall arise and shal deceiue manie 12 And because iniquitie shal be increased the loue of manie shal be colde 13 * But he that endureth to the end he shal be saued 14 And thys Gospell of the kingdome shal be preached through the whole worlde for a witnes vnto all nacions and then shall the ende come 15 ¶ When ye* therefore shal se the abomi nation of desolation spoken of by * Daniel the Prophet standing in the holie place let him that readeth consider it 16 Then let them which be in Iudea flee into the mountaines 17 Let him which is on the house top not come downe to fetch anie thing out of his house 18 And he that is in the field let not him returne backe to fetch his clothes 19 And wo shal be to thē that are with childe and to them that giue sucke in those dayes 20 But pray that your flight be not in the winter nether on the * Sabbath day 21 For then shal be great tribulation suche as was not from the beginnyng of the worlde to this time nor shal be 22 And except those daies shuldbe shortned there shulde no flesh be saued but for the electes sake those dayes shal be shortened 23 * Then if anie shal say vnto you Lo here is Christ or there beleue it not 24 For there shal arise false Christs and false prophetes and shal shewe great signes and wonders so that if it were possible they shulde deceiue the verie elect 25 Beholde I haue tolde you before 26 Wherefore if they shal say vnto you Beholde he is in the desert go not forthe Beholde he is in the secret places beleue it not 27 For as the lightning cometh out of the East and shineth into the West so shal also the comming of the Sonne of man be 28 * For wheresoeuer a dead carkeis is thither wil the egles resort 29 * And immediatly after the tribulations of those dayes shal the sunne be darkened and the moone shal not giue her light and the starres shal fall frō heauen the powers of heauen shal be shaken 30 And then shal appeare the signe of the Sōne of man in heauen then shal all the kinreds of the earth mourne they shalse the Sōne of man come in the cloudes of heauen with power and great glorie 31 * And he shal send his Angels with a great sounde of a trumpet and they shal gather together his elect from the foure windes frō the one end of the heauen vnto the other 32 Now learne the parable of the figge tre whē her bough is yet tender it bringeth forthe leaues ye knowe that sommer is nere 33 So likewise ye when ye se all these things knowe that the kingdome of God is nere euen at the dores 34 Verely I say vnto you this generation shal not passe til all these things be done 35 * Heauen and earth shal passe away but my wordes shal not passe away 36 But of that day and houre knoweth no mā no not the Angels of heauen but my Father onely 37 But as the dayes of Noe were so likewise shal the comming of the Sonne of man be 38 * For as in the dayes before the flood they did eat and drinke mary and giue in mariage vnto the day that Noe entred into the Arke 39 And knewe nothing til the flood came toke them all awaye so shal also the comming of the Sonne of man be 40 * Thē two men shal be in the fields
money vnto the souldiers 13 Saying Say His disciples came by night ād stole him away while we slept 14 And if the gouernour heare of this we will persuade him and saue you harmeles 15 So they toke the money and did as they were taught and this saying is noised among the Iewes vnto this day 16 ¶ Then the eleuen disciples went into Galile into a moūtaine where Iesus had appointed them 17 And when they saw e hym they worshipped him but some douted 18 And Iesus came and spake vnto them saying * All power is giuen vnto me in heauen and in earth 19 * Go therefore and teache all nacions baptizynge them in the Name of the Father and the Sonne and the holie Gost. 20 Teaching them to obserue all things what soeuer I haue commanded you and lo * I am with you alwaye vntill the end of the worlde Amen THE HOLY GOSPEL of Iesus Christ according to Marke CHAP. I. 2 The office doctrine and life of the Baptiste 9 Christ is baptized 13 And tempted 14 He preacheth 17 Calleth the fishers 23 Christ healeth the man with the vncleane spirit 27 〈◊〉 doctrine 29 He healeth Peters mother in lawe 34 The deuils knowe him 41 He clenseth the leper and healeth diuers other 1 THe begynnynge of the Gospell of Iesus Christe the Sonne of God 2 As it is written in the Prophetes * Behold I send my messēger before thy face whiche shal prepare thy way before thee 3 * The voyce of him that cryeth in their wildernes is Prepare the waye of the Lorde make his paths straight 4 * Iohn dyd baptize in the wildernes and preach the baptisme of amendement of life for remission of sinnes 5 And all the countrey of Iudea and they of Ierusalem went out vnto hym and were all baptized of him in the riuer Iordan confessing their sinnes 6 Now Iohn was clothed with camels heere and with a girdle of a skinne about his loines and he did eat * locustes and wilde honie 7 * And preached saying A stronger then I commeth after me whose shoes latchet I am not worthie to stoup downe and vnlose 8 Trueth it is I haue * baptized you with water but he wil baptize you with the holie Gost. 9 ¶ * And it came to passe in those dayes that Iesus came from Nazaret a citie of Galile and was baptized of Iohn in Iordan 10 And assone as he was come out of the water Iohn sawe the heauens clouē in twaine and the holie Gost descending vpon him like a doue 11 Then there was a voyce frō heauē saying Thou art my beloued Sonne in whome I am wel pleased 12 * And immediatly the Spirit driueth him into the wildernes 13 And he was there in the wildernes fortie daies and was tempted of Satan he was also with the wilde beasts and the Angels ministred vnto him 14 ¶ * Nowe after that Iohn was committed to prison IESVS came into Galile preachyng the Gospel of the kingdome of God 15 And saying The time is fulfilled and the kingdome of God is at hand repent and beleue the Gospel 16 ¶ * And as he walked by the sea of Galile he sawe Simon and Andre 〈◊〉 his brother casting a nette into the sea for they were fishers 17 Then Iesus said vnto them Folowe me and I wil make you to be fishers of men 18 And straight waye they forsoke their nettes and folowed him 19 And when he had gone a litle further thēce he sawe Iames the sonne of Zebedeus and Iohn is brother as they were in the shippe mending their nettes 20 And anone he called them and they left their Father Zebedeus in the ship with his hyred seruants and went their waye after hym 21 ¶ So * they entred into Capernaum and straight way on the Sabbath daye he intred into the Synagogue and taught 22 And they were astonied at his doctrine * for he taughtt hem as one that had autoritie and not as the Scribes 23 ¶ And there was in their Synagogue a man whyche had an vncleane Spirite and he cryed 24 Saying Ah what haue we to do with thee o Iesus of Nazaret Art thou come to destroy vs I knowe thee what thou art euen that holie one of God 25 And Iesus rebuked him saying Holde thy peace and come out of him 26 And the vncleane Spirite tarie hym and cryed with a loude voyce and came oute of hym 27 And they were all amased so that they demanded one of another saying What thing is this what new doctrine is this for he cōmandeth the foule spirits with autoritie and they obey him 28 And immediatly his fame spred abroad throughout all the region bordering on Galile 29 ¶ * And assone as they were come oute of the Synagogue they entred into the house of Simon and Andrewe with Iames and Iohn 30 And Symons wyues mother in lawe laye sicke of a feuer and anone they tolde hym of her 31 And he came and toke her by the hand and lift her vp and the feuer forsoke her by and by and she ministred vnto them 32 And when euen was come and the sunne was downe they broght to him all that were diseased and them that were possessed with deuils 33 And the whole citie was gathered together at the dore 34 And he healed manie that were sicke of diuers diseases and he cast out manie deuils and suffred not the deuils to say that they knewe him 35 And in the morning verie earely before day Iesus arose and went out into a solitarie place and there prayed 36 And Simon and thei that were with him folowed after him 37 And when they had founde him they said vnto him All men seke for thee 38 Then he said vnto them Let vs go into the next townes that I may preache there also for I came out for that purpose 39 And he preached in their Synagogues through out all Galile and cast the deuils out 40 ¶ * And there came a leper to him beseching him and kneled downe vnto him and said to him If thou wilt thou canst make me cleane 41 And Iesus had compassion and put forthe his hand and touched him and said to him I wil be thou cleane 42 And assone as he had spoken immediatly the leprosie departed from him and he was made cleane 43 And after he had giuen him a streict commandement he sent him awaye forthewith 44 And said vnto him Se thou say nothing to anie man but get thee hence and shewe thy self to the * Priest and offer for thy clensing those things which Moses commanded for a testimonial vnto them 45 But when he was departed * he beganne to tel manie things and to publish the matter so
the power of God 25 For when they shal rise againe frō the dead nether men mary nor wiues are maried but are as the Angels which are in heauen 26 And as touching the dead that they shal rise againe haue ye not red in the boke of Moses how in the bush God spake vnto him saying I * am the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Iacob 27 He is not the God of the dead but the God of the liuing Ye are therefore greatly deceiued 28 ¶ * Then came one of the Scribes that had heard them disputing together and perceiuing that he had answered thē wel he asked him Which is the first cōmandement of all 29 Iesus answered him The first of all the com mandements is * Heare Israel The Lord our God is the onelie Lord. 30 Thou shalt therefore loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule with all thy minde with all thy strength this is the first commandement 31 And the seconde is like that is * Thou shalt loue thy neighbour as thy self There is none other cōmandemēt greater then these 32 Then the Scribe said vnto him Wel Master thou hast said the trueth that there is one God and that there is none but he 33 And to loue him with all the heart and with all the vnderstanding and with all the soule and with all the strength and to loue his neighbour as him self is more then all burnt offrings and sacrifices 34 Then when Iesus sawe that he answered discretely he said vnto him Thou art not farre from the kingdome of God And no man after that durst aske him any question 35 ¶ * And Iesus answered and said teaching in the Temple How say the Scribes that Christ is the sonne of Dauid 36 For Dauid him self said by the holie Gost * The Lord said to my Lord Sit at my right hand til I make thine enemies thy fotestole 37 Then Dauid him self calleth him Lord by what meanes is he then his sonne ād muche people heard him gladly 38 * Moreouer he said vnto them in his doctri ne Beware of the Scribes which loue to go in long robes and loue salutacions in the markets 39 And the chief seates in the Synagogues and the first roumes at feastes 40 Which * deuour widowes houses euen vnder a coulour of long prayers These shal receiue the greater damnation 41 * And as Iesus sate ouer against the treasurie he behelde how the people cast money īto the treasurie many richemē cast in muche 42 And there came a certeine poore widowe and she threw in two mites which make a quadrin 43 Then he called vnto him his disciples and said vnto thē Verely I say vnto you that this poore widowe hathe cast more in then all they which haue cast into the treasurie 44 For they all did cast in of their superfluitie but she of her pouertie did cast in all that she had euen all her liuing CHAP. XIII 2 The destruction of Ierusalem 10 The Gospel shal be prea ched to all 9 22 The persecutions and false Prophetes which shal be before the cōming of Christ whose houre is vncerteine 33 He exhorteth euery one to watch 1 ANd * as he went out of the Temple one of his disciples said vnto him Master se what stones and what buyldings are here 2 * Then Iesus answered and said vnto him Seest thou these great buyldings there shal not be left one stone vpon a stone that shal not be throwen downe 3 And as he sate on the mount of oliues ouer against the Temple Peter and Iames and Iohn and Andrew asked him secretly 4 Tel vs when shal these things be and what shal be the signe when all these things shal be fulfilled 5 And Iesus answered them and began to say * Take hede lest any man deceiue you 6 For many shal come in my Name saying I am Christ and shal deceiue many 7 Furthermore when ye shal heare of warres and rumors of warres be ye not troubled for suche things must nedes be but the end shal not be yet 8 For nacion shal rise against nacion and king dome against kingdome and there shal be earth quakes in diuers quarters and there shal be famine and troubles these are the be ginnings of sorowes 9 But take eye hede to your selues for they shal deliuer you vp to the Councils and to the Sy nagogues ye shal be beaten and broght before rulers and Kings for my sake for a testimonial vnto them 10 And the Gospel must first be published among all nacions 11 * But when they lead you and deliuer you vp take ye no thoght a fore nether premeditate what ye shal say but whatsoeuer is giuen you at the same time that speake for it is not ye that speake but the holie Gost. 12 Yea and the brother shal deliuer the brother to death and the father the sonne and the children shal rise againste their parents and shal cause them to dye 13 And ye shal be hated of all men for my Names sake but whosoeuer shal endure vnto the end he shal be saued 14 * Moreouer when ye shal se the abominacion of desolation spoken of by * Daniel the Prophet standing where it oght not let him that readeth consider it * then let thē that be in Iudea flee into the mountaines 15 And let him that is vpon the house not come downe into the house nether entre therein to fetch any thing out of his house 16 And let him that is in the field not turne backe againe vnto the things which he left behinde him to take his clothes 17 Thē wo shal be to thē that are with childe and to them that giue sucke in those dayes 18 Pray therefore that your flight be not in the winter 19 For there shal be in those dayes suche tribulation as was not from the beginning of the creation which God created vnto this time nether shal be 20 And except that the Lord had shortened those dayes no flesh shulde be saued but for the elects sake whiche he hathe chosen he hathe shortened thoses dayes 21 Then * if any man say to you Lo here is Christ or lo he is there beleue it not 22 For false Christs shal rise and false Prophetes and shal shewe signes and wonders to 〈◊〉 if it were possible the very elect 23 But take ye hede beholde I haue shewed you all things before 24 ¶ Moreouer * in those dayes after that tribulation the sunne shal waxe darke and the moone shal not giue her light 25 And the starres of heauen shal fall and the powers which are in heauen shal shake 26 And
then shal they se the Sonne of man coming in the cloudes with great power and glorie 27 * And he shal then send his Angels and shal gather together his elect from the foure windes aud from the vtmost parte of the earth to the vtmost parte of heauen 28 Now learne a parable of the sigge tre Whē her bough is yet tender it bringeth forthe leaues ye knowe that sommer is nere 29 So in like maner when ye se these things come to passe knowe that the kingdome of God is nere euen at the dores 30 Verely I say vnto you that this generaciō shal not passe til all these things be done 31 Heauen and earth shal passe away but my wordes shal not passe away 32 But of that day and houre knoweth no mā no not the Angels which are in heauen nether the Sonne him self saue the Father 33 * Take hede watche pray for ye knowe not when the time is 34 For the Sonne of man is as a man going in to a strange countrey and leaueth his house and giueth autoritie to his seruants and to euerie man his worke and commandeth the porter to watch 35 Watch therefore forye knowe not whē the Master of the house wil come at euen or at midnight at the cocke crowing or in the dauning 36 Lest if he come suddenly he shulde finde you sleping 37 And those things that I say vnto you I say vnto all men Watch. CHAP XIIII 1 The Priests conspire against Christ. 3 Marie Magdalene anointeth Christ. 12 The Passeouer is 〈◊〉 38 He telleth afore of the treason of Iudas 22 The Lords supper is institute 〈◊〉 Christ is taken 27 Peter denyeth him 1 ANd * two dayes after folowed the feast of the Pasteouer and of vnleauened bread and the hie Priests and Scribes soght how they might take him by craft and put him to death 2 But they said Not in the feast day lest there be any tumult among the people 3 * And when he was in Bethania in the house of Simō the leper as he sate at table there came a woman hauing a boxe of ointment of spikenarde verie costlie and she brake the 〈◊〉 and powred it on his head 4 Therefore some 〈◊〉 among them selues and said To what end is this waste of ointment 5 For it might haue bene solde for more then thre hundreth pence and bene giuen vnto the poore and they grudged against her 6 But Iesus said Let her alone why trouble ye her she hathe wroght a good worke on me 7 For ye haue the poore with you alwayes when ye wil ye may do them good but me ye shal not haue alwayes 8 She hathe done that she colde she came afore hād to anoint my bodie to the burying 9 Verely I say vnto you wheresoeuer this Gospel shal be preached throughout the whole worlde this also that she hathe done shal be spoken of in remembrance of her 10 ¶ * Thē Iudas Iscariot one of the twelue went away vnto the high Priests to betray him vnto them 11 And when they heard it they were glad and promised that they wolde giue him money therefore he soght how he might conueniently betray him 12 ¶ * Now the first day of vnleauened bread when they sacrificed the Passeouer his disciples said vnto him Where wilt thou that we go the prepare that thou maist eat the Passeouer 13 Then he sent forthe two of his disciples said vnto them Go ye into the citie and there shal a man mete you bearing a pitcher of water folowe him 14 And whithersoeuer he goeth in say ye to the good man of the house The Master saith Where is the lodging where I shal eat the Passeouer with my disciples 15 And he wil shewe you an vpper chamber which is large and trimmed and prepared there make it readie for vs. 16 So his disciples wēt forthe and came to the citie and founde as he had said vnto them made readie the Passeouer 17 ¶ And at euen he came with the twelue 18 * And as thei sate at table and did eat Iesus said Verely I say vnto you that one of you shal betray me which eateth with me 19 Then they began to be sorowful and to say to him one by one Is it I And another Is it I 20 And he answered and said vnto them It is one of the twelue that dippeth with me in the platter 21 * Truely the Sonne of man goeth his way as it is written of him but wo be to that man by whome the Sōne of mā is betrayed it had bene good for that man if he had neuer bene borne 22 * And as they 〈◊〉 Iesus toke the bread and when he had giuen thankes be brake it and gaue it to them and said * Take eat this is my bodie 23 Also he toke the cup and when he had giuen thankes gaue it to them and they all dranke of it 24 And he said vnto them This is my blood of the new Testament whiche is shed for manie 25 Verely I say vnto you I wil drinke no more of the frute of the vine vntil that day that I drinke it new in the kingdome of God 26 And when they had sung a psalme they wēt out to the mount of oliues 27 ¶ * Then Iesus said vnto them All ye shal be offended by me this night for it is written * I wil smite the shepherd and the shepe shal be scattered 28 But after that I am risen I wil go into * Galile before you 29 And Peter said vnto him Althogh all men shulde be offended yet wolde not I. 30 Then Iesus said vnto him Verely I say vnto thee this day euen in this night before the cocke crowe twise thou shalt denie me thrise 31 But he said more earnestly If I shulde dye with thee I wil not denie thee like wise also said they all 32 ¶ * After they came into a place named Geth semane then he said to his disciples Sit ye here til I haue prayed 33 And he toke with him Peter and Iames and Iohn and he began to be afraied in great heauines 34 And said vnto them My soule is verie heauie euen vnto the death tary here and watch 35 So he went forwarde a litle and fel downe on the grounde and prayed that if it were possible that houre might passe from him 36 And he said Abba Father all things are possible vnto thee toke away this cup from me neuertheles not that I wil but that thou wilt be done 37 Then he came and founde them sleping said to Peter Simon slepest thou coldest not thou watch one houre 38 ¶ Watch ye and pray that ye entre not into tentacion the spirit in dede is readie but the
flesh is weake 39 And againe he went awaye and prayed and spake the same wordes 40 And he returned and founde them aslepe againe for their eyes were heauie nether knewe they what they shulde answer him 41 And he came the thirde time and said vnto them Slepe hence forthe and take your rest it is ynough the houre is come behold the Sonne of man is deliuered into the hāds of sinners 42 Rise vp let vs go lo he that betrayeth me is at hand 43 * And immediatly while he yet spake came Iudas that was one of the twelue and with him a great multitude with swordes staues from the hie Priests and Scribes and Elders 44 And he that betrayed him had giuen thē a token saying Whomesoeuer I shal kisse he it is take him and leade him awaye safely 45 And assone as he was come he went straight waye to him and said Master Master and kissed him 46 Then they layed their hands on him toke him 47 And one of them that stode by drewe out a sworde and smote a seruant of the hie Priest and cut of his eare 48 And Iesus answered and said vnto thē Ye become out as vnto a thefe with swordes with staues to take me 49 I was daiely with you teaching in the Tēple and ye toke me not but this is done that the Scriptures shulde be fulfilled 50 Then they all forsoke him and fled 51 And there folowed him a certeine yong mā clothed in linnen vpon his bare bodie and the yong men caught him 52 But he left his linnen cloth and fled from them naked 53 * So thei led Iesus away to the hie Priest and to him came all the hie Priests and the Elders and the Scribes 54 And Peter followed him a farre of euen in to the hall of the Priest and sate with the ser uants and warmed him self at the fyre 55 And the * hie Priests and all the Council soght for witnes against Iesus to put him to death but founde none 56 For manie bare false witnes against him but their witnes agreed not together 57 Then there arose certeine and bare false witnes against him saying 58 We heard him say * I wil destroy this Tēple made with hands and with in thre dayes I wil buylde another made without hands 59 But their witnes yet agreed not together 60 Then the hie Priest stode vp amongs them and asked Iesus saying Answerest thou nothing what is the matter that these beare witnes against thee 61 But he held his peace answered nothing Againe the hie Priest askest him and said vnto him Art thou Christ the Sonne of the Blessed 62 And Iesus said I am he * and ye shal se the Sonne of man sit at the right hand of the power of God and come in the cloudes of heauen 63 Then the hie Priest rent his clothes and said What haue we anie more nede of witnesses 64 Ye haue heard the blasphemie what think ye And they all condemned him to be worthie of death 65 And some began to spit at him and to couer his face and to beate him with fystes and to say vnto him Prophecie And the sergeants smote him with their rods 66 * And as Peter was beneath in the hall there came one of the maides of the hie Priest 67 And when she sawe Peter warming him self she loked on him and said Thou wast also with Iesus of Nazaret 68 But he denied it saying I knowe him not nether wot I what thou saiest Then he wēt out into the porche and the cocke crewe 69 * Then a maide sawe him againe and began to say to them that stode by This is one of them 70 But he denied it againe anone after they that stodeby said againe to Peter Surely thou art one of them for thou art of Galile and thy speache is like 71 And he began to curse sweare saying I knowe not this man of whome ye speake 72 * Then the seconde time the cocke crewe and Peter remembred the worde that Iesus had said vnto him Before the cocke crowe twise thou shalt denie my thrise waying that with him self he wept CHAP XV. 1 Iesus is led to Pilate 15 He is condemned reuiled and put to death 46 And is buryed by Ioseph 1 ANd * anone in the dawning the hie Priests helde a counsel with the Elders and the Scribes and the whole Council and bounde Iesus and led him away and deliuered him to Pilate 2 Then Pilate asked him Art thou the King of the Iewes And he answered and said vnto him Thou sayest it 3 And the hie Priests accused him of manie things 4 * Wherefore Pilate asked him againe saying Answerest thou nothing beholde how manie things thei witnes against thee 5 But Iesus answered no more at all so that Pilate marueiled 6 Now at the feast Pilate did deliuer a prisoner vnto them whomesoeuer thei wolde desire 7 Thē there was one named Barabbas which was bounde with his fellowes that had made insurrection who in the insurrection had committed murther 8 And the people cryed a loude and began to desire that he wolde do as he had euer done vnto them 9 Then Pilate answered them and said Wil ye that I let lose vnto you the King of the Iewes 10 For he knewe that the hie Priests had deliuered him of enuie 11 But the hie Priests had moued the people to desire that he wolde rather deliuer Barab bas vnto them 12 And Pilate answered and said againe vnto them What wil ye then that I do with him whome ye call the King of the Iewes 13 And thei cryed againe Crucifie him 14 Then Pilate said vnto them But what euil hathe he done And they cryed the more feruently Crucifie him 15 So Pilate willing to content the people lo sed them Barabbas ād deliuered Iesus when he had scourged him that he might be crucified 16 Then the souldiers led him awaye into the hall which is the commune hall and called together the whole band 17 And clad him with purple and platted a crowne of thornes put it about his head 18 And began to salute him saying Haile King of the Iewes 19 And they smote him on the head with a ree de and spat vpon him and bowed the knees and did him reuerence 20 And when they had mocked him they toke the purple of him and put his owne clothes on him ād led him out to crucifie him 21 * And they compelled one that passed by called Simon of Cyrene which came out of the countrey and was father of Alexander and Rufus to beare his crosse 22 * And they broght him to a place named Golgotha which is
of Salmon 〈◊〉 sonne of Naasson 33 The sonne of Aminadab the sonne of Aram the sonne of Esrom the sonne of Phares the sonne of Iuda 34 The sonne of Iacob the sonne of Isaac the sonne of Abraham the sonne of Thara the sonne of Nachor 35 The sonne of Saruch the sonne of Ragau the sonne of Phalec the sōne of Eber the sonne of Sala 36 The sonne of Cainā the sonne of Arphaxad the sonne of Sem the sonne of Noe the sonne of Lamech 37 The sonne of Mathusala the sonne of Enoch the sonne of Iared the sonne of Ma leleel the sonne of Cainan 38 The sonne of Enos the sonne of Seth the sonne of Adam the sonne of God CHAP IIII. 1 Iesus is led into the wildernes to be tempted 13 He ouercometh the deuil 14 He goeth into Galile 16 Preacheth at Nazaret and Capernaum 22 The Iewes despise him 38 He cometh intö Peters house and healeth his mother in law 41 The deuils acknowledge Christ. 43 He preacheth through the cities 1 ANd Iesus full of the holie Gost returned from Iordan and was led by the Spirite into the wildernes 2 * And was there fourtie dayes tempted of the deuill and in those dayes he did eat nothing but when they were ended he afterwarde was hungrie 3 Then the deuill said vnto him If thou be the Sonne of God commande this stone that it be made bread 4 But Iesus answered him saying It is writen * The man shall not liue by bread onely but by euerie worde of God 5 Thē the deuil toke him vp into an high moū taine and shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde in the twinkeling of an eye 6 And the deuil said vnto him All this power wil I giue thee ād the glorie of those king domes for that is deliuered to me and to whomesoeuer I wil I giue it 7 If thou therfore wilt worship me they shal be all thine 8 But Iesus aunswered hym and said Hence from me Satan for it is written * Thou shalt worship the Lord thy God and hym alone thou shalt serue 9 Then he broght him to Ierusalem and set him on a pinacle of the Temple and said vnto hym If thou be the Sonne of GOD cast thy selfe downe from hence 10 For it is written * That he will giue his Angels charge ouer thee to kepe thee 11 And with their hands they shal lift thee vp lest at anie time thou shuldest dash thy foote against a stone 12 And Iesus aunswered and sayd vnto hym It is said * Thou shalte not tempt the Lorde thy God 13 And when the deuil had ended all the tenta cion he departed from him for a season 14 ¶ And Iesus returned by the power of the spirit into Galile and there went a fame of him throughout all the regiō rounde about 15 For he taught in their Synagogues and was honoured of all men 16 * And he came to Nazaret where he had bene broght vp at his custome was went into the Synagogue on the Sabbath day ād stode vp to reade 17 And there was deliuered vnto hym the boke of the Prophet Esaias ād when he had opened the boke he foūde the place where it was written 18 * The Spirit of the Lord is vpon me becau se he hath anointed me that I shuld preach the Gospell to the poore he hathe sent me that I shulde heale the broken hearted that I shulde preache deliuerance to the captiues recouering of sight to the blinde that I shulde set at libertie them that are bruised 19 And that I shulde preache the acceptable yere of the Lord. 20 And he closed the boke and gaue it againe to the minister and sate downe and the eyes of al that were in the Synagogue were fastened on him 21 Then he began to say vnto them This daye is this Scripture fulfilled in your eares 22 And all bare him witnes and wondered at the gracious wordes whiche proceded out of his mouth and sayd Is not this Iosephes sonne 23 Then he sayd vnto them Ye will surely saye vnto me this prouerbe Physicion heale thy selfe whatsoeuer we haue heard done in Capernaum do it here lykewise in thyne owne countrey 24 And he said Verely I saye vnto you * No Prophet is accepted in his owne countrey 25 But I tell you of a trueth manie widdowes were in Israell in the dayes of * Elias when heauen was shut three yeres and six moneths when greate famine was through out all the land 26 But vnto none of them was Elias sent saue into Sarepta a citie of Sidon vnto a certeine widdowe 27 Also manie lepers were in Israell in the tyme of * Eliseus the Prophet yet none of them was made cleare sauyng Naaman the Syrian 28 Then all that were in the Synagogue whē they heard it were filled with wrath 29 And rose vp and thrust him out of the citie and led hym vnto the edge of the hil where on their citie was buylt to cast hym downe headlong 30 But he passed through the middes of thē and went his way 31 ¶ * And came downe into Capernaum a citie of Galile and there taught them on the Sabbath dayes 32 * And they were astonied at his doctrine for his worde was with autoritie 33 And in the Synagogue there was a man whiche had a spirit of an vncleane deuil which cryed with a loude voyce 34 Saying Oh what haue we to do with thee thou Iesus of Nazaret art thou come to destroy vs I knowe who thou art euen the Holie one of God 35 And Iesus rebuked him saying Holde thy peace and come out of him Then the deuil throwing him in the middes of them came out of him and hurt him not 36 So feare came on them all and they spake among them selues saying What thing is this for with autoritie and power he commaundeth the foule spirits they came out 37 And the fame of him spred abroad through out all the places of the countrey rounde about 38 ¶ * And he rose vp and came out of the Synagogue and entred into Simons house And Simons wiues mother was takē with a great feuer and they required him for her 39 Then he stode ouer her and rebuked the feuer and it left her immediatly she arose and ministred vnto them 40 Now when the sunne was downe all they that had sicke folkes of diuers diseases broght them vnto him and he laied his hāds on euerie one of them and healed them 41 * And deuils also came out of manie crying and saying Thou art the Christ the Sonne of God but he rebuked them and suffred them not to say that thei knewe him to be 〈◊〉 42 And when it was day he departed and went forthe into a desert place and the
ye not red this that Dauid did when he him self was an hungred and they which were with him 4 How he went into the house of God toke and ate the shewe bread and gaue also to them which were with him which was not law ful to eate but for the * Priests onely 5 And he said vnto them The Sonne of man is Lord also of the Sabbath day 6 ¶ * It came to passe also on another Sabbath that he entred into the Synagogue ād taught and there was a man whose right hand was dryed vp 7 And the Scribes and Pharises watched him whether he wolde heale on the Sabbath day that they might sinde an accusation against him 8 But he knewe their thoghts and said to the man which had the withered hand A rise and stand vp in the middes And he arose and stode vp 9 Then said Iesus vnto them I wil aske you a questiō Whether is it lawful on the Sabbath dayes to do good or to do euil to saue life or to destroye it 10 And he behelde them all in compasse and said vnto the man Stretch forthe thine hand And he did so and his hād was restored againe as whole as the other 11 Then they were filled ful of madnes and communed one with another what they might do to Iesus 12 ¶ And it came to passe in those dayes that he went into a mountaine to pray and spent the night in prayer to God 13 * And when it was day he called his disciples and of them he chose twelue which al so he called Apostles 14 Simon whome he named also Peter and Andrewe his brother Iames and Iohn Philippe and Bartlemewe 15 Matthewe and Thomas Iames the sonne of Alpheus and Simon called zelous 16 Iudas Iames brother and Iudas Iscariot which also was the traytour 17 Then he came downe with them and stode in a plaine place with the companie of his disciples ād a great multitude of people out of all Iudea and Ierusalem and from the sea coast of Tyrus and Sidon which came to hea re him and to be healed of their diseases 18 And they that were vexed with foule spirits and they were healed 19 And the whole multitude soght to touch him for there went vertue out of him and healed them all 20 ¶ * And he lifted vp hie eyes vpon his disciples ād said Blessed be ye poore for yours is the kingdome of God 21 * Blessed are ye that hunger now for ye shal be satisfied blessed are ye that * wepe now for ye shal laugh 22 * Blessed are ye when men hate you and when thy separate you and reuile you put out your name as euil for the Sonne of mans sake 23 Reioyce ye in that day and be glad for be holde your rewarde is great in heauen for after this maner their fathers did to the Prophetes 24 * But wo be to you that are riche for ye haue receiued your consolation 25 * Who be to you that are ful for ye shal hunger Who be to you that now laugh for ye shal waile and wepe 26 Wo be to when all men speake wel of you for so did their fathers to the salse prophetes 27 ¶ * But I say vnto you which heare Loue your enemies do wel to thē which hate you 28 Blesse them that curse you and pray for thē which hurt you 29 * And vnto him that smiteth thee on the one cheke offer also the other * and him that taketh away thy cloke forbid not to take thy coate also 30 Giue to euerie man that asketh of thee and of him that taketh away thy goods aske them not againe 31 * And as ye wolde that mē shulde do to you so do ye to them likewise 32 * For if ye loue them which loue you what thanke shal ye haue for euen the sinners loue those that loue them 33 And if ye do good for them which do good for you what thanke shal ye haue for euen the sinners do the same 34 * And if ye lend to them of whome ye ho pe to receiue what thanke shal ye haue for euen the sinners lend to sinners to receiue the like 35 Wherefore loue ye your enemies and do good and lend loking far nothing againe and your rewarde shal be great ye shal be the children of * the moste High for he is kinde vnto the vnkinde and to the euil 36 Be ye therefore merciful as your Father also is merciful 37 ¶ * Iudge not and ye shal not be iudged con demne not and ye shal not be condemned forgiue and ye shal be forgiuen 38 Giue and it shal be giuen vnto you * a good measure pressed downe shaken together running ouer shal men giue īto your bosome for with what measure ye mette with the same shal men mette to you againe 39 And he spake a parable vnto them * Can the blinde lead the blinde shal they not both fall into the ditch 40 * The disciple is not aboue his master but whosoeuer wil be aperfite disciple shal be as his master 41 ¶ * And why seest thou a mote in thy brothers eye and cōsiderest not the beame that is in thine owne eye 42 Ether how canst thou saye to thy brother Brother let me pul out the mote that is in thine eye when thou seest not the beame that is in thine owne eye Hypocrite cast out the beame out of thine owne eye first and then shalt thou se perfectly to pul out the mote that is in thy brothers eye 43 ¶ * For it is not a good tre that bringeth forthe euil frute nether an euil tre that bringeth forthe good frute 44 * For euerie tre is knowen by his owne fru te for nether of thornes gather men figges nor of bushes gather they grapes 45 A good man our of the good treasure of his heart bringeth forthe good and an euil man out of the euil treasure of his heart brin geth forthe euil for of the abundance of the heart his mouth speaketh 46 ¶ But why call ye me Master Master and do not the things that I speake 47 Whosoeuer cometh to me and heareth my wordes and doeth the same I wil shewe you to whome he is like 48 He is like a man which buylt an house and digged depe laid the fundatiō on a rocke and when the waters arose the flood bet vpon that house and colde not shake it for it was grounded vpon arocke 49 But he that heareth and doeth not is like a man that buylt an house vpō the earth with out fundacion against which the flood dyd beat and it fel by and by and the fall of that house was great CHAP.
great milstone were hanged about his necke and that he were cast into the sea then that he shulde offende one of these litle ones 3 ¶ Take hede to your selues if thy brother trespace against thee rebuke him and if he repent forgiue him 4 * And thogh he sinne against thee seuen times in daye and seuen times in a daye turne againe to thee saying It repenteth me thou shalt forgiue him 5 ¶ And the Apostles said vnto the Lorde Increase our faith 6 And the Lord said * If ye had faith as much as is a graine of mustard sede and shulde say vnto this mulbery tre plucke thy self vp by the rootes and plante thy self in the sea it shulde euen obey you 7 ¶ Who is it also of you that hauing a seruant plowing or feding cattel wolde saye vnto him by and by when he were come from the field Go and sit downe at table 8 And wolde not rather say to him Dresse where with I may suppe and girde thy self and serue me til I haue eaten and droken afterwarde eat thou and drinke thou 9 Doeth he thanke that seruant because he did that which was commaunded vnto him I trowe not 10 So likewise ye when ye haue done all those things which are commaunded you say We are vnprofitable seruants we haue done that which was our duetie to do 11 ¶ And so it was when he went to Ierusalem that he passed through the middes of Samaria and 〈◊〉 12 And as he entred into a certeine towne there met him ten men that were lepers which stode a farre of 13 And they lift vp their voyces and said Iesus Master haue mercie on vs. 14 And when he sawe them he said vnto thē * Go shewe your selues vnto the Priests And it came to passe that as thei went they were clensed 15 Then one of them when he sawe that he was healed turned backe and with a loude voyce praised God 16 And fell downe on his face at his fete and gaue him thankes and he was a Samaritan 17 And Iesus answered and said Are there not ten clensed but where are the nine 18 There are none founde that returned to giue God praise saue this stranger 19 And he said vnto him Arise go thy way thy faith hathe made thee whole 20 ¶ And when he was demanded of the Pharises when the kingdome of God shuld come he answered them and said The kingdome of God cometh not with obseruacion 21 Nether shal men say Lo here or lo there for beholde the kingdome of God is within you 22 And he said vnto the disciples The dayes wil come when ye shal desire to se one of the dayes of the Sonne of man and ye shal not se it 23 * Then they shal saye to you Beholde here or beholde there but go not thither nether folowe them 24 For as the lightening that lighteneth out of the one parte vnder heauen shineth vnto the other part vnder heauen so shal the Sōne of man be in his daye 25 But first must he suffer manie things and be reproued of this generacion 26 * And as it was in the dayes of Noe so shal it be in the dayes of the Sonne of man 27 They ate they dranke they maried wiues and gaue in mariage vnto the daye that Noe went into the Arke and the flood came and destroyed them all 28 * Like wise also as it was in the dayes of Lot they ate they drāke they boght they solde they planted they buylt 29 But in the daye that Lot went out of Sodom it rained fyre and brimstone from heauen and destroyed them all 30 After these ensamples shal it be in the daye when the Sonne of man shal be reueiled 31 At that daye he that is vpon the house and his stuffe in the house let him not come downe to take it out he that is in the field like wise let him not turne backe to that he left behinde 32 * Remember Lots wife 33 * Whosoeuer wil seke to saue his soule shal lose it and who soeuer shal lose it shal get it life 34 * I tell you in that 〈◊〉 there shal be two in one bed the one shal be receiued and the other shal be left 35 Two women shal be grinding together the one shal be taken and the other shal be left 36 And they answered and said to him Where Lord And he said vnto them * Wheresoeuer the bodie is thither wil also the egles resorte CHAP. XVIII 2 By the example of the widowe and the Publicane Christ teacheth how to pray 15 By the example of children he exhorteth to humilitie 18 Of the way to be saued and what things let 29 The rewarde promised to his 31 And of the crosse 1 ANd * he spake also a parable vnto them to this end that they oght alwayes to pray and not to waxe fainte 2 Saying There was a iudge in a certeine citie which feared not God nether reuerenced man 3 And there was a widow in that citie which came vnto him saying Do me iustice against mine aduersarie 4 And he wolde not for a time but afterwarde he said with him self Thogh I feare not God nor reuerence man 5 Yet because this widowe troubleth me I wil do her right lest at the last she come make me wearie 6 And the Lord said Heare what the vnrighteous iudge saith 7 Now shal not God aduenge his elect which crye day and night vnto him yea thogh he suffer long for them 8 I tel you he wil aduenge them quickely but when the Sonne of mā cometh shal he finde faith on the earth 9 ¶ He spake also this parable vnto certeine which trusted in them selues that they were iuste and despised other 10 Two men went vp into the Temple to pray the one a Pharise and the other a Publican 11 The Pharise stode and prayed thus with him self O God I thanke thee that I am not as other men extorsioners vniust adulterers or euen as this Publican 12 I fast twise in the weke I giue tithe of all that euer I possesse 13 But the Publicane stāding a farre of wolde not lift vp so muche as his eyes to heauen but smote his brest saying O God be merciful to me a sinner 14 I tel you this man departed to his house iustified rather then the other * for euerie man that exalteth him self shal be broght low and he that humbleth him self shal be exalted 15 ¶ * They broght vnto him also babes that he shulde touche them And when his disciples sawe it they rebuked them 16 But Iesus called them vnto him and said Suffre the babes to come vnto me and forbid them not for of suche is the kingdome of
beareth witnes of me Ye haue not heard hys voyce at anie tyme * nether haue ye sene hys shape 38 And his worde haue ye not abiding in you for whom he hathe sent him ye beleue not 39 * Searche the Scriptures for in thē ye think to haue eternall life and they are they which testifie of me 40 But ye will not come to me that ye myght haue life 41 I receiue not praise of men 42 But I knowe you that ye haue not the loue of God in you 43 I am come in my Fathers Name and ye receiue me not if another shall come in hys owne name him wil ye receiue 44 How can ye beleue whiche receiue * honour one of another and seke not the honour that cometh of God alone 45 Do not thinke that I will accuse you to my Father there is one that accuseth you euē Moses in whome ye trust 46 For had ye beleued Moses ye wolde haue beleued me * for he wrote of me 47 But if ye beleue not his writings how shal ye beleue my wordes CHAP. VI. 10 Iesus fedeth fiue thousand men with fiue loaues ād two fishes 15 He departeth awaye that they shulde not make him King 26 He reproueth the fleshlie hearers of his word 41 The carnall are offended at hym 63 The fleshe profiteth not 1 AFter these things Iesus went his way ouer the sea of Galile or of Tiberias 2 And a great multitude followed him because they sawe his miracles whiche he did on them that were diseased 3 Then Iesus went vp into a mountaine and there he sate with his disciples 4 Nowe the Passeouer a * feast of the Iewes was nere 5 * Then Iesus lift vp his eyes and seing that a great multitude came vnto him he said vnto Philippe Whence shall we bye breade that these might eat 6 And this he said to proue hym for he hym selfe knewe what he wolde do 7 Philippe answered him Two hundreth peny worthe of bread is not sufficient for thē that euerie one of them may take a litle 8 Then said vnto him one of his disciples Andrewe Simon Peters brother 9 There is a litle boye here which hathe fiue barlie loaues two fishes but what are they among so 〈◊〉 10 And Iesus said Make the people sit down Now there was muche grasse in that place Then the men sate downe in nomber about fiue thousand 11 And Iesus toke the bread and gaue thankes and gaue to the disciples and the disciples to them that were set downe and likewise of the fishes as muche as they wolde 12 And when they were satisfied he said vnto hys disciples Gather vp the broken meat which remaineth that nothing be lost 13 Then they gathered it together and filled twelue baskets with the broken meat of the fiue barlie loaues which remaineth vnto them that had eaten 14 Then the mē when they had sene the miracle that Iesus did sayd This is of a trueth the Prophete that shulde come into the worlde 15 When Iesus therefore perceiued that they wolde come and take hym to make hym a King he departed againe into a mountaine him self alone 16 ¶ When euen was nowe come his disciples went downe vnto the sea 17 * And entred into a ship and went ouer the sea towardes Capernaum and nowe it was darke and Iesus was not come to them 18 * And the sea arose with a great winde that blewe 19 And when they had rowed about fiue and twentie or thirtie furlongs they sawe Iesus walking on the sea and drawing nere vnto the ship so they were afraied 20 But he said vnto them It is I be not afraied 21 Then willingly they receiued him into the ship and the ship was by and by at the land whether they went 22 ¶ The day following the people which stode on the other side of the sea sawe that there was none other ship there saue that one where into his disciples were entred that Iesus went not with his disciples in the ship but that his disciples were gone alone 23 And that there came other shippes from Tiberias nerevnto the place where they ate the bread after the Lord had giuen thankes 24 Now when the people sawe that Iesus was not there nether his disciples thei also toke shipping and came to Capernaum seking for Iesus 25 And when they had founde him on the other side of the sea thei said vnto him Rabbi when camest thou hither 26 Iesus answered them and said Verely verely I say vnto you ye seke me not because ye sawe the miracles but because ye ate of the loaues and were filled 27 Laboure not for the meat which perisheth but for the meat that endureth vnto euerlasting life which the Sonne of man shal giue vnto you for him hathe * God the Father sealed 28 Then said they vnto him What shal we do that we might worke the workes of God 29 Iesus answered and said vnto them * This is the worke of God that ye beleue in him whome he hathe sent 30 They said therefore vnto him What signe shewest thou then that we maye se it and beleue thee what doest thou worke 31 * Our fathers did eat Manna in the desert as it is * written He gaue them bread from heauen to eat 32 Then Iesus said vnto them Verely verely I say vnto you Moses gaue you not bread from heauen but my Father giueth you the true bread from heauen 33 For the bread of God is he which cometh downe from heauen and giueth life vnto the worlde 34 Then thei said vnto him Lord euermore giue vs this bread 35 And Iesus said vnto them I am the bread of life he that cometh to me shal not hunger and * he that beleueth in me shal neuer thrust 36 But I said vnto you that ye also haue sene me and beleue not 37 All that the Father giueth me shal come to me and him that cometh to me I cast not away 38 For I came downe from heauen not to do mine owne wil but his wil which hathe sent me 39 And this is the Fathers wil whiche hathe sent me that of all which he hathe giuē me I shulde lose nothing but shulde raise it vp againe at the last day 40 And this is the wil of him that sent me that euerie man which seeth the Sonne and beleueth in him shulde haue euerlasting life I wil raise him vp at the last day 41 The Iewes then murmured at him because he said I am the bread which is come downe from heauen 42 And they said * Is not this Iesus the sonne of Ioseph whose father mother we know how then saith he I came downe from heauen 43 Iesus then answered and said vnto thē Mur mure not among
Priest Are these things so 2 And he said Ye men brethren and fathers hearken The God of glorie appeared vnto our father Abraham while he was in Mesopotamia before he dwelt in Charran 3 * And said vnto him Come out of thy countrey and from thy kinred and come into the land which I shal shewe thee 4 Then came he out of the land of the Chaldeans and dwelt in Charran And after that his father was dead God broght him from thēce into this land where in ye now dwell 5 And he gaue him none inheritance in it no not the breadth of a fote yet he promised that he wolde giue it to him for a possession and to his sede after him when as yet he had no childe 6 But God spake thus that his * sede shulde be a soiourner in a strange land and that they shulde kepe it in bondage and entreate it euil foure hundreth yeres 7 But the nacion to whome they shal be in bondage will iudge saith God and after that they shal come forthe and serue me in this place 8 * He gaue him also the couenant of circumcision and so Abraham begate * Isaac and circumcised him the eight daye and Isaac begate * Iacob and Iacob the twelue * Patriarkes 9 And the Patriarkes moued with enuie solde * Ioseph into Egypt but God was with him 10 And deliuered him out of all his afflictions and * gaue him fauour and wisdome in the sight of Pharao King of Egypt who made him gouernour ouer Egypt and ouer his whole house 11 ¶ Thē came there a famine ouer all the land of Egypt and Canaan and great affliction that our fathers founde no sustenance 12 But when * Iacob heard that there was corne in Egypt he sent our fathers first 13 * And at the secōde time Ioseph was know en of his brethren and Iosephs kinred was made knowen vnto Pharao 14 Then sent Ioseph and caused his father to be broght ād all his kinred euen thre score and fiftene soules 15 So * Iacob went downe into Egypt and he * dyed and our fathers 16 And were remoued into * Sychem and were put in the sepulchre that Abraham had boght * for money of the sonnes of Emor sonne of Sychem 17 But when the time of the promes drewe nere which God had sworne to Abraham the people* grewe and multiplied in Egypt 18 Til another King arose which knewe not Ioseph 19 The same dealt subtely with our kinred and euil intreated our fathers ād made them to cast out their yong children that they shulde not remaine aliue 20 * The same time was Moses borne and was acceptable vnto God which was nourished vp in his fathers house thre moneths 21 And when he was cast out Pharaos daugh ter toke him vp and nourished him for her owne sonne 22 And Moses was learned in all the wisdome of the Egyptians and was mightie in wordes and in dedes 23 Now when he was ful fortie yere olde it ca me into his heart to wisit his brethren the children of Israel 24 * And when he sawe one of them suffer wrong he defended him and auenged his quarel that had the harme done to him and sinote the Egyptian 25 For he supposed his brethren wolde haue vnderstand that God by his hand shulde giue them deliuerance but thei vnderstode it not 26 * And the next day he shewed him self vnto them as they stroue and wolde haue set them at one againe saying Syrs ye are brethren why do ye wrong one to another 27 But he that did his neighbour wrong thrust him away saying Who made thee a prince and a iudge ouer vs 28 Wilt thou kil me as thou did dest the Egyptian yesterday 29 Then fled Moses at that saying and was a stranger in the land of Madian where he begate two sonnes 30 And when fourtie yereswere expired there appeared to him in the * wildernes of mount Sina an Angel of the Lord in a flame of fyre in a bush 31 And when Moses sawe it he wondred at the sight and as he drewe nere to consider it the voyce of the Lord came vnto him saying 32 I am the God of thy fathers the God of Abraham and the God of Isaac and the God of Iacob Then Moses trembled and durst not beholde it 33 Then the Lord said to him Put of thy shooes from thy fete for the place where thou standest is holie grounde 34 I haue sene I haue sene the affliction of my people which is in Egypt and I haue heard their groning ād am came downe to deliuer them ād now come and I wil send thee into Egypt 35 This Moses whome thei forsoke saying Who made thee a prince and a iudge the same God sent for a prince ād a deliuerer by the hands of the Angel which appeared to him in the bush 36 He * broght them out doing wonders and miracles in the land of Egypt and in the red sea and in the wildernes * fourtie yeres 37 This is that Moses which said vnto the chil dren of Israel * A Prophet shal the Lord your God raise vp vnto you euen of your brethren like vnto me him shal ye heare 38 * This is he that was in the Congregation in the wildernes with the Angel which spake to him in mount Sina and with our fathers who receiued the liuelie oracles to giuevnto vs. 39 To whome our fathers wolde not obey but refused and in their hearts turned backe againe into Egypt 40 Saying vnto Aaron * Make vs gods that may go before vs for we knowe not what is 〈◊〉 of this Moses that broght vs out of the land of Egypt 41 And they made a calfe in those daies and offred sacrifice vnto the idole and reioyced in the workes of their owne hands 42 Then God turned him self away and * gaue them vp to serue the hoste of heauen as it is written in the boke of the Prophetes * O house of Israel haue ye offred to me slayne beasts and sacrifices by the space of fourtie yeres in the wildernes 43 And ye toke vp the tabernacle of * Moloch and the starre of your god Remphan figures which ye made to worship them there fore I wil carie you away beyonde Babylon 44 Our fathers had the tabernacle of witnes in the wildernes as he had appointed speaking vnto * Moses that he shulde make it according to the facion that he had sene 45 Which tabernacle also our Fathers receiued and broght in with * Iesus into the possessiō of the Gentiles which God draue out before our fathers vnto the dayes of Dauid 46 * Who founde fauour before God and desired that he might * finde
of these things things before me 10 Then said Paul I stand at Cesars iudgemēt seat where I ought to be iudged to the Iewes I haue done no wrong as thou verie wel knowest 11 For if I haue done wrōg or committed anie thing worthie of death I refuse not to die but if there be none of these things where of they accuse me no man can deliuer me to them I appeale vnto Cesar. 12 Then when Festus had spoken with the Council he answered Hast thou appealed vnto Cesar vnto Cesar shalt thou go 13 ¶ And after certeine dayes King Agrippa and Bernice came downe to Cesarea to salute Festus 14 And when they had remained there manie dayes Festus proposed Pauls cause vnto the King saying There is a certeine man left in prison by Felix 15 Of whome when I came to Ierusalem the high Priests and Elders of the Iewes informed me and desired to haue iudgement against him 16 To whome I answered that it is not the maner of the Romaines for fauour to deliuer anie mā to the death before that he which is accused haue the accusers before him haue place to defēd him self cōcerning the crime 17 Therefore when they were come hither without delay the day folowing I sate on the iudgement seat and cōmaunded the man to be broght forthe 18 Against whome when the accusers stode vp they broght no crime of suche things as I sup posed 19 But had certeine questions against him of their owne superstition and of one Iesus which was dead whome Paul affirmed to be aliue 20 And because I douted of suche maner of question I asked him whether he wolde go to Ierusalem and there be iudged of these things 21 But because he appealed to be reserued to the examination of Augustus I commanded him to be kept til I might send him to Cesar 22 Then Agrippa said vnto Festus I wolde also heare the man myself To morowe said he thou shalt heare him 23 And on the morow whē Agrippa was come and Bernice with great pompe and were entred into the Cōmune hall with the chief ca ptaines and chief men of the citie at Festus commaundement Paul was broght forthe 24 And festus said King Agrippa and all men whiche are present with vs ye se this man about whome all the multitude of the Iewes haue called vpon me bothe at Ierusalem here crying that he ought not to liue anie longer 25 Yet haue I founde nothing worthie of death that he hathe committed neuertheles seing that he hathe appealed to Augustus I haue determined to send him 26 Of whom I haue no certeine thing to write vnto my Lorde wherefore I haue broght him forthe vnto you and specially vnto thee Kyng Agrippa that after examination had I might haue some what to write 27 For me thinketh it vnreasonable to send a prisoner and not to shewe the causes which are layed against him CHAP. XXVI 1 The innocencie of Paul is approued by rehearsing hys conuersation 25 His modest answere againste the iniurie of Festus 1 THen Agrippa said vnto Paul Thou art per mitted to speake for thy selfe So Paul stretched forthe the hand and answered for hym self 2 I thinke my self happie Kyng Agrippa because I shall aunswer thys day before thee of all the thyngs whereof I am accused of the Iewes 3 Chiefly because thou haste knowledge of al customes and questions which are among the Iewes wherefore I beseche thee to heare me paciently 4 As touchyng my life from my childehode and what it was from the begynning among myne owne nation at Ierusalem knowe all the Iewes 5 Which knewe me heretofore if they wolde testifie that after the moste straite secte of our religion I liued a Pharise 6 And nowe I stande and accused for the hope of the promes made of GOD vnto our Fathers 7 Whereunto our twelue tribes instantly seruing God day and nyght hope to come for the whyche hopes sake ô Kyng Agrippa I am accused of the Iewes 8 Why shulde it be thoght a thyng incredible vnto you that GOD shulde raise againe the dead 9 I also verely thoght in my self that I ought to do manie contrarie things against the Name of Iesus of Nazaret 10 * Whiche thynge I also did in Ierusalem for manie of the Sainctes I shut vp in prison hauyng receiued autoritie of the hygh Priests and when they were put to death I gaue my sentence 11 And I punished them throughout all the Sy nagogues and cōpelled them to blaspheme and being more madde against them I perse cuted them euen vnto strange cities 12 At which time euen as I went to * Damascus with autoritie and commission from the high Priests 13 At mid day ô King I sawe in the way a light from heauen passing the brightnes of the sunne shine rounde about me and them which went with me 14 So when we were all fallen to the earth I heard a voice speaking vnto me and saying in the Hebrewe tongue * Saul Saul why persecutest thou me It is hard for thee to kicke against prickes 15 Thē I said Who art thou Lord And he said I am Iesus whome thou persecutest 16 But rise and stand vp on thy fete for I haue appeared vnto thee for this purpose to appoint thee a minister a witnes bothe of the things which thou hast sene ād of the things in the which I wil appeare vnto thee 17 Deliuering thee from the people and frō the Gentiles vnto whome now I send thee 18 To open their eyes that they may turne frō darkenes to light and from the power of Sa tan vnto God that they may receiue forgiuenes of sinnes and inheritance among thē which are 〈◊〉 by faith in me 19 Wherefore Kyng Agrippa I was not disobedient vnto the heauenlie vision 20 * But 〈◊〉 first vnto them of Damascus and at Ierusalem ād throughout all the coastes of Iudea and then to the Gentiles that they shulde repent and turne to God and do workes worthie amendement of life 21 For this cause the Iewes caught me in the * Temple and went about to kil me 22 Neuertheles I obteined helpe of God and continue vnto this day witnessing bothe to smal and to great saying none other things then those which the Prophetes and 〈◊〉 did say shulde come 23 To wit that Christ shulde suffer and that he shuld be the first that shulde rise from the dead and shulde shewe lyght vnto the people and to the Gentiles 24 And as he thus aunswered for hym self Festus said with a loude voyce Paul thou art be sides thy selfe muche learnyng doeth make thee madde 25 But he said I am not madde ô noble Festus but I speake the wordes of trueth and sobernes 26 For the Kyng knoweth of these thynges before whome also I speake boldely for I am persuaded that none of these things are hid from hym for this thyng was
morning starre 29 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith to the Churches CHAP. III. He exhorteth the Churches or ministers to the true profession of faith and to watching 12 With promises to them that perseuere 1 ANd write vnto the Angel of the Church which is at Sardi These things saith he that hathe the seuen Spirits of God and the seuen starres I know thy workes for thou hast a name that thou liuest but thou art dead 2 Be awake and strengthen the things which remeine that are readie to dye for I haue not founde thy workes perfite before God 3 Remember therefore how thou hast receiued and heard and holde fast and repent * If therefore thou wilt not watch I wil come on thee as a thefe and thou shalt not knowe what houre I wil come vpon thee 4 Notwithstanding thou hast a fewe names yet in Sardi which haue not defiled their garments and they shal walke with me in white for they are worthie 5 He that ouercometh shal be clothed in white araye and I wil not put out his name out of the * boke of life but I wil confesse his name before my Father before his Angels 6 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches 7 ¶ And write vnto the Angel of the Church which is of Philadelphia These things saith he that is Holie and True which hathe the * keye of Dauid which openeth and no man shutteth and shutteth and no man openeth 8 I knowe thy workes beholde I haue set before thee an open dore and no man can shut it for thou hast a litel strength and hast kept my worde hast not denied my Name 9 Beholde I wil make them of the synagogue of Satan which call them selues Iewes and are not but do lye beholde Isai I wil make them that they shal come and worship before thy fete and shal knowe that I haue loued thee 10 Because thou hast kept the worde of my pacience therefore I wil deliuer thee from the houre of tentatiō which wil come vpon all the worlde to trye them that dwell vpon the earth 11 Beholde I come shortly holde that which thou hast that no man take thy crowne 12 Him that ouercometh wil I make a pillar in the Temple of my God and he shal go no more out and I wil write vpon him the Name of my God and the name of the citie of my God which is the new Ierusalem which co meth downe out of heauen from my God I wil write vpon him my new Name 13 Let him that hathe an eare heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches 14 And vnto the Angel of the Church of the Laodiceans write These things saith Amen the faithful and true witnes the beginning of the creatures of God 15 I knowe thy workes that thou art nether colde not hote I wolde thou werest colde or hote 16 Therefore because thou art luke warme nether colde nor hote it wil come to passe that I shal spewe thee out of my mouth 17 For thou saist I am riche and increased with goods and haue nede of nothing know est not how thou art wretched and miserable and poore and blinde and naked 18 I counsel thee to bie of me golde tryed by the fyre that thou maiest be made riche and white raiment that thou maiest be clothed that thy filthie nakednes do not appeare and anoint thine eyes with eye salue that thou maist se. 19 As manie as I loue I * rebuke and chasten be zealous therefore and amende 20 Beholde I stand at the dore and knocke If anie man heare my voyce and open the dore I wil come in vnto him and wil suppe with him and he with me 21 To him that ouer cometh wil I grante to sit with me in my throne euen as I ouer came and sit with my Father in his throne 22 Let him that hathe an earc heare what the Spirit saith vnto the Churches CHAP. IIII. 1 The vision of the maiestie of God 2 He 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 and one sitting vpon it 8 And 24. seates about it with 24 elders sitting vpon them and foure beastes praising God day and night 1 AFter this I loked and beholde a dore was open in heauen and the first voyce which I heard was as it were of a trumpet talking with me saying Come vp hither I wil shewe thee things which must be done hereafter 2 And immediatly I was rauished in the spirit and beholde a throne was set in heauen and one sate vpon the throne 3 And he that sate was to loke vpon like vn to a iasper stone and a sardine there was a raine bowe roūde about the throne in sight like to an emeraude 4 And rounde about the throne were foure and twentie seates and vpon the seates I sawe foure and twentie Elders sitting clothed in white raiment and had on their heads crownes of golde 5 And out of the throne proceded lightnings and thundrings and voyces and there were seuen lampes of fyre burning before the throne which are the seuen spirits of God 6 And before the throne there was a sea of glasse like vnto cristal and in the middes of the throne and rounde about the throne were foure beastes full of eyes before and 〈◊〉 7 And the first beast was like a lion and the seconde beast like a calfe the thirde beast had a face as a man and the fourthe beast was like a flying egle 8 And the foure beasts had eche one of them six wings about him and they were ful of eyes within and they ceased not day nor night saying * Holie holie holie Lord GOD almightie which Was Which is and Which is to come 9 And when those beasts gaue glorie and honour and thankes to him that sate on the throne which liueth for euer and euer 10 The foure and twentie elders fell downe before him that sate on the throne ād worshipped him that liueth for euermore k and cast their crownes before the throne saying 11 Thou art * worthie ô Lord to receiue glorie and honour ād power for thou hast created all things and for thy willes sake they are haue bene created CHAP. V. 1 He seeth the Lambe opening the boke 8. 14 And therefore the foure beasts the 14. elders and the Angels praise the Lambe and do him worship 9 For their redemption and other benefites 1 ANd I sawe in the right hand of him that sate vpon the throne a Boke written with and on the backeside sealed with seuen seales 2 And I saue a strong Angel which preached with a loude voyce Who is worthie to open the boke and to lose the seales thereof 3 And no man in heauen nor in earth
tribe of Zabulon were sealed twelue thousand 8 Of the tribe of Ioseph were sealed twelue thousand Of the tribe of Beniamin were sealed twelue thousand 9 After these things I behelde and lo a great multitude which no man colde nomber of all nacions and kinreds and people and tongues stode before the throne and before the Lambe clothed with long white robes ād palmes in their hands 10 And they cryed with a loude voyce saying Saluation cometh of our God that sitteth vpon the throne and of the Lambe 11 And all the Angels stode rounde about the throne and about the Elders and the foure beastes and they fell before the throne on their faces and worshipped God 12 Saying Amen Praise and glorie wisdome and thankes and honour power might be vnto our God for euermore Amen 13 And one of the Elders spake saying vnto me What are these which are araied in long white robes and whence came they 14 And I said vnto him Lord thou knowest And he said to me These are they which came out of great tribulaciō and haue washed their long robes and haue made their long robes white in the blood of the Lambe 15 Therefore are they in the presence of the throne of God serue him day and night in his Temple and he that sitteth on the thro ne wil dwell among them 16 * They shal hunger no more nether thirst anie more nether shall the sunne light on them nether anie heate 17 For the Lambe which is in the middes of the throne shall gouerne them shal leade them vnto the liuelie fountaine of waters and * God shall wipe away all teares from their eyes CHAP. VIII 1 The seuenth seale is opened there is silence in heauen 6 The foure Angels blowe their trumpettes and great plagues followe vpon the earth 1 ANd when he had opened the seuenth seal there was silence in heauen about halfe an houre 2 And I sawe the seuen Angels whiche stode before God and to them were giuen seuen trumpettes 3 Then another Aungell came and stode before the altar hauing a golden censer and muche odours was giuen vnto hym that he shulde offre with the prayers of all Saintes vpon the golden altar whiche is before the throne 4 And the smoke of the odours with the prayers of the Saintes went vp before God out of the Angels hand 5 And the Angel toke the censer and filled it with fyre of the altar and cast it into the earth and there were voyces thundrings and lightenings and earthquake 6 Then the seuen Angels which had the seuē trumpettes prepared them selues to blowe the trumpettes 7 So the first Angel blewe the trumpet and there was haile ād fyre mingled with blood and they were cast into the earth and the third parte of trees was burnt and al grene grasse was burnt 8 And the seconde Angell blewe the trumpet and as it were a great mountaine burning with fyre was cast into the sea and the third parte of the sea became blood 9 And the third parte of the creatures which were in the sea and had life dyed and the third parte of 〈◊〉 were destroyed 10 Then the third Angell blewe the trumpet and there fell a greate starre from 〈◊〉 heauen burning like a torche and it fell into the third parte of the riuers and into the fountaines of waters 11 And the name of the starre is called worme wood therefore the third parte of the waters became worme wood and manie men dyed of the waters because they were made bitter 12 And the fourthe Angel blewe the trumpet and the third parte of the sunne was smitten and the third parte of the moone and the third parte of the starres so that the third parte of thē was darkened the day was smitten that the third part of it colde not shine and like wise the night 13 And I behelde and heard one Angel flying through the middes of heauen saying with a lowde voyce Wo wo wo to the inhabitants of the earth because of the soundes to come of the trumper of the thre Angels which were yet to blowe the trumpettes CHAP. IX 1 The fift and sixt Angel blowe their trumpettes the starre falleth from heauen 3 The locustes come out of the smoke 〈◊〉 The first wo is paste 14 The foure Angels that were bounde are losed 18 And the third parte of men is killed 1 ANd the fift Angel blewe the trumpet I sawe a starre fall from heauē vnto the earth and to him was giuen the keye of the bottomles pit 2 And he opened the bottomles pit and there arose the smoke of the pit as the smoke of a great fornace and the sunne and the ayre were darkened by the smoke of the pit 3 And there came out of the smoke Locustes vpon the earth and vnto them was giuen power as the scorpions of the earth haue power 4 And it was commanded thē that they shulde not hurt the g grasse of the earth nether anie grene thing nether anie tree but onely those men which haue not the seale of God in their forheades 5 And to them was commanded that they shulde not kil them but that they shulde be vexed fiue moneths and that their paine shulde be as the paine that cometh of a scor pion when he hathe stung a man 6 * Therefore in those daies shal men seke death and shal not finde it and shal desire to dye and death shal flee from them 7 * And the forme of the locustes was like vn to horses prepared vnto battel and on their heades were as it were crownes like vnto golde and their faces were like the faces of men 8 And they had heere as the heere of women and their teeth were as the teeth of lions 9 And they had habbergions like to habber gions of yron and the sounde of their wings was like the sounde of charets when manie horses runne vnto battel 10 And they had tailes like vnto scorpiōs and there were stings in their tailes and their power was to hurt men fiue moneths 11 And they haue a King ouer them which is the Angel of the bottomles pit whose name in Hebrewe is Abaddon and in Greke he is named Apollyon 12 One wo is past and beholde yet two woes come after this 13 ¶ Then the sixt Angel blewe the trumpet I heard a voyce frō the foure hornes of the golden altar which is before God 14 Saying to the sixt Angel which had the trumpet Lose the foure Angels which are bounde in the great riuer Euphrates 15 And the foure Angels were losed which were prepared at an
houre at a day at a moneth and at a yere to slay the third parte of men 16 And the nomber of horsemen of warre were twentie thousand times ten thousand for I heard the nomber of them 17 And thus I sawe the horses in a vision and them that sate on them hauing fyrie habber gions and of Iacinth and of brimstone the heads of the horses were as the heads of lyons and out of their mouthes went forthe fire and smoke and brimstone 18 Of these thre was the third parte of men killed that is of the fyre and of the smoke and of the brimstone which came out of their mouthes 19 For their power is in their mouthes and in their tailes for their tailes were like vnto serpents and had heades where with they hurte 20 And the remnant of the men which were not killed by these plagues repēted not of the workes of their hands that thei shulde not worship deuils and idoles of golde of siluer and of brasse and of stone of wood which nether can se nether heare nor go 21 Also thei repented not of their murther and of their sorcerie nether of their fornicacion nor of their thefte CHAP. X. 1 The Angel hathe the boke open 6 He sweareth there shal be no more time 9 He giueth the boke vnto Iohn which 〈◊〉 it vp 1 ANd I sawe another mightie Angel come downe from heauen clothed with a cloude and the raine bowe vpon his head and his face was as the sunne and his feete as pillers of fyre 2 And he had in is hand a litle boke open and he put his right fote vpon the sea 〈◊〉 his left on the earth 3 And cryed with a lowde voyce as when a lyon roareth and when he had cryed seuen thondres vttered their voyces 4 And when the seuen thonders had vttered their voyces I was about to write but I heard a voyce frō heauen saying vnto me * Seale vp those things which the seuen thondres haue spoken and write them not 5 And the Angel which I sawe stand vpon the sea and vpon the earth lift vp his hand to heauen 6 And sware by him that liueth for euermore which created heauen and the things that therein are the earth and the things that therein are and the sea ād the things which there in are that time shulde be no more 7 But in the daies of the voyce of the seuen Angel when he shal beginne to blowe the trumpet euen the mysterie of God shal be finished as he hathe declared to his seruants the Prophetes 8 And the voyce which I heard from heauen spake vnto me againe and said Go and take the litle boke which is open in the hand of the Angel which standeth vpon the sea and vpon the earth 9 So I went vnto the Angel and said to him Giue me the litle boke And he said vnto me * Take it and eat it vp and it shal make thy bellie bitter but it shal be in thy mouth as swete as honie 10 Then I toke the litle boke out of the Angels hand and ate it vp it was in my mouth as swete as honie but when I had eaten it my bellie was bitter 11 And he said vnto me Thou must prophecie againe among the people and nations and tongues and to many Kings CHAP. XI 1 The temple is measured 3 Two witnesses raised vp by the Lord are murthered by the beast 11 But after receiued to glorie 15 Christ is exalted 16 And God praised by the 24. elders 1 THen was giuen me a rede like vnto arodde and the Angel stode by saying Rise and mette the temple of God and the altar and them that worship there in 2 But the court which is without the temple cast out and mette it not for it is giuen vnto the Gentiles and the holie citie shal they treade vnder fote two and fortie moneths 3 But I wil giue power vnto my two witnesses and they shal prophecie a thousand two hundreth and threscore dayes clothed in sacke cloth 4 These are two oliue trees and two candel stickes standing before the God of the earth 5 And if anie man wil hurte them fyre procedeth out of their mouthes and deuoureth their enemies for if anie man wolde hurt them thus muste he be killed 6 These haue power to shut heauen that it raine not in the dayes of their prophecyng haue power ouer waters to turne them in to blood and to smite the earth with all maner plagues as often as thei wil. 7 And when they haue finished their testimonie the beast that cometh out of the bottomles pit shal make warre against them and shal ouercome them and kill them 8 And their corpses shal lie in the stretes of the great citie which spiritually is called Sodom and Egypt where our Lordalso was crucified 9 And they of the people and kinreds and tōges and Gentiles shal se their corpses thre dayes and an halfe and shal not suffer their carkeises to be put in graues 10 And they that dwell vpon the earth shal reioyce ouer them and be glad and shal send giftes one to another for these two prophetes vexed them that dwelt on the earth 11 But after thre dayes and an halfe the spirit of life comming from God shal enter into them they shal stand vp vpon their fete and great feare shal come vpon them which sawe them 12 And they shal heare a great voyce from heauen saying vnto them Come vp hither And they shal ascēdevp to heauē in a cloude and their enemies shal se them 13 And the same houre shal there be a great earth quake and the tenth parte of the citie shal fall and in the earth quake shal be slaine in nomber seuen thousand and the remnant shal be afraid and giue glorie to the God of heauen 14 The seconde wo is past and beholde the thirde wo wil come anone 15 And the seuenth Angel blew the trumpet there were great voyces in heauen saying The kingdomes of this worlde are our Lords and his Christs and he shal reigne for euermore 16 Then the foure and twentie Elders which sate before GOD on their seates fell vpon their faces and worshipped God 17 Saying We giue thee thankes Lord God almightie Which art and Which wa st and Which art to come for thou hast receiued thy great might and hast obteined thy kingdome 18 And the Gentiles were angrie and thy wrath is come and the time of the dead that they shulde be iudged ād that thou shuldest giue rewarde vnto thy seruants the Prophetes and to the Saintes and to them that feare thy Name to smale and great and shuldest destroye them which destroye the earth 19 Then the Temple of
God was opened in heauen and there was sene in his Temple the Arke of his couenāt and there were lightnings and voyces and thōdrings and earthquake and muche haile CHAP. XII 1 There appeareth in heauen a woman clothed with the sunne 7 Michael fighteth with the dragon which persecureth the woman 11. The victorie is gotten to the comfort of the faithful 1 ANd there appeared a great wonder in heauen A woman clothed with the iunne and the moo ne was vnder her fete and vpon her head a crowne of twelue starres 2 And she was with childe and cryed trauailing in birth and was pained readie to be 〈◊〉 3 And there appeared another wonder in heauen for beholde a great red dragon hauing seuen heades and ten hornes and seuen crownes vpon his heads 4 And his taile drue the third parte of the star res of heauen and cast them to the earth And the dragon stode before the woman which was readie to be deliuered to deuoure her childe when she had broght it forthe 5 So she broght forthe a man childe whiche shulde rule all nations with a * rod of yron and her sonne was taken vp vnto God and to this throne 6 And the woman fled into wildernes where she hathe a place prepared of God that they shulde fede her there a thousand two hundreth and threscore dayes 7 And there was a battel in heauen Michael and his Angels foght against the dragon and the dragon foght and his Angels 8 But they preuailed not nether was their pla ce founde anie more in heauen 9 And the great dragon that olde serpent called the deuil and Satan was cast out which deceiueth all the worlde he was euen cast into the earth and his Angels were cast out with him 10 Thē I heard a loude voyce saying Now is saluation in heauen and strength and the kingdome of our God and the power of his Christ for the accuser of our brethren is cast downe which accused them before our God day and night 11 But they ouercame him by the blood of the Lambe and by the worde of their testi monie and they loued not their liues vnto the death 12 Therefore reioyce ye heauens and ye that dwell in thē Wo to the inhabitants of the earth and of the sea for the deuil is come downe vnto you which hathe great wrath knowing that he hathe but a short time 13 And when the dragon sawe that he was cast vnto the earth he persecuted the womā which had broght forthe the man childe 14 But to the woman were giuen two winges of a greate egle that she myght flie into the wildernes into ther place where she nourished for a time and times and halfe a time from the presence of the serpent 15 And the serpent cast out of his mouth was water after the woman lyke a flood that he myght cause her to be caryed awaye of the flood 16 But the earth holpe the woman and the earth opened her mouth and swalowed vp the flood whiche the dragon had cast out of his mouth 17 Then the dragon was wroth with the woman and wente and made warre wyth the remnant of her sede whiche kepe the commandements of God and haue the testimonie of Iesus Christ. 18 And I stode on the sea sand CHAP. XIII 1.8 The beast deceiueth the reprobate 2. 4. 12. And is confirmeth by another 17 The priuiledge of the beastes marke 1 ANd I sawe a beast rise out of the sea hauing seuen heads and ten hornes and vpon his hornes were ten crownes and vppon his heades the name of blasphemie 2 And the beast which I sawe was lyke a leoparde and hys fete lyke a beares and hys mouth as the mouth of a lion and the dragon gaue him his power and his throne and great autoritie 3 And I sawe one of hys heades as it were wounded to death but his deadlie wounde was healed and al the worlde wondred and followed the beast 4 And they worshipped the dragon which gaue power vnto the beast and they worship ped the beast sayinge Who is lyke vnto the beast who is able to warre with 〈◊〉 5 And there was giuen vnto hym a 〈◊〉 that spake greate thynges and blasphemies and power was giuen vnto hym to do two and fortie moneths 6 And he opened his mouth vnto blasphemie against God to blaspheme his Name ādhis tabernacle and them that dwel in heauen 7 And it was giuen vnto hym to make warre wyth the Saintes and to ouercomethem and power was giuen him ouer euerie kinred and tongue and nation 8 Therefore all that d well vpon the earth shal worship hym whose names are not * writen in the Boke of life of the Lambe whiche was slaine frō the beginning of the worlde 9 If anie man haue an eare let him heare 10 If anie lead into captiuitie he shal go into captiuitie ifanie kill with a sworde he must be killed by a sworde here is the pacience and the faith of the Saintes 11 And I behelde another beast commyng vp out of the earth whiche had two hornes like the Lābe but he spake like the dragō 12 And he did all that the first beast colde do before him and he caused the earth ād them whiche dwel therein to worship the firste beast whose deadlie wounde was healed 13 And he did great wonders so that he made fyre to come down frō heauen on the earth in the sightof men 14 And deceiued them that dwel on the earth by the signes which were permitted to him to do in the sight of the beast saying to thē that dwel on the earth that they shuld make the image of the beaste whiche had the wounde of a sworde and did liue 15 And it was permitted to him to giue 〈◊〉 spirit vnto the image of the beast so that the image of the beaste shulde speake and shulde cause that as manie as wolde not worshyp the image of the beast shulde be killed 16 And he made al bothe small and great riche and poore fre ād bonde 〈◊〉 receiue a marke in their right hand or in their forheads 17 And that no man might bye or sell saue he that had the marke or the name of the beast or the nomber of his name 18 Heare is wi dome Let hym that hathe wit count the nomber of the beaste for it is the nomber of a man and his nomber is six hun dreth threscore and six CHAP. XIIII 1 The notable companie of the Lābe 6 One Angel annoū 〈◊〉 the Gospel 8 Another the fal of Babylon 9 And the 〈◊〉 warneth to flee from the beast 13 Of their blessed nes which dye in the Lord. 18 Of the Lords haruest 1 THen Iloked and lo a
Lambe stode on mount Sion and with him an hundreth fortie ād foure thousand hauing his Fathers Name writen in the forheads 2 And I hearde a voyce frome heauen as the sounde of manie waters and as the sounde of a great thunder and I heard the voyce of harpers harping with their harpes 3 And they sung as it were a new song before the throne and before the foure beasts and the Elders no mā colde learne that song but the hundreth fortie ād foure thousand whiche were boght from the earth 4 These are they whiche are not defiled with women for they are virgins these followe the Lābe wither so euer he goeth these are boght from men beyng the first frutes vnto God and to the Lambe 5 And in their mouths was founde no guile for they are without spot before the throne of God 6 ¶ Thē I sawe another Angel slee in the middes of Heauē hauing an euerlasting Gospel to preache vnto thē that dwell on the earth and to euerie nation ād kinred and tongue and people 7 * Saying with a loude voyce Feare God ād giue glorie to him for the houre of his iudge ment is come and worship him that made* heauen and earth and the sea and the fountaines of waters 8 And there followed another Angel saying * It is fallen it is fallen Babylon the great citie for she made all nations to drinke of the wine of the wrath of her fornication 9 ¶ And the thirde Angel followed them saying with a loude voyce If any man worship the beast his image ād receiue his marke in his forhead or on his hand 10 The same shall drynke of the wyne of the wrath of God yea of the pure wine which is powred into the cup of his wrath and he shal be tormented in fyre and brimstone before the holie Angels before the Lambe 11 And the smoke of their torment shal ascend euermore they shall haue no rest daye nor night which worship the beast his image whosoeuer receiueth the prīt of his name 12 Here is the pacience of Saintes here are they that kepe the commādements of God and the faith of Iesus 13 Then I heard a voyce frome heauen saying vnto me Write Blessed are the dead whiche hereafter dye in the Lord. Euē so saith the Spirite for they rest from their labours and their workes followe them 14 ¶ And I loked beholde a white cloude and vpon the cloude on sitting like vnto the Sonne of man hauyng on his head a golden crowne and in his hand a sharpe sickle 15 And another Angell came out of the Temple crying with a loude voyce to hym that sate on the cloude Trustin thy sickle and reape for the tyme is come to reape for the haruest of the earth is ripe 16 And he that sate on the cloud thrust in his sickle on the earth ād the earth was reaped 17 Thē another Angel came out of the temple which is in heauē hauing also a sharpe sickle 18 And another Angell came out from the altar whiche had power ouer fyre and cryed with a loude crye to him that had the sharpe sickle and sayd Thrust in thy sharpe sickle and gather the clusters of the vineyarde of the earth for her grapes are ripe 19 And the Angel thrust in his sharpe sickle on the earth and cut downe the vines of the vineyarde of the earth and cast them into the great wine presse of the wrath of God 20 And the wyne presse was troden without the citie and blood came oute of the wine presse vnto the horse bridles by the space of a thousand and six hundreth furlongs CHAP. XV. 1 Seuen Angels haue the seuen last plagues 3 The song of them that ouercome the beast 7 The seuen viales full of God wrath 1 ANd I saw another signe in heauen great and marueilous seuen Angels hauynge the seuen laste plagues for by them is fulfilled the wrath of God 2 And I sawe as it were a glassie sea mingled with fyre and them that had gotten victorie of the beast ād of his image ād of his marke and of the nomber of his name stande at the glassie sea hauing the harpes of God 3 And they sung the songe of Moses the * seruant of God and the song of the Lambe saying Great and marueilous are thy workes Lord God almightie iuste and true are thy* wayes Kyng of 〈◊〉 4 * Who shal not feare thee ô Lord and glorifie the Name for thou onely art holie and all nations shal come and worshyppe before thee for thy iudgements are made manifest 5 And after that I loked and beholde the temple of the tabernacle of testimonie was opē in heauen 6 And the seuen Angels came out of the tēple which had the seuen plagues clothed in pure and bright linnen ād hauing their breastes girded with golden girdles 7 And one of the foure beastes gaue vnto the seuen Angels seuen golden viales full of the wrath of God which liueth for euermore 8 And the Temple was ful of the smoke of the glorie of God of his power ād no mā was able to enter into the Temple til the seuen plagues of the seuen Angels were fulfilled CHAP. XVI 1 The Aungels 〈◊〉 out their vials full of wrath 6 And what plagues followe thereof 15 Admonition to take hede and watch 1 ANd I heard a great voyce out of the Tem ple saying to the seuen Aungels Go your wayes and powre out the seuen viales of the wrath of God vpon the earth 2 And the firste went and powred out hys vial vpon the earth and there fel a noysome and a grieuous sore vpon the men whiche had the marke of the beast and vpon them whiche worshipped his image 3 And the second Aungel powred out his viall vpon the sea and it became as the blood of a deadman and euerie liuyng thyng dyed in the sea 4 And the thirde Aungell powred out his viall vpon the riuers and fountaines of waters and they became blood 5 And I heard the Aungell of the waters say Lord thou art iust Whiche art and Whiche wast and Holie because thou hast iudged these things 6 For they shed the blood of the Saintes and Prophetes and therefore hast thou giuē thē blood to drinke for they are worthie 7 And I heard another out of the Sanctuarie say Euen so Lord God almightie true and righteous are thy iudgements 8 And the fourth Aungell powred out his viall on the sunnes and it was giuen vnto him to torment men with heat of fyre 9 And men boyled in great heat and blasphemed the Name of God whiche hathe power ouer these plagues and they repēted not to giue him glorie 10 And the fift Angel
after let lose vexeth the Churche grieuously 10. 14 And after the world is iudged he ād his 〈◊〉 castinto the lake of fyre 1 ANd I sawe an Angel come downe from heauē hauing the keye of the bottomles pit and a great chaine in his hand 2 And he toke the dragon that olde serpent which is the deuil and Satan and he bounde him a thousand yeres 3 And caste him into the bottomles pit and he shut him vp and sealed the dore vpon hym that he shulde deceiue the people no more til the thousand yeres were fulfilled for after that he must be losed for a litle season 4 And I sawe seates ād they sate vpon them and iudgement was giuen vnto them and I sawe the soules of thē that were beheaded for the witnes of Iesus and forthe worde of God and whiche did not worship the beast nether hys image nether had taken hys marke vpon their forheads or on their handes and they liued and reigned with Christ a thousand yere 5 But the rest of the dead men shall not lyue againe vntil the thousand yeres be finished this is the first resurrection 6 Blessed and holie is he that hathe parte in the firste resurrection for on suche the seconde death hath no power but they shal be the Priests of God and of Christ and shall reigne with him a thousand yere 7 * And when the thousande yeres are expired Satan shal be losed out of his prison 8 And shall go oute to deceyue the people whyche are in the foure quarters of the earth euen Gog and Magog to gather them together to battel whose nomber is as the sand of the sea 9 And they wente vp into the plaine of the earth whyche compassed the tentes of the Saintes aboute and the beloued citie but fyre came downe frome God out of heauen and deuoured them 10 And the deuil that deceiued them was cast into a lake of fyre and brimstone where the beast and the false prophete shal be tormented euen day and night for euermore 11 And I sawe a greate white throne and one that sate on it frome whose face fled awaye bothe the earth and heauen and their place was no more founde 12 And I sawe the dead bothe great and small stand before God and the bokes were ope ned and * another boke was opened which is the boke of lyfe and the dead were iudged of those things whiche were written in the bokes according to their workes 13 And the sea gaue vp her dead whiche were in her and death and hell deliuered vp the dead which were in them and they were iud ged euerie man according to their workes 14 And death and hell were cast into the lake of fyre this is the seconde death 15 And whosoeuer was not founde wrytten in the boke of lyfe was caste into the lake of fyre CHAP. XXI 3. 14. The blessed estate of the godlie 8. 〈◊〉 And the miserable condicion of the wicked 11 The description of the heauenlie Ierusalem and of the wife of the Lambe 1 ANd I sawe * a newe heauen and a newe earth for * the firste heauen and the first earth were passed away and there was no more sea 2 And I Iohn sawe the holye citie newe Ierusalem come downe from God out of heauen prepared as a bride trimmed for her housband 3 And I heard a great voyce out of heauen saying Be hold the Tabernacle of God is with men and he will dwell with them and they 〈◊〉 his people and God him selfe shal be their God with them 4 * And God shall wipe away all teares frome their eyes and there shal be no more death nether sorowe nether crying nether shall there be anie more paine for the first things are passed 5 And he that sate vppon the throne sayd * Beholde I make all things newe and he sayd vnto me Write for these wordes are faythful and true 6 And he sayd vnto me * It is done I am and the beginning and the end I will giue to him that is a thirst of the well of the water of life frely 7 He that ouercometh shall inherite all thinges and I will be his God and he shal be my sonne 8 But the fearefull and vnbeleuing and the abominable and murderers and who remon gers and sorcerers and idolaters and all lyars shal haue their parte in the lake whiche burneth with fyre and brimstone whiche is the seconde death 9 And there came vnto me one of the seuen Aungels whiche had the seuen viales full of the seuen laste plagues and talked with me saying Come I will shewe thee the bride the Lambes wife 10 And he caryed me awaye in the spirite to a great and an hie mountaine and he shewed me the great citie holie Ierusalem descen ding out of heauen from God 11 Hauing the glorie of God and her shyning was like vnto a stone moste precious as a Iasper stone cleare as cristal 12 And had a great wal and hie and had twelue gates and at the gates twelue Aungels and the names written whiche are the twelue tribes of the children of Israel 13 On the East parte there were thre gates and on the Northside thre gates on the Southside thre gates and on the Westside thre gates 14 And the wall of the citie had twelue fundacions and in them the names of the Lambes twelue Apostles 16 And he that talked wyth me had a golden rede to measure the citie with all and the ga tes thereof and the wall thereof 16 And the citie laye foure square and the length is as large as the bredth of it and he measured the citie wyth the rede twelue thousande furlongs and the length and the bredth and the height of it are equal 17 And he measured the wall thereof an hundreth fortie and foure cubites by the measure of man that is of the Angel 18 And the buyldyng of the wall of it was of Iasper and the citie was pure golde like vnto cleare glasse 19 And the fundacions of the wall of the citie were ganished with all maner of precious stones the first fundacion was Iasper the second of Saphire the third of a Chalcedonie the fourth of an Emeraude 20 The fift of a Sardonyx the sixt of a Sardius the seuenth of a Chrysolite the eigh of a Beryl the ninth of a Topaze the tenth of a Chri sophrasus the eleuenth of a Iacinth the twelueth an Amethist 21 And the twelue gates were twelue pearles and euerie gate is of one pearle and the strete of the citie is pure golde as shinyng glasse 22 And I sawe no Temple therein for the Lord God almightie and the Lambe are the Temple of it 23 * And the citie hathe no nede of the sunne nether of
here he speaketh as man iudgeth by his eye for els the moone is les se then the planete Saturnus o To giue it sufficient light as in 〈◊〉 appoin ted for the same to serue to mans vse Iere. 31. 35. () I he 4 day p As fish and wormes which slide swimme or crepe †Ebr the soule of life †Ebr face of the 〈◊〉 q The fish fou les had both 〈◊〉 beginning whe rein we se that nature 〈◊〉 place to Gods wil forasmuche as the one sorte is made to flie aboue in the ayre the other to swimme 〈◊〉 in the water r That is by the vertue of his worde he gaue power to his creatures to ingendre () The 5 day Chap. 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 6. 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 7. †Ebr. soule of lif Colos. 3. 10. s God commanded the water and the earth to bring forthe other creatures but of man he saith Let vs make signifying that God taketh counsel with his wisdome vertue purposing to make an excel lent worke aboue all the rest of his creation t This image licknes of God in man is expounded Ephes. 4. 24. Where it is writen that man was created after God in righteousnes ād true holines meaning by these two wordes all perfection as wisdo me trueth innocentie 〈◊〉 c. wisdo 2. 〈◊〉 Eccles. 17 1. u The propagacion of man is the blessing of God 〈◊〉 128. Chap. 8. 17 91. Marth 19. 4. x Gods great liberalitie to man taketh away all excuse of his ingratitude Chap. 9 〈◊〉 Exod. 3. 17. Ecel es 39. 21. () The 6. day Mar. 7. 37. Chap. 11. a That is the in numerable abun dance of creaturesin heauen earth Exod. 20. 11. 31. 17. Eb. 4. 4 b For he had now finished his creacion but his prouidence stil watched ouer his creatures and gouerneth them c Appointed it to be kepe holy that man might therein consider the excellencie of his workes Gods goodnes towards him “ Or the original and beginning Chap. 21 15 “ Or tre as d God onely openeth the heauens 〈◊〉 them he sendeth drought and raine according to his good pleasure e He sheweth whereof mans bodye was created to the intent that man shulde not glorie in the 〈◊〉 of his owne nature f This was the name of a 〈◊〉 as some thinke in 〈◊〉 moste pleasant and abundant in all things g Which was a signe 〈◊〉 the life receaued of God h That is of miserable experien ce which came by 〈◊〉 God Eccle 24 35. i Which 〈◊〉 is a countrey 〈◊〉 ning to Persia Estwarde and enclineth towarde the west “ Or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ne or perle 〈◊〉 sayth it is the name of a tre “ Or Ethiopia “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 “ Or 〈◊〉 k God wolde not haue man ydle thogh as 〈◊〉 there was no nede to labour l So that man might 〈◊〉 there was a 〈◊〉 reigne 〈◊〉 to w omehe owed obedience †Ebr in the day m By this 〈◊〉 he meaneth the separaciō of man from God 〈◊〉 is our life and chief felicitie 〈◊〉 also that our disobedience is the cause thereof †Ebr. before him n By mouing them to come 〈◊〉 submit them selues to Adám †Ebr 〈◊〉 o Signifying that mankinde was perfit 〈◊〉 the woman 〈◊〉 created which before 〈◊〉 like an vnpersit buylding 1. Cor. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mat. 〈◊〉 5. Mar. 10 〈◊〉 Cor. 6. 16. * Ephes 5. 3. “ Or. Man nes be cause she cōmeth of man for in Ebr Ish. is man and Ishah the woman p So that maria ge requireth a greater 〈◊〉 of vs towarde our wiues then otherwise we are bounde to shewe to our parents q For before sinne entred all things were honest 〈◊〉 * Wisdo 2. 25. a As 〈◊〉 can change himselfe into an Angel of light so did he abuse the wisdome of the 〈◊〉 to deceaue man b God suffered 〈◊〉 to make the 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 and to speakein him c In douting of Gods 〈◊〉 earning she yelded to Satan * 2. Cor. 11. 3. d This is Satans 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to cause ye 〈◊〉 to feare Gods threatenings e As though he f hulde say God doeth not forbid you to eat of the fru e saue that he knoweth that if you shulde eat thereof you 〈◊〉 be like to him g They began to fele their miserie but they soght not to God for redemie 〈◊〉 25. 〈◊〉 1 Timo 〈◊〉 14. †Ebr. things to girdeabout them to hide their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Not 〈◊〉 muche to please his wife as moued by am bicion at her per suasion “ Or winde h The sinful con sci nce 〈◊〉 Gods presence i His hypocrisie appearethin that he hid the cause of his nakednes which was the 〈◊〉 of Gods commandement k His wickedues and lacke of true repentance appearethin this that he burdeneth God with his faute because he had giuen him a wife l In stead of con fessing her sinne she increaseth it by accusing the serpent m He arked the reason of Adam and his wife be cause he wolde 〈◊〉 not the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 r The Lord comfor 〈◊〉 Adam by the promes of the 〈◊〉 sed sede and also 〈◊〉 the body for 〈◊〉 sinne which the soule shulde 〈◊〉 bene 〈◊〉 for that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 hauing 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 might 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 s The 〈◊〉 of Gods co 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the cause 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 mankinde and all other creatures were subiect to the curse 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not ouercome hem t These are 〈◊〉 the natural frutes of the earth but procede of the corruption of sinne u Or gaue 〈◊〉 knowledge to make them selues 〈◊〉 x By this 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 Adams 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 was fallen by ambition y Adam depriued of life lost also the signe thereof 1. Cor. 4. 4. a Mans 〈◊〉 state of 〈◊〉 and Gods blessing were not 〈◊〉 abolished through 〈◊〉 but the 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 thereof was chan ged b That is 〈◊〉 to the Lords promes as Chap. 3. 15. some read To the Lord as reioycing for the sonne which she had bor ne whome she wolde offer to the Lord as the first 〈◊〉 of her birth c This declareth that the father instructed his childiē in the knowledge of God and also how god gaue thē sacrifices to signifie their saluacion albeit they were 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 of the tre of life d Because he was an hypocrite and 〈◊〉 onely for an ourwarde shew without 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 e Bothe thou thy sacrificeshalbe 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ebr. 11. 4. f Sinne shal 〈◊〉 torment thy 〈◊〉 g The 〈◊〉 of the first 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to Kain ouer Habel VVisdo 10. 3. 〈◊〉 23 35 1 〈◊〉 3. 12. Iud 21 h This is the nature of the 〈◊〉 When thei are reproued of their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to neglect God and despite him i God reuengeth the Wrongs of his Saints thogh none 〈◊〉 for the iniquitie it selfe 〈◊〉 for vengeance k The earth
deliuer ance is his onelie fa uour and loue to vs. q Dauid was 〈◊〉 of his 〈◊〉 cause good be 〈◊〉 toward Saul and his enemies and therefore was assued of Gods 〈◊〉 and deliuerance r For all his dangers he exercised him self in the Law of God s I nether gaue place to their wicked 〈◊〉 nor to mine owne affections t Here he speaketh of God according to our cap 〈◊〉 who sheweth mercie to his and 〈◊〉 hech the wicked as is said also Leuit. 26. 21. u when their sinne is come to the ful measure x He attributeth it to God 〈◊〉 he bothe gate the victorie in the field also destroyed the cities of his enemies y Be the dangers neuer so manie orgreat yet Gods promes must take effect z He giueth good successe to all 〈◊〉 enterprises a A 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 which he toke 〈◊〉 of the hand of Gods ene mies “ Or steele b To defend me from dangers c He 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 continuance and increase in wel doing onely to Gods 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 declareth that he did nothing besides his vocation but was stirred vp by Gods Spirit to execute his iudge ments c Thou hast giuē them into mine hāds to be 〈◊〉 f Thei that reiect the crye of the afflicted Godwil also 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when thei 〈◊〉 for helpe for ether 〈◊〉 or feare cause those hypocrites to 〈◊〉 g which dwel round about me h The kingdome of Christ is in Da uids Kingdome prefigured who by the preaching of his worde brīgeth all to his sub iection i 〈◊〉 Ive signifying a subicction constrained and not voluntarie k Feare shal cause them to be afraied and come 〈◊〉 of their secret holes and holdes to 〈◊〉 pardon l That is Saul who of malice persecuted him m This propherie 〈◊〉 to the kingdome of Christ and vocatiō of the 〈◊〉 as Rom. 15. 9 n This did not properly apperteine to Salomon but to Iesus Christ. a He 〈◊〉 vnto man his ingratitude seing the heauēs which are dumme creatures set forthe Gods glorie b The continuall successe of the daye the night is sufficient to de clare Gods power goodnes c The heauens are a 〈◊〉 master to al nations be they neuer so barbarous d The heauens are as a line of great capital letters to shewe vnto vs Gods glo rie e Or vaile The maner Was that the bride and bri degrome shuld 〈◊〉 vnder a vaile together after come 〈◊〉 With great solem nitie and reioycing of the assem blie f Thogh the crea 〈◊〉 can not ser ue yet this ought 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 to lead vs vnto him g So that all 〈◊〉 inuentions and intentions are 〈◊〉 h Euerie one Without 〈◊〉 i Except Gods Worde be estemed aboue all 〈◊〉 things it is contemned k For God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 indeuour thogh it be 〈◊〉 vnpersite l Then there is no rewarde of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of Gra ce for Where sinne is there death is the rewarde m Which are done purposly and of malice n If 〈◊〉 suppresse my Wicked 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Spirit o That I may obey thee in thoght Worde and dede a Hereby Kings are also admonished to call to God in their 〈◊〉 res b The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 grace of God c In token that thei are acceptable 〈◊〉 him d 〈◊〉 to the King in Whose Wealth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 standeth e The 〈◊〉 fee leth that God hathe heard their pe tition f As by the visible Sanctuarie Gods 〈◊〉 appeared toward his people 〈◊〉 by the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is ment his power and maiestie g The 〈◊〉 that put not their onely trust in God h Let the King be able to 〈◊〉 vs by thy 〈◊〉 When We seke 〈◊〉 him for 〈◊〉 a When he shal ouercome his ene mies and so be assured of his vocation b Thou 〈◊〉 thy liberal fauour toward him befo re 〈◊〉 praied c Dauid did not onely 〈◊〉 life but also assurance that his po steritie shulde reigne for euer d Thou hast made him thy blessings to others and a perpetual example of thy fauour for euer e Here he describeth the power of Christs kingdome 〈◊〉 the enemies thereof f This teacheth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 en dure the 〈◊〉 til God destroye the 〈◊〉 g Thei layed as 〈◊〉 their nets to make Gods po Wer to giue place to their Wicked 〈◊〉 h As a marke to shote at i Mainteine thy Church against thine aduersaries that We may ha ue ample occasiō to praise thy Name “ Or the hinde of the morning and this Was the name of some commune song a Here appeareth that hor ible con flict Which he su steined betwene faith and desperation b Being tormented With extreme 〈◊〉 “ Or I cease me c He meaneth the place of praising euen the Ta bernacle or els 〈◊〉 is so called becau se he gaue the people cōtinually occasion to praise him d And seming moste miserable of all creatures Which Was ment of Christ And he rein appeareth the vnspeak ble loue of God toWard men that he Wolde thus abase 〈◊〉 Sonne for our sakes †〈◊〉 vpon God e Euen from my birth thou hast giuen me 〈◊〉 to trustin thee f For 〈◊〉 Gods prouidēce preserue the infants they shuld perish a thousand times in the mothers Wombe Matt. 27 43. g He meaneth that his enemies Were so far proude 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they Were rather beastes then men h Before hespake of the 〈◊〉 of his enemies and nowhe 〈◊〉 the inwarde griefs of the 〈◊〉 so that Christ Was tormented bothe in soule and bodie i Thou hast suffred me to be Without all hope of 〈◊〉 k Thus Dauid cō plaineth as 〈◊〉 he Were 〈◊〉 by his 〈◊〉 bothe hands and fete but this Was accomplished in Christ. l My life that is 〈◊〉 left alone for saken of all Psal. 35. 17 〈◊〉 16. m Christ is 〈◊〉 With amore 〈◊〉 deliuerā ce by 〈◊〉 death then if he had not tasted death at all n He promiseth to exhorte the Church that they by his example might praise the Lord. o The poore affli cted are comforted by this exam ple of Dauid or Christ. 〈◊〉 2 12. p Which Were sa 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 Which they 〈◊〉 by Gods commande ment when they Were deliuered out of any great danger q He doethallude stil to the sacrifice r Thogh the 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 as ver 26 yet the 〈◊〉 are not separated 〈◊〉 the grace of Christs kingdome s In Whome there is no hope that he shal recouer life so nether poore nor riche quicke not dead shal be 〈◊〉 from his kingdome t Meaning the 〈◊〉 Which the Lord kepeth as a sede to the Church to continue his praise among men u That is God hathe fulfilled his promes Isa 40. 11. Iere. 23. 5. a He hathe care ouer me and n 〈◊〉 vnto me all things Ezek. 14. 23. 〈◊〉 10. 11. 1. Pet. 2. 〈◊〉 b He 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 me c Plaine or 〈◊〉 Waies d Thogh 〈◊〉 Were in 〈◊〉 of death as the
Matth. 27. 12. Mark 15. 21. “ Or Women of Ierusalem Isa. 2. 19. Hose 10. 8. Reuel 6. 16. h If the innocent be thus handled What shal the Wicked man be 1. Pet. 4. 17. Matth. 27. 38. Mark 15. 27. Iohn 19. 18. “ Or the place of skulles i Whome God hathe before all others appointed to be the Messias 〈◊〉 Wise the Scriptures calleth them the elect of God Whome be hathe chosen before all beginning to life euerlasting k Mixt With myr the and gall to hasten his death l That the thing might be knowē to all nacions because these thre languages Were moste commune m The condemnaciō Which 〈◊〉 now suffrest 〈◊〉 seth it thee 〈◊〉 to feare 〈◊〉 n Which Was middaye Psal. 30. 6. “ Or Captaine o The 〈◊〉 Captaine who had charge ouer an hūdreth men Mat. 27. 〈◊〉 Mark 15. 43. Iohn 19. 38. “ Or had embraced p He loked for the redemer by whome all shulde be restored q when men pre pared all 〈◊〉 readie for the feast r That is began the same euening a 〈◊〉 was the first day after the first Sabbath of the feast 〈◊〉 2. 〈◊〉 Marke 16. 1. Iohn 20. 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in forme of men Chap. 9 21. Mat. 17. 23. Marke 1. 31. Mat. 16. 12. c which is about seuen miles and an halfe d Hereby appeareth that they had faith althogh it was weake e This declareth that we can nether se nor vnder stand till God open our eyes f For the thing was so 〈◊〉 that all 〈◊〉 might haue knowen it g They vnderstode not yet what was the de liuerance that Iesus Christ purchased for vs but loked for some worldelie prospe 〈◊〉 h 〈◊〉 is re proued i Christ onely is the interpreter of the Scriptures for bothe the beginning and end thereof direct vs to him because he is the Sauiour that promised k Because Christ did bothe shut their eyes and open them he wolde kepe them in 〈◊〉 til his time came to ma 〈◊〉 him self vnto them l According 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 which maner of praying before meales they vse to this day m So sone as he beganne to breake bread Mar. 16. 14. Iohn 20. 19. Iohn 15. 〈◊〉 Act. 1. 4. n 〈◊〉 was til 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the holie Gost was sent from heauen Mark 16. 19 Act. 1. 9. “ Or before the beginning a Christ is God before all time b The Sonne is of the same substance with the Father c No creature was made with out Christ. d whereby all things are quicke ned and preserued e The life of man is more excellent then of any other creature because it is ioyned with light and vnderstanding f Mans minde is ful of darknes because of the corruption thereof Mat. 3. 1. Mar. 1. 4. Luke 3. 3. Ebr 1 4. “ Or are borne g Because they did not worship him as their God Rom. 1. 21. h To the Israelltes who were his peculiar people Act. 14 15. i Meaning a priuiledge or dignitie Mat. 1. 16. Luke 2. 7. Mat. 17 2 k He was fotmed and made man by the operation of the holie Gost without the operation of mar 2. Peter 1. 17. Colos. 1. 19. 2 9. “ Or proceding from the Father “ Or more excellent then 1. l More abundant grace then by Moses 1. Tim. 6. 16. 1. Iohn 4. 12. m Meaning be is moste deare and straictly ioyned to his Father not onely in loue but also in 〈◊〉 and vnion n And so 〈◊〉 that before was inuisible was made as it were visible in Christ Act. 〈◊〉 25. o VVhome thei loked for to be suche one as Moses Was. Deut. 18. 15. Isa. 40. 3. mat 3. 3. luk 3. 4. Mat. 3. 11. Mat. 1. 7. luk 3. 16. Act. 1. 5. 11. 16. 19. 4. p Signifiing the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is the foūtaine of all sinnes there with all other sinnes q That is by sight but onely by the reuelatio of God Mat. 3. 16. mar 1. 10. Luk. 3. 22. r VVho giueth the vertue and effect to baptisme accōplishing that thing waich is thereby represented s He alludeth to the 〈◊〉 lābe which was a figure of Christ. t Or where is thy lodging or whither goest thou For he dwelled in 〈◊〉 and was there as a 〈◊〉 u That was two houres before night x How Iohn said that Iesus was the lābe of God “ Or the Anointed “ Or Petrus Gen. 49. 10. Deut. 18. 18. Isa. 42. 4 10. 45. 8. 〈◊〉 23. 5. eze 34 25. 37 24 dan. 9. 24. y Those things which are 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 are eslemed and preferred of God those things which the world preferreth God abhorreth “ Or thou beleuest z Christ openeth the heauens that we may haue accesse to God and maketh vs felowes to the Angels Gen. 28. 12. a Who vsed 〈◊〉 washings to purifie thē selues VVhich superstition Hebion the heretike wolde haue broght into the Churche and now the papists haue receiued it “ Or measures b Whereof euerie one conteined 15. gallons “ Or stewarde “ Or signes “ Or cousins Mat. 21. 〈◊〉 mar 11. 17. luk 19. 46. Psal. 6 c This affection was so burning in him that it su mounted and swallowed vp all the others “ Or miracle Mat. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 27. 40. 〈◊〉 14. 18. 15. 29. d Christs bodie might iustly be called the tēple because the fulnes of the God 〈◊〉 Welleth in it corporally Collos. 2. 9. e For he toke not thē for true disciples as he knewe by their inwarde thoghtes what religiō soeuer they did pretende outwardely a To entre therein b Which thing is to be assembled and incorporate into the Churche of God c VVhiche is the spiritual water where the holie Gost doeth washe vs into newnes of life d As the power of God is manifest by the mouīg of the aire so is it in changing renuing vs althogh the maner be hid from vs. e Althogh he was excellently learned yet knewe he not those things which the very babes in Christs 〈◊〉 oght to knowe f VVe may not teache our owne inuentions g He reproueth him for that mē do teache things which they 〈◊〉 not yet others beleue thē but Christ tea cheth thīgs most certeineād knowen men wil not 〈◊〉 his doctrine h which was after a cōmune grosse maner i By reason of the vnion of his God head with his man hoode k His power must be manifest which is not yet knowen Nom. 21. 9. 1. Iohn 4. 9. Chap. 9. 〈◊〉 and 12. 47. l The contempt of Christ and the sinnes of the wic ked cōdemne thē yet Christ as a iu ste iudge giueth sentence against the reprobate m Not onely the Iewes but whosoeuer shulde be leue in him n The cause and matter of condēnation Chap. 1. 9. o In walking roundely and sin cerely “ Or in God p As they do whiche set God onely before their eyes followe the rule of his worde “ Or
Paul to the Romains Galatians disputeth against thē which attributed iustificatiō to the workes here S. 〈◊〉 reasoneth against thē whiche vtterly condemne 〈◊〉 therefore Paul sheweth the cau ses of our iustification ād Iames the effectes there it is declaredhow we are iustified here how we are knowen to be iustified there workes are excluded as not the cause of our iusti fication here thei are approued as effects proceding thereof there they are denied to go before thē that shal be iustified and here they are sayd to followe them that are iustified i In thine owne opinion “ Or without workes k Here dedes are cosidered as ioy ned wyth true faith Gen. 15. 6. Rom. 4. 5. l So that fayth was not ydle Gal. 3. 6. m The more his faith was declared by hys obedience and good workes the more was it knowen to men to be perfite as the goodnes of a tre is knowen by her good frute otherwise no man can haue perfectiō in this worlde for euerieman must pray for remission of his sinnes and increase of fayth n Is so knowen and declared to man o Of that 〈◊〉 and dead fayth whereof ye boast p Meaning hereby all them that were not Iewes and were receiued to grace q VVherefore we are iustified onely by that liuelie faith whiche doeth apprehende the mercie of God towarde vs in Iesus Christ. a Vsurpe not through ambitiō autoritie ouer your brethren “ Or stomble b He that well considereth him selfe shal not be rigorous toward his brethren Eccle. 14. 1. and 19. 16. and 25 〈◊〉 c He that is able to moderate his tongue hathe 〈◊〉 to an excellent vertue “ Or matter d An heape and ful measure of all 〈◊〉 e The intemperant e of the 〈◊〉 gue is as a flame of hel fyre f VVithout mixtion and dissimulation g And examining thynges with extreme ri gour as hypocrites who onely iustifie them selues and condemne all others h So that 〈◊〉 life is according to their profession a For the Lawe of the members continually fighteth against the Lawe of the minde b He calleth adul terers here 〈◊〉 the maner of the Scriptures then whiche preferre the 〈◊〉 of the worlde to the loue of God Iohn 2. 15. c The imagination of 〈◊〉 heart is wicked Gen. 6. 5. 8 21. Prou. 3. 34. 1. Peter 5. 5. Ephes. 4. 27 d The Greke worde signifieth that 〈◊〉 which is ioyned 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fastnes as appeareth in the countenance 1. Peter 5. 6. e In vsurpynge the autoritie of iudging whiche is due to the Lawe f He she weth that this seuere iudgynge of others is to depriue God of his 〈◊〉 Rom. 14. 4. g VVe ought to submit our selues to the proui dence of God Act. 19. 21. 1. Cor. 4. 19. h He answereth to them whiche said they knewe what was good but they wolde not do it a He meaneth them with the vengeance of God which shal not onely make them to wepe but to howleād 〈◊〉 b And kindle the wrath of God against you Rom. 2. 5. c To suffice till the end of the worlde d VVhiche were the dayes of the sacrifices or feastes when they vsed to banket fede more 〈◊〉 then other dayes e VVhich is 〈◊〉 the corne is sow en and a litle be fore it is mowen f Be not greiued not aske vengeance Mar. 5. 34. g That whiche must be astirmed affirme it simply ād without othes 〈◊〉 that whiche must be deuied by thys he 〈◊〉 not from the magistrate his autoritie who may require an othe for the maintenance of iustice iudgement ād trueth “ Or 〈◊〉 h The gift of hea ling was then in the Church i VVhich in those dayes 〈◊〉 asigne of the gift beyng 〈◊〉 away the signe is to no vse Mat. 6. 13. k In callynge 〈◊〉 the Name of the Lord. l Open that whi che greueth you that a remedie may be 〈◊〉 and this is commanded bothe for him that cōplaineth and for him that heareth that the one shulde shew his 〈◊〉 to the other 1. King 17. 〈◊〉 Eccl. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Luke 4. 〈◊〉 a Whiche were Iewes to whome he was appointed to be an Apostle b The fre 〈◊〉 of God is the efficient cause of our saluariō the material cause is Christs 〈◊〉 our effectual calling is the formal cause the finall cause is our 〈◊〉 “ Or vnto obedience c To wit of Christ d For it is but dead and vaine hope whiche is without Christ. 2. Cor. 〈◊〉 3. Ephe. 1. 3. e Therefore they ought to loke for no earth lie king dome of the Messias f At the day of iudgement g And nede doeth so require whē it pleaseth God to lay hys crosse vpon his for to drawe thē from 〈◊〉 things and make them partakers of his heauenlie graces h At his seconde comming “ Or rewarde i Their ministerie was more pro fitable to vs then to thē for we se the things accomplished which they prophecied k Prepare your selues to the Lord. Luk. 17. 〈◊〉 l Vntil is seconde comming m When you were in ignorance and 〈◊〉 not Christ. Luk. 1. 〈◊〉 Leui. 11. 44. 19. 2. 20. 7. Deut. 10. 17. Rom. 2. 1. Galat. 2. 6. n According 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the heart 1. Cor. 6. 20. 7. 27. o Read Ezek. 20. 18. Ebr. 9. 14. 1. Ioh. 1. 7. Reuela 1. 6. Rom. 16. 〈◊〉 Ephes. 3. 9. Colos. 1. 〈◊〉 p When Christ appeared vnto the worlde and when the Gospel was preached 2. Tim. 1. 10. Tit. 1. 2. Rom. 12. 10. Ephes. 4. 2. Chap. 2. 17. Isa. 40 6. q Therefore we must renounce our former 〈◊〉 Eccles. 14. 18. Iam. 1. 10. Rom. 6. 4. Ephes. 4. 23. Colos. 〈◊〉 8. Ebr. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a In this their infancie new cō ming to Christ he willeth them to take hedelest for the pure milke which is the first beginnings of learning the sincere worde they be not deceyued by them whiche chop and change it giue poyson in stede there of “ Or the milke of vnderstandynge whiche is with as deceit b Meaning that God hath appoin ted Christe to be chief and head of his Churche Reuel 1. 6. Isa 28. 16. Rom. 9. 33. c The Priests Do ctors Anciēts of the people Psal. 119. 22. Mat. 21 42. Act. 4. 11. Isa. 8. 14. Rom. 9. 31. d That is partakers of Christes Priesthode and kingdome “ Or gotten by 〈◊〉 Exod. 19. 6. Reuel 5. 10. Hosea 2. 23. Rom. 9. 25. Galat. 5. 17. Rom. 13. 14. Chap. 3. 16. Mat. 5. 26. Rom. 13. 1. e Your good con uersacion shal be as a preparatiue against that day that God shall shew mercie vn to thē and turne them “ Or publike gouernement Chap. 1. 〈◊〉 Rom. 12 10 Ephes. 6. 5. f 〈◊〉 thē whiche acknowledge one self Father in heauen Colos 3. 〈◊〉 2. Cot. 7. 10. g In all obediēce this must before 〈◊〉 eyes that we obey in the Lord for if anie
of the same Gospel and faith k He sheweth that none ought to be wors hipped but onelye God and that he is of their nomber whome God vseth to 〈◊〉 secrets by to 〈◊〉 Prophetes that they may declare thē to others also that we must beleue no other 〈◊〉 of prophecie but that whiche doeth 〈◊〉 of Iesus and lead vs to hym l VVhereby is signified that lesus Christ our iud ge shal be victorious ād shal triumphe ouer hys 〈◊〉 m He meaneth Christ. n So that the 〈◊〉 ked shal tremble before his face o To 〈◊〉 that he was ruler of all the worlde p That is none can haue so ful re uelacion 〈◊〉 Christe is verie God eternal infi 〈◊〉 and almightie as he him self Isay. 63 2. q VVhereby is si gnified his 〈◊〉 ād the destruction of hys enemyes r Signifying that Iesus Christ whi che is the word is made 〈◊〉 h ād is our Lorde our God and the 〈◊〉 ge of the quicke and dead s This 〈◊〉 that his Aungels shall come wyth him to Iudge the worlde t VVhiche driueth the wicked into eternall fyre * Psal. 2. 9. * 2. Tim. 6. 15. * Chap. 〈◊〉 14. u VVhich declareth his humanitie wherein he is Lord of all and shall iudge the worlde x This signifieth that the day of iudgement shal be cleare and euident so that none shal be hid for the trumpet shall blowe a lowde and all shal vnderstand it y For the Pope and the worldlie princes shall fight againste Christ 〈◊〉 vntil this laste daye z The ouerthro we of the beast and hys whiche shal be chiefly accomplished at the seconde comming of Christ. a This Angel represēreth the ordre of the Apost 〈◊〉 whose vocacion office was from heau n or maye signifie Christe whiche shulde treade downe the 〈◊〉 head b Hereby he mea neth the Gospell whereby hel is shut vp to the faithfull and Satan is chained that he can not hurt them yea the ministers hereby open it to the infideles 〈◊〉 through their im 〈◊〉 and stubbernes c That is 〈◊〉 Christs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the time of Pope Syluester the seconde so long the pure do 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 this terme Satā had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 then he had before e The glorie and 〈◊〉 of them that suffer for Christs sake f That is whiles they haue remained in this life g He meaneth them whyche are 〈◊〉 dead for in whome Satan li 〈◊〉 he is dead to God h VVhiche is to 〈◊〉 Iesus 〈◊〉 in true faith and to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 sinne in new nes of life i The death of the soule which is eternall damnacion k Shalbe true par 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of his dignitie l That is for euer m After that the 〈◊〉 is broken and the true prea chynge of 〈◊〉 worde is corrupte n By them are ment 〈◊〉 and strange enemies of the Church of GOD as the Turke the Sarazins and others 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. by whome the 〈◊〉 of God shulde be grieuously tormented Philip 4. 4. 〈◊〉 Chap. 3. 5. and 〈◊〉 23. Ezek. 39. 2. o VVhiche was Christe prepared iudgement with glorie and maiestie p Euerie mans conscience is as a boke wherein his dedes are writen whiche shall 〈◊〉 when God openeth the boke q 〈◊〉 all kindes of death whereby men haue bene 〈◊〉 r Hell and death whiche are last enemies shal be 〈◊〉 Isa. 65 17. and 66. 21. 2. Pet. 2 13. a All things shal be 〈◊〉 ād restored 〈◊〉 a most excellēt and perfect estate and therefore the 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 is 〈◊〉 The day of 〈◊〉 of al things b For all 〈◊〉 shal be purged from their 〈◊〉 pt on and the faithfull shal 〈◊〉 into heauen with their head Christe c The holie cōpa nie of the elect d Meaning that God by his diuine maiestie 〈◊〉 glorifie and renewe his ād take them vnto him Act 5 21. e All occasions of sorowes shal be taken away so that they shal haue 〈◊〉 ioye Isa. 25. 8. Chap. 7. 17. f That am the eternal life will giue vnto mine to drinke of the liuelie waters of thys euerlastyng lyfe Isa. 43. 19. 2. Cor. 5. 17. Chap. 1. 8. and 22. 13. g They whiche feare man more then God h They whiche mocked and iest at religion i Meanynge the Church which is maried to Christ by faith k By this description is declared the incomprehēsible excellencie whiche the heauenlie companie do enioy l It is sayde to come downe frō heauen because all the benefites that the Churche hathe they acknowledge it to come of GOD through Christ. m Euer grene ād florishing n Signifying that the faithfull shal be surely kept in heauen o That is place ynough to enter for els we know there is but one way and one gate euen 〈◊〉 Christ. p For the Apostles were meanes whereby Iesus Christe the true fundacion was reueiled to the worlde Isa. 60. 13 Isa. 60. 5 q This declareth that Christ is God inseparable with his Father r Here we se as in infinit other places that kings Princes 〈◊〉 to that wicked opinion of the Anabaptists are partakers of the heauenlie glo rie if they rule in the feare of the Lord. Isa. 60. 11 Philip. 4. 4 Chap. 3. 5. 10. 11 Chap XXII a He alludeth to the visible paradise to set for the more sēsibly the spiritual ād this agreeth with that which is writen Ezeck 47. 1 b Meaning that Christ who is the life of his Church is cōmune to all his and not pecu liar for any one sorte of people c For there are al things pleasunt and ful of al con tentation continually d Whiche some time were vnpure as Gentiles but now are pur ged and made whole by Christ. Isa. 60. 15 e The light shal be vnchangeable shine for euer f Now this is the secōde time that he suffered him self to be caried away with the excellēcie of the persone which is to admonishvs of our infirmitie readines to falex cept to God strēg thēvs miraculous ly with his Spirit Chap. 19. 10 g This is not̄ thē as the other Prophecies whiche were 〈◊〉 to be hyd til the time appointed as in Daniel 12 4 because 〈◊〉 at 〈◊〉 things shul de be quickely accomplished did now begin Rom 2 6. Isa. 41 4. 44. 6. Chap. 1 8. 18. 6. h They shal liue eternally with the Sōne of God Isa. 55. 1. i That mainteine false 〈◊〉 delite therein k That is a 〈◊〉 and natural man and yet God equal with my Father l For Christ is the light that gi ueth light to eue rie one that cōmeth into this worlde m Let them be afraid of Gods horrible iudgements and 〈◊〉 as thei heare the Lambe call 〈◊〉 them come n He that feleth him 〈◊〉 oppressed with afflictions and desireth the heauēlie graces cōfort o That is when God beginneth to reforme our wilby his Spirit 2 Pet. 3. 9. p Seing the Lord is at hand we ought to be con stant and reioyce but we must beware we este me not the lēgth nor shortenes of the Lords comming by our owne imagination q This declareth the earnest desire that the faithful haue to be deliuered out of these miseries and to be ioyned with their head Christ Iesus Abdia 〈◊〉 Abdi and Audias Abdenago 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Abigal 〈◊〉 Abiud 〈◊〉 Abinoom Abirom 〈◊〉 Abisne Abitub Abesalom Abessalom 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ahalab Ahara Achiam Aod Aluan Amnon Aminon Annas Aphdeno Apollos Ram Aran oren Ashriel Aiael Atarias 〈◊〉 Asarias Azmoth Beel Beellada 〈◊〉 Babylon 〈◊〉 Bildad Bethsabe Baltasar Beltesnatzas 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Bezeleel Balaam Boos Chaselon Chastomim 〈◊〉 Delaias Duel 〈◊〉 Dina Dishon 〈◊〉 Elead Eleazarus Eliazar Eli Elias 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Elionai 〈◊〉 Elishua Elisseus Elisseus Elissa 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Gamariah Godoliah Giezi Abakuk Achaliah Hecheliah Hadar Hagaba Aggia Amatha Abatha Anameel Haniel Ananias Asadiah Eua Azael Ozea Chobor Helchi Hanoch Enoch Haphfiba Epsiba Ezron Huram Ezechias Obab Huziel 〈◊〉 Iakob Ioakan 〈◊〉 Iobel Iedaiah 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Asiel 〈◊〉 Iahiel 〈◊〉 Iambres Iamrah Iemuel Iaphie Iaasar Iasub Iathauael Iether 〈◊〉 Ionia 〈◊〉 Chonias Ieddia Ieddida 〈◊〉 Ioahas Ioas 〈◊〉 Iohannes Ioacim Iosaphat Iosedec Iuda Iacenna Ieruel Iehoram Ioram Ierobaal Esaiah Isaiah Iesus Iobab Iochabed Iechsan Iectan Iehonadab Iehonathra Iehoshabas Iras 〈◊〉 Iessai Iscariot Itti 〈◊〉 Ethai 〈◊〉 Isaak Chaath Choath 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Lamech 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Maasei Maasias Maasaios Machabani 〈◊〉 Mahalon 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Maonathi 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mathias 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Meltirs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Mousa 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nebo Naboth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Nemrod Obdiah 〈◊〉 Om. in Aunan 〈◊〉 Oziáh Phalall Phaltias Phadassur Phalatias Phaltias Phanuel Phicol 〈◊〉 Roboam Raphael 〈◊〉 Rebecca Rebekáh Sabatha Saba Sheal Saaph Sellum Sallum 〈◊〉 Shalma Salmon Shamma Salathiel Shaba Sechia 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ishmaiah Semuel Samuel Seraiah 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Hur Ourias 〈◊〉 〈◊〉
forget the Law and change all the ordinances 52 And that whosoeuer wolde not do according to the commandement of the Kings shulde suffer death 53 In like maner wrote he thorow out all his kingdomes set ouer seers ouer all the people forto compell thē to do these things 54 And he commanded the cities of Iuda to do sacrifice citie by citie 55 Then went many of the people vnto them by heapes euery one that forsoke the Law and so they committed euil in the land 56 And they droue the Israelites into secret places euen whereso euer they colde slee for succour 57 The fiftenth day of Casleu in the hundreth and fiue and fortieth yere they set vp the abo minacion of desolacion vpon the altar and thei buylded altars thorow out the cities of Iuda on euerie side 58 And before the dores of the houses and in the stretes they burnt incense 59 And the bokes of the Law which they founde they burnt in the fyre and cutte in pieces 60 Whosoeuer had a boke of the Testament founde by him or whosoeuer consented vnto the Law the Kings commandement was that they shulde put him to death by their autoritie 61 And they executed these things euerie moneth vpon the people of Israel that were founde in the cities 62 And in the fiue twentieth day of the moneth they did sacrifice vpon the altar which was in the stead of the altar of sacrifices 63 And according to the commādement they put certeine womē to death which had caused their children to be circumcised 64 And they hanged vp the children at their neckes they spoiled their houses slewe the circumcisers of them 65 Yet were there many in Israél which were of courage and determined in them selues that they wolde not eat vncleane things 66 But chose rather to suffer death then to be defiled with those meats so because thei wolde not breake the holie couenant they were put to death 67 And this tyrannie was verie sore vpon the people of 〈◊〉 CHAP. II. 1 The mourning of Mattathias and his sonnes for the destruction of the holy citie 19 They refuse to do sacrifice vnto idoles 24 The zeale of 〈◊〉 for the Law of God 〈◊〉 They are 〈◊〉 and wil not sight againe because of the 〈◊〉 day 49 Mattathias dying 〈◊〉 his sonnes to sticke by the worde of God after the example of the fathers 1 IN those dayes stode vp Mattathias the Priest the sonne of Ioannes the sonne of Simeon of the sonnes of Ioarib of Ierusa lem and dwelt in Modin 2 And he had fiue sonnes Ioanan called Gaddis 3 Simon called Thassi 4 〈◊〉 which was called Maccabeus 5 Eleazar called Abaron and Ionathā whose name was Apphus 6 Now he sawe the blasphemies which were committed in Iuda and Ierusalém 7 And he said Wo is me wherefore was I bor ne to se this destruction of my people and the destruction of the holy citie and thus to sit 〈◊〉 is deliuered into the hands of the enemies 8 And the Sanctuarie is in the hands of stran gers her Temple is as a man that hathe no re 〈◊〉 9 Her glorious vessels are caryed away into ca ptiuitie her infants are slayne in the stretes and her yong men are fallen by the sworde of the enemies 10 What people is it that hathe not some possession in her kingdome or hathe not 〈◊〉 of her spoyles 11 All her glorie is taken away of a fre woman she is become an handmaid 12 Beholde our Sanctuarie and our beautie honor is desolate and the Gentiles haue defiled it 13 What helpeth it vs then to liue anie longer 14 And Mattathias rent his clothes he ād his sonnes and put sacke cloth vpon them and mourned verie sore 15 ¶ Then came men from the King to the citie of Modin to compell them to forsake God and to sacrifice 16 Somanie of the Israelites consented vnto them but Mattathias and his sonnes assembled together 17 Then spake the commissioners of the King and said vnto Mattathias Thou art the chief and an honorable man and great in this citie and hast many children and brethren 18 Come thou therefore first and fulfil the Kings commandement as all the heathen haue done and also the men of Iuda and suche as remaine at Ierusalem so shalt thou thy familie be in the Kings fauour and thou and thy children shal be enriched with siluer and golde and with manie rewards 19 Then Mattathias answered and said with a loude voyce Thogh all nacions that are vnder the Kings dominion obey him and fall away cuerie man from the religion of their fathers and consent to his commandemēts 20 Yet wil I and my sonnes and my brethren walke in the couenant of our fathers 21 God be merciful vnto vs that we forsake not the Law and the ordinances 22 We wil not hearken vnto the Kings wordes to transgresse our religion nether on the right side nor on the left 23 And whē he had left of speaking the sewor des there came one of the Iewes in the sight of all to sacrifice vpon the altar which was at Modin according to the Kings commande ment 24 Now when Mattathias sawe it he was so in flamed with zeale that his raines shoke and his wrath was kindled according to the ordi nance of the Law therefore he ran vnto him and killed him by the altar 25 And at the same time he slewe the Kings commissioner that compelled him to do sacrifice and destroied the altar 26 Thus bare he a zeale to the Law of God * doing as Phinees did vnto Zambrithe son ne of Salom. 27 ¶ Then cryed Mattathias with a loude voy ce in the citie saying Who soeuer is zealous of the Law and wil stand by the couenāt let him come forthe after me 28 So he and his sonnes fled into the mountai nes and left all that thei had in the citie 29 Then manie that soght after iustice and iudgement 30 Went downe into the wildernes to dwell there bothe they and their children and their wiues and their cattel for the afflictiō in creased sore vpon them 31 ¶ Now when it was tolde vnto the Kings seruants and to the garisons which were in Ierusalem in the citie of Dauid that mē had broken the Kings commādement and were gone downe into the secret places in the wil dernes 32 Then many pursued after them and hauing ouer taken them thei camped against them and set the battel in array against them on the Sabbath day 33 And said vnto them Let this now be sufficiēt come forthe and do according to the commandement of the King and ye shalliue 34 But they answered We wil not go forthe nether wil we do the Kings commandement to defile the Sabbath day 35 Then they gaue them the battel 36 But the other answered them nothing nether cast anie one stone at them not stopped the priue places 37 But said We wil dye